Retail food inflation also remained stubbornly high at 8.70 per cent in April 2024, as against 3.84 per cent in April 2023.(Representative image)
Higher food prices drove WPI inflation to a 13-month-high of 1.26 per cent in April.
ICRA Chief Economist Aditi Nayar cautioned on Tuesday that wholesale food inflation, hitting a four-month peak, is poised to remain a pressing concern through May and June. She highlighted the looming threat of a heatwave, expected to drive up prices of perishable commodities, further intensifying the situation.
“With the onset of summer, prices of perishable items are charting upwards. For the next two months, we expect the food inflation to climb further and then as the base effect turns very supportive, we will end up with temporarily plunging readings in July-August this year,” Nayar told news agency PTI.
Although the impact of the high base of last year will play out in July and August, the impact of the monsoon will determine the price conditions in the subsequent months.
As per data released on Tuesday, the wholesale price index (WPI)-based food inflation was at a four-month high of 7.74 per cent in April.
Retail food inflation also remained stubbornly high at 8.70 per cent in April 2024, as against 3.84 per cent in April 2023.
Nayar said weather is an important factor in determining the food inflation trajectory.
Monsoon was not very favourable last year and this year there are heatwaves in parts of the country, she said.
Food inflation was very high in July and August 2023, when it was 15.09 per cent and 11.43 per cent, respectively.
“So, we will have very low food inflation in the months of July and August and things will normalise after that and by then more than half of the monsoon season will be over and those cues will become important for food inflation trajectory after August,” Nayar added.
Higher food prices drove WPI inflation to a 13-month-high of 1.26 per cent in April.
Retail inflation data released on Monday showed that the consumer price index (CPI)-based inflation was at an 11-month low of 4.83 per cent in April, even though the prices of food and vegetables ruled high.
Nayar said the divergence in wholesale and retail inflation is because WPI has higher weight of commodities, and changes in global commodity prices and exchange rates get reflected in the index.
Besides, CPI includes services and gives higher weight to food items.
“Almost a quarter of the CPI is made up of services that won’t find any place in the WPI at all. So indices have a very different composition and a very different nature in terms of how the inflation rates move. It is fairly common for the WPI and CPI to be at very different levels and moving in different directions at the same time,” Nayar said.
(With PTI inputs)
Namit Singh Sengar
Namit writes on personal finance, economy and brands. Currently contributing to News18.com as a Senior Sub Editor in the business vertical. Prior to t…Read More
Google on Tuesday rolled out a retooled search engine that will frequently favor responses crafted by artificial intelligence over website links, a shift promising to quicken the quest for information while also potentially disrupting the flow of money-making internet traffic.
The makeover announced at Google’s annual developers conference will begin this week in the U.S. when hundreds of millions of people will start to periodically see conversational summaries generated by the company’s AI technology at the top of the search engine’s results page.
The AI overviews are supposed to only crop up when Google’s technology determines they will be the quickest and most effective way to satisfy a user’s curiosity — a solution mostly likely to happen with complex subjects or when people are brainstorming, or planning.
People will likely still see Google’s traditional website links and ads for simple searches for things like a store recommendation or weather forecasts.
Google began testing AI overviews with a small subset of selected users a year ago, but the company is now making it one of the staples in its search results in the U.S. before introducing the feature in other parts of the world.
By the end of the year, Google expects the recurring AI overviews to be part of its search results for about 1 billion people.
Besides infusing more AI into its dominant search engine, Google also used the packed conference held at a Mountain View, California, amphitheater near its headquarters to showcase advances in a technology that is reshaping business and society.
The next AI steps included more sophisticated analysis powered by Gemini — a technology unveiled five months ago — and smarter assistants, or “agents,” including a still-nascent version dubbed “Astra” that will be able to understand, explain and remember things it is shown through a smartphone’s camera lens.
Google underscored its commitment to AI by bringing in Demis Hassabis, the executive who oversees the technology, to appear on stage at its marquee conference for the first time. The injection of more AI into Google’s search engine marks one of the most dramatic changes that the company has made in its foundation since its inception in the late 1990s. It’s a move that opens the door for more growth and innovation but also threatens to trigger a sea change in web surfing habits.
“This bold and responsible approach is fundamental to delivering on our mission and making AI more helpful for everyone,” Google CEO Sundar Pichai told a group of reporters.
Well aware of how much attention is centered on the technology, Pichai ended a nearly two-hour succession of presentations by asking Google’s Gemini model how many times AI had been mentioned.
The count: 120, and then the tally edged up by one more when Pichai said, “AI,” yet again.
The increased AI emphasis will bring new risks to an internet ecosystem that depends heavily on digital advertising as its financial lifeblood.
Google stands to suffer if the AI overviews undercuts ads tied to its search engine — a business that reeled in $175 billion in revenue last year alone.
And website publishers — ranging from major media outlets to entrepreneurs and startups that focus on more narrow subjects — will be hurt if the AI overviews are so informative that they result in fewer clicks on the website links that will still appear lower on the results page.
Based on habits that emerged during the past year’s testing phase of Google’s AI overviews, about 25% of the traffic could be negatively affected by the de-emphasis on website links, said Marc McCollum, chief innovation officer at Raptive, which helps about 5,000 website publishers make money from their content.
A decline in traffic of that magnitude could translate into billions of dollars in lost ad revenue, a devastating blow that would be delivered by a form of AI technology that culls information plucked from many of the websites that stand to lose revenue.
“The relationship between Google and publishers has been pretty symbiotic, but enter AI, and what has essentially happened is the Big Tech companies have taken this creative content and used it to train their AI models,” McCollum said.
“We are now seeing that being used for their own commercial purposes in what is effectively a transfer of wealth from small, independent businesses to Big Tech.
“But Google found the AI overviews resulted in people in conducting even more searches during the technology’s testing “because they suddenly can ask questions that were too hard before,” said Liz Reid, who oversees the company’s search operations, told The Associated Press during an interview. She declined to provide any specific numbers about link-clicking volume during the tests of AI overviews.
“In reality, people do want to click to the web, even when they have an AI overview,” Reid said.
“They start with the AI overview and then they want to dig in deeper. We will continue to innovate on the AI overview and also on how do we send the most useful traffic to the web.”
The increasing use of AI technology to summarize information in chatbots such as Google’s Gemini and OpenAI’s ChatGPT during the past 18 months already has been raising legal questions about whether the companies behind the services are illegally pulling from copyrighted material to advance their services. It’s an allegation at the heart of a high-profile lawsuit that The New York Times filed late last year against OpenAI and its biggest backer, Microsoft.
Google’s AI overviews could provoke lawsuits too, especially if they siphon away traffic and ad sales from websites that believe the company is unfairly profiting from their content.
But it’s a risk that the company had to take as the technology advances and is used in rival services such as ChatGPT and upstart search engines such as Perplexity, said Jim Yu, executive chairman of BrightEdge, which helps websites rank higher in Google’s search results.
“This is definitely the next chapter in search,” Yu said.
“It’s almost like they are tuning three major variables at once: the search quality, the flow of traffic in the ecosystem and then the monetization of that traffic. There hasn’t been a moment in search that is bigger than this for a long time.”
Outside of the amphitheater, several dozen protesters chained themselves to each other and blocked one of the entrances to the conference.
Demonstrators targeted a $1.2 billion deal known as Project Nimbus that provides artificial intelligence technology to the Israeli government. They contend the system is being lethally deployed in the Gaza war — an allegation Google refutes. The demonstration didn’t seem to affect the conferences attendance or the enthusiasm of the crowd inside the venue.
The thought of the Northern Lights is enough to get anyone dreaming of snow-capped scapes and psychedelic skies. Despite being the off-season, seven solar storms over the last weekend triggered solar flares that led to the surprise Aurora Borealis sightings across the world.
From Ladakh to northern Europe to Australasia, unusually-timed halos of Northern Lights recently surprised the world—courtesy of the biggest solar storm in more than 20 years.
Luckily for those who missed it, the NOAA and NASA forecasts predict the current cycle of solar flares will peak next July. Here are some destinations you can visit to catch a stronger-than-ever Aurora this year.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
Skálholt, Iceland
This historic town is a part of Iceland’s famed Golden Circle route and was the country’s capital for over 700 years. The Skálholt Cathedral and the 5 Million Star Hotel — a stargazing campsite in the middle of the forest — are popular spots to catch the Aurora Borealis.
North Norfolk coast, England
Perhaps one of the few places to catch the Aurora Borealis in the UK. Two sites within Norfolk’s Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty were also awarded the Dark Sky Discovery Site status.
Ingraham Trail, Canada
One of the most famous destinations for catching the Northern Lights, this 70 km-long trail begins in the town of Yellowknife and ends at the remote Tibbit Lake. How to reach: Hop on a flight to Toronto or Vancouver and then fly to Yellowknife and keep driving along Highway 4 till you reach Tibbit Lake.
Jukkasjärvi, Sweden
Ditch the Swedish Lapland experience for a more intimate affair in this small village located 18km from Kiruna. It is also home to the world’s largest snow and ice hotel, first built in 1989. It is reborn every winter and melts away into the Torne River each summer. How to reach: Fly to Stockholm Arlanda Airport then take a domestic flight to Kiruna Airport before driving down to Jukkasjärvi.
Rovaniemi, Finland
Dubbed the official hometown of Santa Claus, the locals here see the Aurora as the souls of the dead or the glimmering armour of the Valkyrie, riding in the night sky. In Finnish, the word for Northern Lights–‘revontulet’–refers to a mystical firefox lighting the sky on fire with its tail. Pick snowmobiles, husky sledges, snowshoes, and reindeer sleighs and spend a night chasing with a local expert at “The Official Hometown of Santa Claus.”
Northern Lights in Ladakh?
In a rare event, Stanzin Norla, an engineer at the MACE Telescope, shared an image of the Stable Auroral Red (SAR) Arcs online. Norla captured the image from the Hanle Dark Sky Reserve in Ladakh on Saturday. “A very rare phenomenon… Eta Aquarid meteor shower added more beauty to the Aurora,” he wrote on X. This was not the first time an Aurora has been spotted in Ladakh, which is India’s first Dark Sky Reserve. It last occurred on April 22 and 23, 2023, which was caused by a coronal mass ejection.
John Barbata, the legendary drummer known for his work with iconic bands The Turtles and Jefferson Starship, has sadly died at the age of 79.
The news of Barbata’s death was confirmed by reliable sources in Ada, Oklahoma, where he resided, although the cause of the rock veteran’s death remains undisclosed.
Following the tragic announcement, a heartfelt tribute was shared on the official Jefferson Starship Facebook page: “We are saddened to hear of the passing of the great John Barbata, Jefferson Starship’s original drummer.
“Our thoughts go out to his family, friends and fans. Rock in peace, Johnny!”
Sister band Jefferson Airplane also paid their respects, stating: “Rest in Peace, John Barbata, a legendary drummer for Jefferson Airplane and Jefferson Starship.
Read more: Dave Myers’ wife issues heartbreaking statement months after Hairy Biker’s death
“Known for his exceptional talent, John left his mark on the music world by playing with bands such as The Turtles, Crosby, Stills, Nash and Young, Jefferson Airplane, and Jefferson Starship.”
The touching homage continued: “Back in ’72, during a hiatus for CSNandY, David Crosby introduced John to the Airplane, who hired John instantly.
“You can hear John’s drumming skills on the band’s final studio album, LONG JOHN SILVER, as well as the live album THIRTY SECONDS OVER WINTERLAND. Rest in Peace, John.”
Devastated fans have flooded social media with messages of love and respect for Barbata’s influential work.
One admirer posted: “He was an outstanding drummer and added great percussion to the Jefferson Airplane, and anybody else that he played with, may he Rest In Peace.”
Another shared: “What an amazing career! John helped launch Jefferson Starship. RIP.”
A third fan remarked: “Played a big part in a lot of the music l love.”
Barbata’s rise to fame began in the 60s when he joined the iconic rock band The Turtles. For three years, his exceptional drumming featured on some of their biggest hits such as She’d Rather Be With Me, You Showed Me, Elenore, and more.
In the 70s, Barbata joined the iconic Crosby, Stills, Nash and Young, lending his drumming skills to their live album 4 Way Street in 1971 and their hit single Ohio. In 1972, he became part of the legendary rock band Jefferson Airplane during their final album and tour.
Following this, the band underwent a transformation, rebranding themselves as Jefferson Starship and releasing their debut album in 1974, with Barbata as a founding member and contributor to all their albums.
However, in 1978, Barbata’s illustrious music career was abruptly halted following a car accident that resulted in a broken neck, jaw, and arm, forcing him to step away from Jefferson Starship. Post his departure from the band, Barbata established a recording studio in Comptche, California, and continued to play locally for the remainder of his life.
An AI tool was used to bring an extra layer to this story.
Electric vehicle giant Tesla has been sued by an environmental group which claims the carmaker’s main California factory spews harmful emissions in violation of local laws.
Reuters reports the Environmental Democracy Project filed the complaint earlier this week, alleging Tesla’s Fremont factory near San Jose and San Francisco has violated California’s Clean Air Act “hundreds of times”.
At present, the plant produces Tesla’s core lineup for left-hand drive markets, with the Model Y, Model 3, Model S and Model X all rolling down its production line.
According to the nonprofit group, the facility has exposed nearby residents of the region as well as its own workers to nitrogen oxides, arsenic, cadmium and other harmful chemicals, primarily from its paint shop, since January 2021.
It comes after the Bay Area Air Quality Management District called for an independent hearing board to order Tesla change how it operates its paint shop in order to reduce its emissions.
The agency claims faults with Tesla’s emissions abatement system have led the EV giant to notch up 112 notices of violation of the Clean Air Act since 2019, polluting up to 350kg of waste in each instance.
The Environmental Democracy Project not only wants an injunction to halt the excess pollution, but wants Tesla to be fined up to US$121,275 (A$182,400) per day per violation of the Act.
If this fine is applied to each of its previous violations, the carmaker could face US$13.58 million (A$20.43m) in penalties.
It’s not the first time Tesla has drawn the ire of Californian residents, after it was sued by 25 of the state’s counties for mishandling hazardous waste earlier this year.
The counties alleged Tesla had violated state unfair business and hazardous waste management laws, improperly labelled waste, and disposed of hazardous waste in landfills not permitted to accept it.
The lawsuit claimed the type of waste handled or produced at Tesla facilities included diesel fuel, antifreeze, used batteries, brake fluids, aerosols, cleaning fluids, liquified petroleum gas (LPG), adhesives and paint materials.
Tesla eventually agreed to pay US$1.5 million to settle the lawsuit, its largest settlement for the resolution of environmental related penalties to date.
It has also previously paid the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) a total of US$301,000 (A$452,000) in fines and settlements across two pollution-related incidents at the Fremont factory.
Australia no longer sources any Tesla vehicles from the US, with the Shanghai factory supplying our locally delivered Model Y and Model 3, which have become the two best-selling EVs in the country.
MORE: Everything Tesla MORE: Tesla accused of illegally dumping hazardous waste
In a larger perspective, the Bitcoin price remains stuck in a steep bearish trend; however, close observation shows that the token is undergoing an extreme squeeze, which may result in a breakout. The bulls and bears are grinding the price to a large extent as the volume is slowly slumping, indicating a massive drop in trading activity. Therefore, the trade dynamics seem to have shifted slightly in favour of bears and hence a drop below $60,000 is programmed.
Ever since the price began to trade within a close region between $64,300 and $59,500, the traders’s interest appears to have dropped over the rally. Trading activity is the number of trades processed per day, regardless of whether it is a buy, sell, or swap trade. The rise in levels indicates higher levels of trading activity, which could increase the volatility of the token. However, trading activity has dropped heavily since the beginning of the month.
Alongside, the whales also appear to have taken a break, as they also remain largely silent, performing fewer transactions. This may be a bearish indicator for the BTC price rally, as a drop in retail investment and whale activity may cause the BTC price to remain sluggish for a while, which may be followed by a bearish breakout. This could be a trap set by the whales, as they are displaying disinterest in trading BTC, which may trigger a ’ sell’ signal among the retailers. Once the Bitcoin price marks fresh bottoms, these whales may quickly accumulate in no time.
On the other hand, the volume does not appear to be in favour of the bulls, as they continue to drop as the price maintains a descending consolidation. Besides, the daily RSI continues to trade below the average band, which suggests a drop in the strength of the rally. The current trade set displays that the bears are trying to exert enough pressure over the rally, which may create acute compression. However, extended compression results in a breakout, depending on the volume induced.
Therefore, the bearish scenario remains intact as the Bitcoin (BTC) price appears to be primed to mark fresh lows close to $55,000 before initiating a fresh rally to $75,000.
Classplus, a B2B edtech unicorn, announced a strategic investment in Gyan Live, an educational platform dedicated to State-level government exam preparation in Gujarat.
With this undisclosed amount of investment, Gyan Live is planning to expand its offerings to those preparing for central government and school exams in regional languages. According to the company, this funding will also enable Gyan Live to leverage Classplus’ technology, enhancing the learning experience of their students and boosting their reach.
Classplus has made multiple investments in educational start-ups like Abhinay Maths, Saarthi, Testbook, etc.
The edtech start-up helps educators and content creators launch and scale their online coaching businesses.
Since inception, Classplus has raised approximately over $150 million from global marquee investors like Tiger Global, AWI, RTP Global, Blume Ventures, Sequoia Capital India’s Surge, Spiral Ventures, Strive, Times Internet and Abu Dhabi-based Chimera Ventures.
Also read: Va Tech Wabag launches Blue Seed initiative to nurture water tech start-ups
Founded in 2019 by Taral Patel, Mahesh Ahjoliya, and Chetan Patel, Gyan Live provides education through its app and YouTube channels in the form of live classes, recorded lectures, comprehensive study materials and test series to help students with exam preparation.
“Over the last few years, Gyan Live has solidified its position in the government exam preparation category in Gujarat, and this partnership allows us to broaden our impact and make our learning solutions available to more and more students in India,“ said Taral Patel, Co-founder of Gyan Live. Mukul Rustagi, Co-founder and CEO of Classplus, added, “We are thrilled to partner with Gyan Live, a company that shares our vision of making quality education accessible to all. Excited to support their next phase of growth.”
Since Russia began its invasion in 2022, Ukraine’s economy has shrunk by a quarter. But the ravages of war are not the only reason for the government’s reduced tax take. Businesses are also making use of the chaos to dodge paying their fair share. This is particularly true in agriculture, which before the war was responsible for 40% or so of Ukraine’s exports by income. The sector has been transformed by a scramble to find export routes safe from Russian attack. As Taras Kachka, Ukraine’s deputy minister for agriculture, notes, this disturbance has provided plenty of opportunity for farmers to “optimise taxes”.
Around 6.5m Ukrainians—or 15% of the country’s pre-war population—have escaped the country, shrinking the domestic food market. At the same time, Russia is targeting transport infrastructure, grain silos and other agricultural equipment, which has driven up costs. Many workers have been recruited by the armed forces, and are at the front. “If you can drive a tractor, you can drive a tank,” notes Mr Kachka. Farmers therefore not only have new opportunities to evade taxes, they are also increasingly desperate. The result is that two of every five tonnes of grain harvests now avoid contributing to state coffers, according to Mr Kachka’s estimates.
Mother’s Day is a celebration for most, but it can be tough for those who have recently lost their mother. Experts share tips for handling the rush of emotions.(iStock)
MISSING MOM – The first Mother’s Day after losing a mom can be challenging. A mental health expert shares five tips for navigating grief during the holiday. Continue reading…
ABCs of BETTER ZZZs – A sleep hack circulating on social media could help you drift off faster at night. Plus, sleep experts share their own tips. Continue reading…
SEEING RED – A short temper could make you more susceptible to a heart attack, a new study suggests. Cardiologists weigh in on the risk. Continue reading…
Feeling angry for as little as eight minutes a day could raise your chances of experiencing a cardiac event, according to a new study.(iStock)
MOM ON A MISSION – A Pennsylvania mother is urging people to join the bone marrow registry to help her 10-year-old daughter, along with other patients waiting on donations. Continue reading…
ASK A DOC – ‘Is it safe to crack my back or neck?’ Doctors share cautions. Continue reading…
FOOD FOR THOUGHT – Eating at least three servings of yogurt per week could reduce the risk of a common disease, according to the FDA. Nutritionists share the benefits. Continue reading…
Yogurt that contains live, active cultures is a great way to get good bacteria in your diet, according to a nutritionist.(iStock)
SENIOR SCREENINGS – Health officials recommend mammograms for women aged 40 to 74 – but why are senior women excluded? Medical experts explain. Continue reading…
HOLY GUACAMOLE! – Eating more avocado could help prevent the risk of a common disease in women, some claim. Here’s what you should know. Continue reading…
VACCINE SHORTAGE – As a bacterial infection spreads globally, some public health officials are calling for a ramp-up of vaccine production. Continue reading…
Around 473,000 cases of cholera were reported to the World Health Organization in 2022, which was twice as many cases as the prior year.(iStock)
Let’s admit it, we scroll through several recipes online, but most of them require ingredients that are maybe too difficult to find or just dig a hole in our pocket. In today’s time of conscious living, we often look for fruits and vegetables that aren’t just tasty but also beneficial for our health. Recently, in India, the trend of avocados has shaken the internet, but honestly, not everyone has access to it. But this does not mean our desi vegetables have fewer nutrients and flavour. Do you find yourself stuck in a similar situation? Then fret not! Nutritionist Deepsikha Jain (@fries.to.fit) shared a video on her Instagram page addressing these concerns and shared some desi food swaps for Western ingredients.
Also Read: Did You Know Sugar Cravings Can Be Controlled With Salt? Celeb Nutritionist Reveals
Watch the full video below:
Here Are Five Western Foods That You Can Swap For Desi Alternatives
While mentioning how Western foods can sometimes be expensive and unaffordable, nutritionist Deepsikha Jain gave five desi alternatives to popular ingredients.
1. Swap Kale With Cabbage
Nutritionist Jain suggests swapping kale with cabbage. This is because both vegetables belong to the cruciferous family and can help you fight cancer and improve your gut health.
2. Swap Avocado With Coconut
The nutritionist shares swapping avocado with coconut. As per the nutritionist, both avocados and coconuts are packed with fats and potassium and are high in fibre.
3. Swap Olive Oil With Ghee
Nutritionist Deepsikha Jain suggests swapping olive oil with ghee as one tablespoon of both has the same amount of calories. Plus, both these oils help improve gut lining and boost immunity.
4. Swap Quinoa With Jowar/Rajgira Puffs
Jowar and Rajgira have almost the same amount of protein but twice as much fibre as compared to quinoa, as per nutritionist Jain.
5. Swap Blueberries With Jamun
Both blueberries and jamun are packed with antioxidants. Moreover, jamun is much more cost-effective as compared to blueberries.
Vada pav is a spicy desi alternative to burgers. Photo Credit: iStock
Desi Foods To Try Instead Of Western Delicacies
If, like us, you also prefer eating desi foods instead of Western snacks, then we have some easy swaps for you!
1. Vada Pav Instead Of Burger
Instead of indulging in burgers, try cooking up some vada pav at home. One of the most popular street foods of Mumbai, vada pav is made with Batata Vada sandwiched between slices of soft pav. It is served with spicy garlic chutney. If you want a quick and hassle-free recipe, then this is for you. Find the full recipe here.
2. Desi Macaroni Instead Of Pasta
No, this recipe does not require cream or butter, but lots of spices and veggies. Desi macaroni is a popular snack recipe in Indian homes that does not require usual pasta ingredients. Aside from onions and tomatoes, you can add a variety of veggies like carrots, capsicum, French beans, etc. Find the full recipe here.
3. Vegetable Chow Mein Instead Of Hakka Noodles
Ditch your regular hakka noodles and indulge in desi vegetable chow mein. It is extremely versatile so you can make it in different ways. Plus, you can add several vegetables and sauces to it and make it healthier for kids. Find the full recipe here.
4. Masala Hot Dog Instead Of Hot Dog
Say goodbye to your sausage-filled hot dog and welcome this easy and tasty masala-cheese hot dog recipe. Prepared in under 20 minutes, this masala hot dog is packed with flavours and Indian spices that make it perfect to be served for breakfast, lunch, or dinner. Plus, since it’s easy to eat, you can have it on the go too! Find the full recipe for Masala Hot Dog here.
5. Chilla Instead Of Pancake
Want a nutritious pancake recipe? Then try making moong dal chilla at home. It is packed with protein, vegetables, and flavour that will make you forget regular pancakes. You can pair it with any kind of chutney to enhance its taste overall. Find the full recipe for Moong Dal chilla here.
Sage, an extravagantly coifed miniature poodle with a certain winsome mystery about her, won the 148th annual Westminster Kennel Club Dog Show on Tuesday night, prevailing over a tough field of competitors including a majestic German shepherd, a silken Afghan hound and a proud giant schnauzer.
The competition began with some 2,500 dogs from more than 200 breeds, then eventually pared down to a field of seven group champions who vied against each other for the top prize. The best-in-show judge, Rosalind Kramer, who remained sequestered during the proceedings so that she could emerge fresh for the final round, selected Sage over what she called an “absolutely glorious” lineup of dogs.
Sage, a three-year-old bitch whose full name is GCHG Ch Surrey Sage, was a surprise win. Before the show, which was held for a second consecutive year at the Billie Jean King National Tennis Center in Flushing, Queens, she was ranked just 39th of all show dogs on the country — based on points amassed in previous shows — and only fourth in her group, non-sporting dogs. But she had something about her.
Like all show poodles, Sage appears to be about 75 percent hair, with a sumptuous coiffure that rises to a huge pouf above and around her head, surrounds her body in a kind of puffball, and reappears again as topiary-ed pompoms on the end of her tail and at the bottom of her skinny legs, as if she is wearing après-ski boots. She trots daintily, as if running was slightly beneath her.
It was the 11th time a poodle of one size or another has won the competition. In 2020, the title was won by Siba, a standard poodle; in 2002, it was won by Spice, another miniature poodle who happens to be Sage’s great-grandmother. Sage (and Spice’s) handler, Kaz Hosaka, said that this was his 45th Westminster and that it was time for him to retire.
Mr. Hosaka, who is known for his poodle hairdressing expertise, — a Times profile in 2009 called him “an artist who tends his poodles’ poufs as if they were bonsai trees from his native Japan” — carried Sage into the ring for the best in show competition, and again into the post-show news conference, positioning her in front of a yellow-and-purple ribbon twice the length of her body. “She’s heavy,” he said.
“I was not expecting anything,” Mr. Hosaka, 65, said. “She did it for me today.”
He said that Sage, too, would retire now that the show is over. He plans to go to happy hour more often, he said, and Sage will finally be allowed to venture outside in the rain without anyone worrying about what it will do to her hairstyle. “She’ll be like a normal dog.”
Mr. Hosaka has a towering reputation in the dog world for his way with poodles. A recent article in Edge, a lifestyle magazine, said that Mr. Hosaka “is to the poodle world what Michael Jordan is to basketball. Smooth, clever, elegant and nearly unbeatable.”
Reserve best in show — Westminster’s title for second place — went to Mercedes, a German shepherd, who won the herding group and was a crowd favorite because of herflashy good looks and the graceful and ebullient way she loped around the ring. Monty, a dark and dignified giant schnauzer who won the working group, came into the show the No. 1 ranked dog in the country and had been considered a favorite to win before Sage’s surprise victory.
Other finalists were the winner of the hound group, Louis, a 6-year-old Afghan hound with such silky hair he looked like an animate shampoo commercial; Comet, a 3-year-old Shih Tzu who won the toy group and who sported a fetching blue bow in his hair; Micah, a spry black cocker spaniel, who defeated a formidable field of pointers, setters and retrievers to take the sporting group; and Frankie, the colored bull terrier who won the popular, if crowded, terrier group.
Asia Pacific-focused real asset manager ESR Group, which was previously looking for a partial exit and dilution of its logistics holdings in India, now plans to grow its portfolio and then look for an exit either through an infrastructure investment trust, sale to a private equity firm or a strategic investor, three sources said.
It owns and develops logistics assets in India that are held under ESR India and the Indian operations of LOGOS, Australian subsidiary of ARA Asset Management, which it acquired in 2022. It is also investing in data centres in India and is learnt to be setting up a 50-MW colocation centre in Rabale, Mumbai.
The ESR group, one of the largest real asset managers in APAC and the largest sponsor of REITs in the region, managed assets worth $156 billion at the end of December 2023, with a gross floor area of around 525 million square feet (msf).
According to ESR group’s 2023 annual report its assets under management in India were at $1.7 billion at the end of December with a gross floor area of just over 30 msf. Revenue from India rose 13.4 per cent on year to $12.4 million.
In order to float a decent sized REIT or as in this case an InvIT in India would require a sizeable portfolio of 35-40 msf and this is what it is aiming at, sources said. ESR did not reply to an email sent seeking clarification on its plans.
ESR India has logistics assets of 18 msf gross floor area, spread across 15 sites in nine cities, according to its website. LOGOS has around five projects in India and in January this year it along with Ivanhoe Cambridge announced acquiring 66 acres in Chakan near Pune, taking its total holding there to 143 acres. Around ₹1,100 crore will be invested in the industrial micro-hub. It has developments in Bengaluru, Chennai, and the National Capital Region.
Logistics warehouses and industrial parks have become big business in India with both global and domestic companies investing in the sector. Industrial and logistics leasing in India touched a record high in 2023 at close to 40 msf, driven by third party logistics firms which had a 45 per cent share.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
PREGLEDALI smo kataloge poznatih maloprodajnih trgovina u Hrvatskoj i izdvojili najbolje popuste i proizvode po dobrim cijenama. Lidl, Kaufland, Eurospin, Konzum, Plodine, Spar i Interspar možete pronaći u svim većim mjestima u Hrvatskoj, a ispod možete vidjeti našu šoping-listu za ovaj tjedan.
Lidl
Lidlov katalog vrijedi od ponedjeljka, 13.5., do nedjelje, 19.5., ili do prodaje zaliha, a pojedini popusti vrijede samo na odabrane datume u tom periodu. Katalog možete prolistati ovdje, a za ostvarenje pojedinih popusta potrebna vam je mobilna aplikacija Lidl Plus.
Kaufland
Kauflandov katalog vrijedi od srijede, 15.5., do utorka, 21.5., ili do prodaje zaliha, a pojedini popusti vrijede samo na odabrane datume u tom periodu. Aktualni katalog možete prolistati ovdje, a za ostvarenje pojedinih dodatnih popusta potrebna vam je Kauflandova kartica.
Eurospin
Katalog Eurospina vrijedi od četvrtka, 16.5., do srijede, 22.5., ili do isteka zaliha. Aktualni katalog možete prolistati ovdje.
Konzum
Konzumov katalog vrijedi od četvrtka, 16.5., do srijede, 22.5., ili do prodaje zaliha. Za pojedine popuste potrebna je MultiPlus kartica. Aktualni katalog možete prolistati ovdje.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Tommy
Tommyjev akcijski katalog vrijedi od četvrtka, 16.5., do srijede, 22.5. Možete ga prolistati ovdje.
Plodine
Katalog Plodina vrijedi od srijede, 15.5., do utorka, 21.5., ili do isteka zaliha, a pojedini popusti vrijede samo na odabrane datume u tom periodu. Aktualni katalog možete prolistati ovdje.
Spar
Novi katalozi Spara i Interspara vrijede od srijede, 15.5., do utorka, 21.5., ili do prodaje zaliha za prehrambene namirnice, kozmetiku, proizvode za osobnu higijenu i sredstva za čišćenje. Pojedini popusti vrijede samo u trgovinama Spar i Interspar, ovisno o dostupnosti proizvoda na akciji u tim trgovinama. Aktualne kataloge možete prolistati ovdje.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
Van Nuys 6, Sun Valley Poly 3 #20 Stella at #13 Fremont Rancho Dominguez 7, Los Angeles 0 SOCES 11, Grant 5
Division III First Round
Downtown Magnets 12, Animo Venice 11 Community Charter 17, Central City Value 7 Triumph Charter 18, Animo Robinson 17 CALS Early College 17, LA Jordan 5
Wednesday’s Schedule (All games at 3 p.m. unless noted)
Open Division First Round #1 Granada Hills, bye #9 El Camino Real at #8 Narbonne #12 Sun Valley Poly at #5 Sylmar #4 Bell, bye #3 Carson, bye #11 Cleveland at #6 Legacy #10 San Pedro at #7 Taft #2 Birmingham, bye
Thursday’s Schedule (All games at 3 p.m. unless noted)
Division I Second Round #16 South Gate at #1 Garfield #9 LA Wilson at #8 North Hollywood #12 LA Hamilton at #5 Roosevelt #13 Granada Hills Kennedy at #4 Chatsworth #14 LA Marshall at #3 Venice #11 South East at #6 Palisades #10 San Fernando at #7 Wilmington Banning #15 LACES at #2 Verdugo Hills
Division II Second Round #16 Van Nuys at #1 Bravo #9 Maywood CES at #8 Monroe #12 Marquez at #5 Harbor Teacher #20 Stella/#13 Fremont at #4 Torres #14 Rancho Dominguez at #3 Eagle Rock #11 King/Drew at #6 Royal #10 Chavez at #7 Port of LA #18 SOCES at #2 Sotomayor
Division III Second Round #16 Downtown Magnets at #1 LA University #9 Middle College at #8 Lakeview Charter, 2 p.m. #12 Valor Academy at #5 WISH Academy #13 Community Charter at #4 East Valley #14 Triumph Charter at #3 Jefferson #11 Diego Rivera at #6 University Prep Value #10 Locke at #7 Fulton #18 CALS Early College vs. #2 Lincoln at Contreras
SOFTBALL Tuesday’s Results
Open Division Semifinals Granada Hills 6, El Camino Real 1 Carson 5, Birmingham 1
Division III Semifinals Bell 14, VAAS 3 Narbonne 15, Sotomayor 5
Division IV Semifinals LA University 13, Community Charter 2 LACES 21, Fulton 1
Wednesday’s Schedule (All games at 3 p.m. unless noted) Division I Semifinals #4 San Fernando at #1 Garfield #15 Palisades at #3 Granada Hills Kennedy
Division II Semifinals # 12 Sylmar at #1 Chatsworth #3 LA Wilson at #2 Marquez
Haldiram’s, a household name in India, has more than 150 restaurants selling local food, sweets and western cuisine. It also has a popular snacks business for which the deal talks are currently ongoing. (Image: Reuters/File)
The consortium of Blackstone, Singapore state fund GIC and Abu Dhabi Investment Authority has submitted a non-binding bid for a 75% stake and the talks are in early stages, while final percentage and valuation has not yet been decided
The popular food and snacks chain Haldiram is up for grabs as a global group of investors has reportedly submitted a non-binding bid to acquire a controlling stake worth $8.5 billion in the company that was founded in Bikaner, Rajasthan in 1937.
A global consortium led by top private equity (PE) firm Blackstone, along with Abu Dhabi Investment Authority (ADIA) and Singapore’s GIC, have submitted the bid last week for up to 76 per cent stake in Haldiram Snacks Food, according to reports.
Haldiram or the global consortium was yet to confirm the development.
The food chain is the combined packaged snacks and foods business of the Delhi and Nagpur factions of the Agarwal family. While Haldiram Foods International is led by the Nagpur faction, Haldiram Snacks is led by the Delhi faction.
The two entities are set to be merged to create a new entity, Haldiram Snacks Food. The Nagpur-based faction registered Rs 3,622 crore in revenue in FY22. The Delhi-based Haldiram Snacks Private Limited clocked Rs 5,248 crore in sales in the same fiscal year.
There have been other attempts in the past to acquire the food chain, especially by VC firms like Bain Capital, Warburg Pincus and General Atlantic, according to reports. Established in 1937 as a retail sweets and savoury shop in Bikaner, its products are now available in more than 80 countries.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – IANS)
Oindrila Mukherjee
Oindrila Mukherjee is a senior sub-editor who works for the rewrite and breaking news desks. Her nine years of experience in print and digital journal…Read More
Artificial Intelligence: Spending on Artificial Intelligence (AI) in India is expected to triple to $5 billion by 2027 and Banking, financial services and insurance (BFSI) and manufacturing industry are among the industry spendors, an Intel-IDC report released on Tuesday said.
“BFSI is moving from robotic process automation (RPA) to AI-driven automation, focusing on security, productivity, and CX. AI solutions with behavioural analysis and fraud detection mark a shift toward more advanced and adaptable systems,” the report said.
Sharath Srinivasamurthy, Associate Vice President, IDC also talked about the top challenges that India is facing when it comes to the adoption of AI.
“Unclear or lower-than-expected business outcomes and compliance issues are among the top two challenges the country faces,” Srinivasamurthy said.
Other challenges to AI adoption in India are –
– Skill issues – critical skills are hard to acquire or retain
– Cost issues – cost of ownership too high to justify
– Process issues – lack of organisational support to orchestrate cross-function initiatives
Intel India Region Vice President and Managing Director, Santhosh Viswanathan said India is ready for AI as around 20 per cent of the world’s data is produced in the country and it is the third biggest global market.
Viswanathan said India leads globally in terms of technical skill availability.
Huge talent base and strong government support a boost to AI in India
India is currently an AI Practitioner (stage 2) based on the IDC Asia/Pacific AI Maturity Study 2024. According to the report, the India and Asia/Pacific averages are similar for the enterprise dimension, it is ahead for the government dimension and slightly behind for the socio-economic dimension
International Day of Families: Be it cycling in Goa or sipping coffee while watching sunset in Ooty, with your family, every place can be a memorable vacation.
/
View Photos in a new improved layout
Published on May 14, 2024 07:14 PM IST
International Day of Families 2024: International Day of Families 2024: The best way to celebrate International Day of Families is by spending time with your loved ones. Be it just sitting in the living room and sharing laughter or going off for a road trip and experiencing nature, with family beside us, every day is a great day. Every year, International Day of Families is observed to raise awareness about the significance of a family in shaping us. It also raises concerns regarding the social, economic and demographic processes that affect families. As we gear up to celebrate International Day of Families for May 15, here is a list of places that you should visit with your family.(Unsplash)
/
View Photos in a new improved layout
Published on May 14, 2024 07:14 PM IST
Goa: Goa has the reputation of being enjoyed with friends. But we suggest that Goa can be equally fun with your family members. Be it cycling through the scenic roads with your siblings or chilling by the beach with your parents, Goa can make for a great family vacation. (Unsplash)
/
View Photos in a new improved layout
Published on May 14, 2024 07:14 PM IST
Darjeeling: Darjeeling has a lot to offer. From the mall to the delectable momos, to Kalimpong and Mirik at a stone’s throw distance, Darjeeling is affectionately called the queen of hills for a reason. (Unsplash)
/
View Photos in a new improved layout
Published on May 14, 2024 07:14 PM IST
Kochi: The city lined by the sea in Kerala is known for its upbeat lifestyle, and also a part of it being dipped in history. The Dutch palace in Fort Kochi to the spice market in Mattanchery. Kochi is beautiful and perfect for a family vacation. (Unsplash)
/
View Photos in a new improved layout
Published on May 14, 2024 07:14 PM IST
Ooty: In the Nilgiris district of Tamil Nadu, Ooty is known for its picturesque landscapes, scenic beauty and breathtaking views of the mountains. Imagine sipping coffee by the mountain with your family, while enjoying the best sunset of your lives. (Unsplash)
/
View Photos in a new improved layout
Published on May 14, 2024 07:14 PM IST
Andamans: A flight away, Andamans, right in the middle of the sea is breathtaking. The views, the nature, the tribal history and most importantly, the beaches will surely transport you and your family to another world. (Unsplash)
WWE 2K24 is one of the few new games (alongside Hades 2 and Balatro) that I’ve actually managed to get stuck into in 2024. After skipping countless WWE video games during the early 2K era, the latest iteration definitely feels like a return to form, providing a nice balance between the fun of old-school wrestling games and the depth of modern sports titles. Despite already containing a roster of Superstars that would make any promoter green with envy, WWE 2K24 is about to get a fresh injection of new talent, courtesy of the ECW add-on pack. Headlined by the Straight Edge Superstar CM Punk, the ECW Pack has a May 15 release date on PlayStation, Xbox and PC. While there’s no official launch time, WWE 2K games typically add new content at 6pm BST UK time.
CM Punk will be joined by ECW legends Sandman and The Dudley Boyz (D-Von Dudley and Bubba Ray Dudley), as well as wrestling icon Terry Funk.
As an added bonus, the first WWE 2K24 DLC pack also contains the ECW Paul Heyman MyFaction Card, as well as other Superstar Cards.
The ECW add-on pack will be followed by more content in the coming months, beginning with the Post Malone & Friends Pack on June 26, which has something of a musical theme. Post Malone will be joined by Mosh and Thrasher of the Headbangers, Honky Tonk Man, Jimmy Hart and Sensational Sherri (presumably because she sang Shawn Michael’s theme tune back in the early 1990s).
Pat McAfee headlines the third DLC pack in July, while former AEW talent Jade Cargill will be part of the Global Superstars Pack in August.
Cargill will be joined by Nia Jax, Michelle McCool, Carlito, Kairi Sane, Lyra Valkyria and Dragon Lee.
The Season Pass content concludes with the release of the WCW Pack in November 2024. The WCW Pack contains Diamond Dallas Page, Iron Sheik, Mr. Perfect, Great Muta and Lex Luger, not to mention new MyFACTION content.
The WWE 2K24 Season Pass is available as part of the Deluxe Edition and 40 Years of Wrestlemania Edition.
It’s also worth pointing out that the ECW Pack will be accompanied by update 1.08, which makes a variety of changes to Online modes, audio and gameplay. You can see the update 1.08 patch notes below.
WWE 2K24 update 1.08 patch notes…
GENERAL
• Several stability improvements
• New Entrance & Victory motions
– Wolfgang
– Mark Coffey
– Chelsea Green & Piper Niven (non-champ)
– Alba Fyre & Isla Dawn (non-champ)
– Tony D’Angelo & Channing Stacks Lorenzo (non-champ)
Audio
• Ring Announcer selection is now available in Universe match options.
Presentation
• Improvements to Super Finisher Visual Effects timing
• Addressed reported concern where user interface was obscured in ladder matches
• Improved Blackout payback trigger timing
CAA
• Custom arenas with RAW, Smack, SMACK, or NXT in their name will brand the referee appropriately.
• SmackDown movie is now named correctly.
• Addressed reported concern where the video billboard would lose its customizations.
• Users can now add customizations to parts with LED Displays while the display is active. The display will temporarily turn off; after applying the customization, the display will turn back on.
CAS
• Colourless emboss setting is now saved correctly.
• Logos no longer shrink when editing 1st color.
CAE/CAVic/CAS
• When saving CAS, entrance, or victory, a prompt will be displayed to allow saving changes to Universe.
Deletion Utility
• The Custom Image category now displays the current utilization of space specific to custom images
MyFACTION
• Various improvements
MyRISE
• XBO/XSX platform – Addressed reported concern with achievement not being unlocked.
Online
• Stability improvements.
Universe
• Addressed reported concern with players being able to select Superstars not assigned to the current show
• Addressed reported concerns with the match table and match generation
The BYD Shark, a plug-in hybrid ute, has been unveiled overnight at an event in Mexico City.
Based on the company’s DMO (Dual Mode Offroad) platform, the Shark has a plug-in hybrid drivetrain featuring a 1.5-litre turbocharged four-cylinder petrol engine, an electric motor, and company’s signature Blade battery pack.
The 320kW plug-in hybrid drivetrain comprises a 170kW/310Nm 1.5-litre turbocharged four-cylinder petrol engine driving the front wheels, and a 150kW/340Nm electric motor at the rear.
Pedal to the metal, the Shark can complete the 0-100km/h standard in 5.7 seconds.
Equipped with a standard 30kWh battery pack, the BYD Shark is said to have an electric only range of 100km under the older, more generous NEDC testing protocol. The Shark supports DC fast charging up to 40kW.
In hybrid mode, the Shark is said to have a fuel consumption rating in Mexico of 7.5L/100km. Starting with a fully charged battery, overall fuel consumption is said to be 1.5L/100km and total range is claimed to be 850km.
The truck can be used as an electricity source to power accessories, as well as a whole house.
A fully electric version is expected to be available later on. Since 2022, BYD has sold only pure electric and plug-in hybrid vehicles.
BYD says the Shark has a payload rating of 835kg, a rear tray with a capacity of 1450L, and a 2500kg tow rating. For off-road driving the Shark has 282mm of ground clearance, as well as extensive underbody protection.
Inside, the Shark’s dashboard has a 10.25-inch instrumentation screen, and a 12.8-inch infotainment touchscreen that can rotate between portrait and landscape orientation. Built-in apps include Spotify and karaoke with recording mode, the latter of which BYD’s speakers spent a lot of time touting.
The centre tunnel is reportedly inspired by an aircraft cockpit with a gear shifter surrounded by a series of dials and flick switches.
Available tech features include a 360 degree camera system, head up display, wireless smartphone charging, air purification systme, and wireless key functionality for Apple iPhone users.
A smartphone app allows owners to remotely control cabin heating and cooling, as well as charging.
The company’s choice of Mexico City for the Shark’s debut is interesting as its the company’s first product launch outside of China.
At present BYD doesn’t have a manufacturing facility in Mexico, although there are rumours it is considering one.
Outside of a few Volvo, GM and Ford vehicles, tariffs have largely stopped China-made vehicles from entering the US, but Chinese automakers and China-made cars have been making big inroads into markets across Latin America.
Despite Solana’s downward trend, RCO Finance (RCOF) offers promising investment opportunities to make profits and diversify their portfolios. Over the past seven days, Solana’s (SOL) value has dipped by about 5.6%.
This decline can be attributed to a massive sell-off, with many Solana (SOL) holders pulling out their profits and shifting to promising opportunities. Rather than wait for green days, they seek ways to diversify their portfolio.
RCO Finance (RCOF) is one novel project that has captivated many investors. Since market leaders speculate that this AI trading platform would give users passive income, many Solana (SOL) holders are banking on it to make over 100X gains.
RCO Finance (RCOF) Could Potentially Outpace Top Cryptocurrencies
As Solana (SOL) struggles to witness an uptrend, many investors fear the coin is far from better days. It has been floating between $144.69 and $142.76 for the past three weeks. Plus, its trading volume is currently valued at $2 billion.
Due to market volatility, the coin suffered a 30% value dip in March. Despite holding fifth place on the list of top cryptocurrencies, Solana has yet to maintain consistent speed and scalability in blockchain technology.
For example, many Solana (SOL) enthusiasts face congestion and struggle due to slower transaction times. Besides, the coin shows sideways price action, as it has been experiencing minor declines ranging between 0.34% and 0.55% within 24 hours.
Although this drop is insignificant to its value, the coin is hardly bringing significant gains to its holders. So, profit investors anticipate RCO Finance (RCOF) rather than waiting for a recovery.
They are optimistic that the AI-powered investment platform would provide low fees and improve transaction times. Considering RCO Finance leverages AI trading tools, it would also help them make informed investment decisions to capitalize on market movements.
Solana (SOL) Holders Expect Massive Gains from RCO Finance (RCOF)
RCO Finance would allow Solana (SOL) investors to hit the jackpot before the calendar runs out. Unlike traditional trading platforms, it empowers users to buy stocks with crypto directly.
This makes it easier for investors to amass bonds, real estate, and alternative investments hassle-free. In the crypto market, where coins are highly volatile, RCOF could be an excellent investment option for crypto holders seeking stability.
The Defi trading platform features a liquidity pool where investors can stake their assets to ensure they always have cryptocurrency to trade stocks on the market. Not only would RCOF’s liquidity pool be locked indefinitely, but it would also secure users’ tokens for a minimum of three years.
This way, the decentralized trading platform can reassure investors against any potential rug-pull concerns. Functionalities like DeFi cards could enhance security via multi-factor authentication and biometric verification, addressing Solana (SOL) blockchain issues.
Considering RCOF’s crypto token presale is ongoing at a low price of $0.0127, it would be an attractive project for new and old investors seeking fresh profits.
For more information about the RCO Finance Presale:
What the heck should you do with social media in marketing these days?
Content and marketing teams have been so wrapped around the AI axle for the last 18 months that many haven’t reacted to the fundamental changes in social media.
Those headlines and the more granular changes behind them should prompt marketers to shift how they use social media platforms for business success. Let’s look at what’s going on under the hood of social media.
Social media is growing differently
Social media platforms devalue general news of any kind. Instead, they try to keep their audiences engaged in walled gardens.
Similar Web data shows traffic to news sites from Facebook and X took a steep dive as of October 2023. Casual sharing, posting, and commenting are down as well. The reasons span the gamut from the “dismantling” of Twitter into X and concerns about misinformation to overall user fatigue.
Research shows people still spend at least two hours per day consuming social media. But among the top apps and websites, social media ranks behind direct messaging and text messaging.
Sharing no longer happens on public-facing social media channels. The “social” of social media now happens in communities where friends share content in private groups, texting groups, and one-to-one messaging.
Social media, as I’ve said before, is simply becoming media.
Followers matter less
To varying degrees, all the platforms have copied elements of the TikTok algorithm when displaying content to their audiences. These changes seem positive.
Instagram recently introduced substantial changes to its Reels algorithm that buck its longstanding embrace of accounts that aggregate content. It will now detect whether the post is original or aggregated (i.e., reposted) and favor the original content. It also may remove content from aggregators from the recommendations feature.
More interestingly, Instagram also changed its algorithm to surface smaller creators. That should be good news for social media marketers who operate accounts with smaller followings. Your content will surface more and pierce the noise of those with huge followings.
But more disruptive implications about the value of social media arrive with these changes. The biggest seismic shift happens around the importance of followers and community.
Many platforms have introduced more “for you” content in their feeds (a la TikTok). They no longer prioritize content from the people or brands someone follows. Instead, they optimize the content feed by the user’s actual behavior and content consumption, favoring content from “new” creators rather than those whom the user follows.
Put simply: Social media platforms now de-emphasize the value of a large following (or audience), which belies what brands have worked on for years. The new focus means every post must compete to be seen.
What does this mean for marketers?
All these social media platform changes can leave you feeling overwhelmed and confused about how to adjust your marketing and content strategy. Let’s walk through some of the biggest disruptions together.
Public communities are mostly dead
Many brands still attempt to use their social media marketing to create a public community with their customers. While some outlier brands could accomplish this, most will struggle. Instead, marketers can better create communities through more private distribution, such as a Slack channel, a proprietary community platform, or event-based programs.
Newsfeeds are completely dead
All the platforms de-emphasize the nature of articles and links, and audiences are decreasing their participation. If you fill your social media feed with content from your blog, a series of links to promote your latest news or links to your brand’s new products, you will struggle to find any value in this era of social media.
Feed your owned media strategy
“So, wait a minute,” you might ask. “If followers don’t matter and we’re supposed to entertain, engage, or educate within the platform itself, how do we build an audience on our owned media?”
A social media platform shift prompted the trend of a paid content network rather than an organic one. Consensus concluded organic reach had died. To help your content find the audience, you had to pay to promote posts or ads.
But there’s more opportunity now that algorithms offer possible organic discovery through “for you” recommendations (and there’s less competition from random pictures of breakfast, sunsets, and news sharing).
The strategic marketing goal remains the same: Pull social media audiences into your owned media ecosystem so that they can become addressable audiences to your brand.
You can accomplish that goal in creative ways. Look at your social media content as a means of creating value in that moment. Then, ask these audiences if they’d like to engage further to visit, contact, or subscribe.
‘Eventize’ your content
One of the biggest trends I see in gathering better traffic from social media is to “eventize” your content. Create content that is ephemeral or has a short half-life. Focus on enhancing the visitor’s opportunity to act the moment they see the post rather than banking on longer-term engagement.
Humanize your content
Audiences still value human faces and names more than brands and product names. Now, exceptions exist, but if you don’t know if your brand is an exception, it isn’t. Brands working with influencers and engaging their employees can more widely disseminate their social media content. In some cases, this strategy can beat the company’s channel on the social media platform.
Social media can remain an important piece of your integrated marketing mix. But to be successful in 2024, focus on creating engaging, ephemeral content that captures attention in the moment and drives users to owned media channels for further interaction.
It’s your story. Tell it well.
Subscribe to workday or weekly CMI emails to get Rose-Colored Glasses in your inbox each week.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
In a major relief to 25,753 teachers and non-teaching staff of West Bengal, the Supreme Court on Tuesday stayed the order of the Calcutta High Court order invalidating their appointment made by the state’s School Service Commission (SSC) in the state-run and state-aided schools.
The top court, however, permitted the central probe agency, Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI), to continue with its investigation and said it may probe even the members of the state cabinet if needed.
While granting the relief on the pleas, including the one filed by the state government, a bench comprising Chief Justice D Y Chandrachud and justices J B Pardiwala and Manoj Misra asked the CBI not to take any precipitative action like any arrest of any suspect during its ongoing investigation.
The top court, however, made it clear that the teachers and non-teaching staff of the state, whose appointments were cancelled by the high court, will have to refund the salaries and other emoluments if it reaches the conclusion that their recruitment was illegal.
“We are of the view that an expeditious disposal of the matter will be in the interest of justice. We accordingly direct that the proceedings be listed for hearing and final disposal on July 16, 2024.
“In the meantime, we are inclined to continue the ad-interim protection granted by this Court in the order dated November 9, 2023, subject to the express stipulation that any person found to have been appointed illegally and has continued as a consequence of the present order shall undertake to refund the entire amount of the salary which may be paid from the date of this order and the final judgement of this court,” the bench said in its order.
It said the issue which would merit closer analysis is whether the appointment which suffers from tainted can be segregated (with the genuine ones). If such is possible then it would be wrong to set aside the entirety of the process, the bench said.
The court should also be mindful that a large number of teachers for class 9-10th would be effected. Assuming that such a segregation is possible, this court has to set out the modalities to determine the segregation, the bench said in the order.
Earlier in the day, it termed the alleged recruitment scam in West Bengal as “systemic fraud” and said the state authorities were duty-bound to maintain the digitised records pertaining to the appointment of 25,753 teachers and non-teaching staff.
“Public job is so scarce… Nothing remains if the faith of the public goes. This is systemic fraud. Public jobs are extremely scarce today and are looked at for social mobility.
“What remains in the system if their appointments are also maligned? People will lose faith, how do you countenance this?” the CJI asked the lawyers representing the state government.
The bench said the state government has nothing to show that the data was maintained by its authorities and asked about its availability.
“Either you have the data or you do not have it… You were duty-bound to maintain the documents in digitised form. Now, it is obvious that there is no data.
“You are unaware of the fact that your service provider has engaged another agency. You had to maintain supervisory control,” the bench told the state government’s lawyers.
The top court said expeditious hearing was needed in the matter and listed the pleas for hearing on July 16.
It took note of the submissions of Solicitor General Tushar Mehta that the order staying the high court judgment may hamper the ongoing CBI probe and clarified that the investigation by the central agency will continue without any coercive action against the government officials and others.
Senior advocates Rakesh Dwivedi and N K Kaul, representing the state government authorities, argued against the cancellation of the appointments by the high court.
During the hearing, senior advocate Dushyant Dave made comments against former Calcutta High Court judge Justice Abhijit Gangopadhyay and sought a stay of the high court order.
“Mr Dave, we are not on conduct of Mr Gangopadhyay. We have been here and listening the nitty-gritty of the case since morning. Please show some decorum,” the bench said.
The CJI, once during the hearing, got irked and said he will issue notice and keep the case for hearing in July if the orderly hearing is allowed to take place.
“We are not here to scrutinise the conduct of Justice Gangopadhyay,” the CJI said, adding that the lawyers should be concerned with the legality of the case and levelling allegations against the high court judge will not lead anywhere.
The bench, in its order, said, “We are of view that submission of petitioners (state government and others) merits further consideration.” The top court was hearing a batch of petitions challenging the Calcutta High Court’s April 22 decision that invalidated the appointment of 25,753 teachers and non-teaching staff in state-run and state-aided schools of West Bengal.
Besides cancelling the appointments, the Calcutta High Court had also directed the CBI to probe into the appointment process and submit a report in three months.
Over 23 lakh candidates had appeared for the State Level Selection Test (SLST)-2016 for 24,640 vacant posts. A total of 25,753 appointment letters were issued against 24,640 vacancies, Firdaus Shamim, a lawyer for some of the petitioners who had alleged irregularities in the selection process, had said.
The court also instructed those appointed outside the officially available 24,640 vacancies, appointed after the expiry of the official date of recruitment, and those who submitted blank Optical Mark Recognition (OMR) sheets but obtained appointments to return all remunerations and benefits received by them with 12 per cent per annum interest, within four weeks.
Just over six years ago, when Donald Trump first announced tariffs on Chinese goods, it was as if a bomb had gone off. American stocks fell sharply at the prospect of a trade war, businesses warned of blowback and economists lined up to decry the move. Such is the protectionist mood in Washington now that Joe Biden’s announcement of new measures has been met with rather less panic—even though it concerns significantly higher tariffs.
On May 14th, following a policy review, the White House decided to raise tariffs on, among other things, Chinese semiconductors and solar cells from 25% to 50%, syringes and needles from 0% to 50% and lithium-ion batteries from 7.5% to 25%. It hit electric vehicles with the biggest increase of all, quadrupling the tariff rate on China-made electric vehicles (EVs) from 25% to 100%. Lael Brainard of the National Economic Council said the actions would create “a level playing-field in industries that are vital to our future”. Yet it is American consumers who will pay the price.
Pastors and other clergy members often serve as pillars of support in times of crisis. Yet what happens when they’re the ones who need to be lifted up?
Mark Dance, a former pastor who lives in Dallas, knows firsthand that mental health struggles can impact those in church leadership.
During his three decades of leading various churches, Dance, now 59, experienced a three-year bout of clinical depression — and now, as a pastor advocate for GuideStone, he helps support other pastors who are struggling.
ILLINOIS PASTOR AND AUTHOR URGES OTHERS AMID TODAY’S EVIL, ‘MAKE AMERICA LOVE AGAIN’
He revealed the details of his story to Fox News Digital.
The ‘three-year fog’
Dance’s mental health challenge began about 15 years ago, when he was in his third pastoral position, he said.
Mark Dance, pictured with his wife, Janet Dance, said he suffered through a three-year period of depression while serving as a pastor.(Dr. Mark Dance)
He and his wife, Janet Dance, were busy navigating life in ministry while raising teenagers — and they were also in the middle of a major move from one church campus to another.
“I noticed that I had become different,” he told Fox News Digital. “I was avoiding people, when I used to love being with people. And it became difficult to sleep, eat and make decisions.”
“I was working way too much, and using ‘the God card’ as an excuse.”
Dance also noticed that he’d lost a significant amount of weight. It was a period that he now refers to as a “three-year fog.”
“I was working way too much, and using ‘the God card’ as an excuse,” he said.
FLORIDA MOM-TO-BE GETS SURPRISE OF HER LIFE FROM HER OWN MOTHER: ‘WISH FULFILLED’
“I was a ‘churchaholic’ who refused to receive the gift of a day off and did not honor the Sabbath. I was neglecting myself, and it just all caught up with me.”
Dance had been down before, he said, but usually he was able to shake it off within a week or two. “But this time, I was stuck for a long time,” he said.
Mark Dance is pictured with his family in 2002. He and his wife, Janet Dance, were busy navigating a life in the ministry while raising their teenagers when his depression journey began, he said.(Dr. Mark Dance)
Although it was “out of character” for him to ask for help, Dance reached out to his family physician — who diagnosed him with clinical depression, prescribed medication and told him to “throttle down.”
By slowing down and focusing on his own needs, Dance was eventually able to “get healthy again.”
A few years later, he transitioned into a new role of helping other pastors overcome their own mental health struggles.
Those in church leadership are just as vulnerable to mental health struggles as the people they serve, Dance said.
“My clinical depression was equivalent to a common cold compared to some other types,” he told Fox News Digital.
AMERICAN VETERANS WHO COMMIT SUICIDE ARE 95% MALE, CRISIS OFTEN DRIVEN BY FAMILY DISPUTES, SAY EXPERTS
“Depression is kind of like cancer in that regard — there are different levels. In my case, it was diagnosed early and was treatable.”
Learning to practice self-compassion
While it might seem that those in church leadership are perpetually strong, they are just as vulnerable to mental health struggles as the people they serve, Dance said.
“We deal with the same issues — health problems, marriage challenges, problems with kids or money,” he said. “But it is more difficult for us to ask for help because it’s counterintuitive for us as caregivers.”
“My wife is my biggest fan and advocate,” Dance said. “Janet stepped up and became the leader of our home and our marriage for about three years, when I couldn’t lead anything.”(Dr. Mark Dance)
A pastor feels compelled to succeed both at work and at home, Dance noted — “because our spouse and kids are in our job description in the Bible.”
That can lead to unrealistic expectations and added pressure, he said.
“About one out of four pastors will experience a mental health challenge,” he told Fox News Digital. “And I just happened to be one of those.”
ILLINOIS PASTOR AND AUTHOR URGES OTHERS AMID TODAY’S EVIL, ‘MAKE AMERICA LOVE AGAIN’
Dr. Norman Blumenthal, director of the Ohel Zachter Family National Trauma Center in New York, noted that members of the clergy are often “benevolent and idealistic individuals” who extend themselves to others, even at the expense of their own well-being.
“It’s essential to remember that charity and care entail giving generously, but not excessively,” Blumenthal, who is not associated with GuideStone, told Fox News Digital.
“We can give a piece of ourselves, but not ourselves in entirety. When setting limits and triaging those we help, clergy often provide more effectively and abundantly than less.”
While it might seem that those in church leadership are perpetually strong, they are just as vulnerable to mental health struggles as the people they serve, Dance pointed out.(Dr. Mark Dance)
While pastoring requires compassion for others, exercising self-compassion is just as important, according to Yale University’s Dr. Emma Seppälä, author of “Sovereign: Reclaim your Freedom, Energy and Power in a Time of Distraction, Uncertainty, and Chaos.”
“Often, people in service-oriented professions give a lot to others without taking into account that they need to give to themselves as well,” Connecticut-based Seppälä, who is also not associated with GuideStone, told Fox News Digital.
“As I tell pastors, the only thing between you and help is your pride.”
“You can’t easily give from an empty cup. Self-compassion is the ability to treat oneself as one would treat a loved one — with kindness, consideration, respect and nurturing.”
This might include the ability to set boundaries so that there is enough time in the day to get exercise or proper nutrition, Seppälä added.
“Ideally, pastors should include themselves in their ministry.”
Having the courage to ask for help
Clergy members who experience depression or other mental health conditions need just as much help as the general population, Dance said.
While counseling others dealing with depression, he often hears the common sentiment that depression “sneaks up on you.”
Mark Dance (far right) is pictured in a recent photo with his wife, Janet Dance, and the couple’s children, Brad and Holly.(Dr. Mark Dance)
“It’s usually not a big freight train that runs you over,” he said. “It can start with lack of sleep, or a dramatically increased or decreased appetite. It can be very subtle.”
Reaching out for help takes courage and humility, Dance pointed out.
“As I tell pastors, the only thing between you and help is your pride,” he said.
NURSES CALL FOR CHANGE AS MANY REVEAL THEY’RE ‘EXTREMELY LIKELY’ TO LEAVE PROFESSION: ‘EMOTIONAL, STRESSFUL’
In his role, Dance often tells preachers, “Don’t self-diagnose and don’t hesitate to ask for help.”
“God has not called us to be competent in everybody else’s profession — if you’re a pastor, it’s OK not to be a mental, physical or financial health professional. Just be a pastor and let other people help you.”
Dance’s wife, Janet, encouraged him to seek help during his struggles. Clergy members who experience depression or other mental health conditions need just as much help as the general population, Dance said.(Dr. Mark Dance)
At GuideStone, Dance said, the focus is on helping pastors and ministers to “stay well and finish well.”
“I help people think about what a strong finish would look like at the end of their ministry, and it’s very fulfilling.”
Supported by faith
During Dance’s depression journey, he relied on his church and his faith to get him through.
“Church is a place where you can grow in all areas — not just one,” he said. “For me, church became a place where I could receive help from my own members.”
“And that’s the experience I’ve had for the last 36 years of industry — if the pastors ask for help, the church members will reciprocate.”
“I learned to become more physically, mentally and spiritually healthy, through the process of my mind being renewed by the Lord and His people.”
The pastor also drew strength from the Bible — particularly his favorite verse, below.
“Do not conform to the pattern of this world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind. Then you will be able to test and approve what God’s will is — his good, pleasing and perfect will” (Romans 12:2).
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Listening to God is an important part of self-care, according to Dance.
“He’s the one who designed us — He knows how to help us stay well,” he said. “I learned to become more physically, mentally and spiritually healthy, through the process of my mind being renewed by the Lord and His people.”
Pastors and others can visit www.GuideStone.org/mentalhealth to see Dance’s video testimony and to get support from a pastoral counselor, Dance told Fox News Digital. (Dr. Mark Dance)
Dance also draws support from his wife of 36 years and their two children.
“My wife is my biggest fan and advocate,” he said. “Janet stepped up and became the leader of our home and our marriage for about three years, when I couldn’t lead anything.”
“She’s a big part of how I got healthy and how I’m staying healthy.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Pastors and others can visit www.GuideStone.org/mentalhealth to see Dance’s video testimony and to get support from a pastoral counselor.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Melissa Rudy is health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
If there’s one street food that gets all of us drooling, be it any day, any time, it is pain puri. These crispy, crunchy, and tangy puris are loved by everyone. Whether you call them gol gappe, puchka, pani batasha or pani puri, these little flavour bombs are a burst of joy in every bite. Content creator Ritu Bhalala recently shared a tempting video on Instagram that has once again triggered our cravings. In the video, a group is seen sitting on the floor of a living room and enjoying homemade crispy puris filled with tamarind chutney, green chutney, and savoury potato stuffing. The caption read “My type of fancy restaurant.”
Also Read: Watch: Monkey Eats Pani Puri In Gujarat – Famous Street Food Finds Unlikely Fan
Desis, in no time, made a bee-line to the comments section and shared their excitement.
A person asked, “Kya aapki golgappe ki dukaan hai bhai, [Do you own a golgappe shop?]
“It looks like pani poori eating competition,” added another.
A user, from Delhi, came up with a request. “Yr aisi koi competition ya party hua kre delhi m to plz invite ke to [Please invite if there is a pani puri party in Delhi.]”
A few declared that the video is “mouth-watering.”
A curious person asked, “Why are the two of them not eating? They should.”
“Looks like The Pani Puri Cartel,” added another.
Some claimed that the video has triggered their craving.
A pani puri lover added, “Akele akele khaoge ye achi baat nahi. [You shouldn’t be having it all alone.]”
If, like them, you’re also craving some savoury and tangy gol gappe, here is easy recipes for golpappe ki poori and here is recipe for tangy-spicy water.
Also Read: Pani Puri Seller’s No-Touch Dispensing Machine Is A Hit With Street-Food Lovers
Jesmine Hall is director of communications for Raffles Singapore. “We see a hotel being a destination for not just rest and rejuvenation,” she said, “but a setting for cultural immersion.” The hotel’s Enlightenment Retreat (from 7,800 Singapore dollars, or about $5,745) features four days of holistic treatments — including yoga, meditation, hydrotherapy herbal body wraps — along with personalized menus from the hotel’s restaurants. It also includes visits to the Singapore Botanic Gardens, a UNESCO World Heritage site and the Intan, a private house museum devoted to Peranakan culture — a mix of local and Chinese heritage. Tea with the owner, Alvin Yapp, well known in Singapore’s cultural circles, gives it that extra insider’s feel.
Exceptional locations
Sometimes the location itself is the experience. Rather than choosing downtown San Diego when it opened a new California location three years ago, Alila Hotels and Resorts went 28 miles north to Encinitas, Calif. “It’s this little beach town that’s always been known as a surf destination, always been known as laid-back and friendly,” said Emily Teachout, director of marketing for the 130-room Alia Marea Beach resort. Through Fulcrum Surf, a top-tier surf school, guests can take a one-hour lesson ($200) on the resort’s beach. Or they can opt for a private coastal tour ($925) to scope out the best breaks, take in the local scene and get an extended lesson on different surfboards.
Other resorts make the most out of their natural environment. When Jon Borschow, 72, and his wife, Galina, 68, of San Juan, P.R., arrived at Amanpulo resort on the private Pamalican Island in the Philippines, they noticed a lot of birds. Being amateur birders, they inquired about them and were offered a tour with the resident naturalist. “I would say we saw at least 30 different species,” said Mr. Borschow, including Thai imperial pigeons and a Philippine megapode.
“Travelers really just want to be taken care of by hotels and have them provide and arrange everything,” Ms. Hall, of Raffles Singapore, said. Responding to that desire, Raffles offers a personalized shopping extravaganza, in which guests consult with a personal shopper before arrival, and then enjoy a chauffeured four-hour trip to some of Singapore’s best boutiques (from 3,900 Singapore dollars, or about $2,860, which includes two nights in a suite and breakfast).
Hotels also seize opportunities to deliver a personal touch.
When David Anderson, 78, of St. Louis, took his extended family on a trip to the Clayoquot lodge, he emailed Ms. Cruse, the general manager, in advance, sharing a bit on each of the nine family members.
In the Phase IIIa FRONTIER 2 trial, participants aged 12 years and older administered Mim8 showed significant and superior reduction of treated bleeding episodes.
Lenders and infrastructure sector players plan to seek relaxation in provisioning norms, and lengthening of moratorium on repayments, among others, in response to RBI’s draft guidelines on prudential framework pertaining to project loan financing.
“The provisioning requirement is very high. There should be differentiation between projects. Some amount of provisioning for under construction projects is understandable because of the risk. But once a project is completed, there is no need to hold 2.5 per cent provisioning because the government is the counterparty in most of the projects. We can’t have a one-size-fits all approach to project financing,” said a top public sector bank official.
Also read: RBI’s provisioning hike proposal ‘can dampen infra project lending’
5% Provisioning
The official underscored that the 5 per cent provisioning requirement is probably based on historical data, which takes into account the highly skewed NPA (non-performing asset) numbers of the 2014-2017 period.
“The proposed prescription does not give weightage to the course correction undertaken by the government in the last 4-5 years to ensure that infrastructure projects are fast-tracked. We have not seen much stress in the infra portfolio after 2018,” he said.
Moreover, in the last 4-5 years, default in banks’ infrastructure portfolio has been around 1-1.2 per cent. So, 1 per cent provisioning should be adequate instead of 5 per cent. After project completion, the provisioning should be much lower – around 0.4 per cent.
Bankers say the moratorium on repayments beyond DCCO (Date of Commencement of Commercial Operations) should be realistic. While the draft proposes moratorium period not exceeding six months, it should be realised that projects take time to ramp up.
Sometimes, it could take even two years to get the desired cash flows. So, the moratorium period needs to be re-looked.
“There are prudent guidelines for standard provisioning for loans and advances. In such a scenario, levying a 5 per cent provisioning for projects under construction seems to be a bit beyond reasonable credit-risk caution and almost borders on signalling a trust deficit on credit appraisal process of project financing banks and institutions,” opined Kiran Chonkar, Partner, Corporate Finance and Investment Banking, BDO India.
Infra major L&T, however, has a different take. “I think what is being promoted is responsible investing wherein the right project should be funded. This will reduce project failures,” said R Shankar Raman, Chief Financial Officer, L&T
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
GENERACIJA Z ponovno pokreće raspravu, a ovog puta tema su čarape. Viralni TikTok videi tvrde da se generaciju Z može razlikovati od milenijalaca na temelju čarapa koje nose u teretani.
Gen Z nosi duge čarape
Dok generacija Z preferira duge čarape, milenijalci se više okreću kratkim, koje sežu do gležnja. Ova razlika izazvala je raspravu na društvenim mrežama.
Jedan milenijalac čak se na TikToku zapitao: “Jesam li izašao iz mode?” dok je pokazivao svoje čarape koje završavaju ispod gležnjeva. Drugi su pokazali kako se odriču svojih niskih čarapa da bi “držali korak s generacijom Z”.
No nije svim milenijalcima lako odreći se niskih čarapa. Neki su čvrsto stali u njihovu obranu ističući da su one dio njihovog stila i da izgledaju puno ljepše od visokih. S druge strane, neki su ipak spremni na promjene.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
#17 Westchester at #16 South Gate #18 Franklin at #15 LACES
Division II
First round
#17 Sun Valley Magnet at #16 Van Nuys #20 Stella at #13 Fremont #19 Los Angeles at #14 Rancho Dominguez #18 SOCES at #15 Grant
Division III
First round
#17 Animo Venice at #16 Downtown Magnets #20 Central City Value at #13 Community Charter #19 Animo Robinson at #14 Triumph Charter #18 CALS Early College at #15 L.A. Jordan
Wednesday’s schedule
(All games at 3 p.m. unless noted)
Open division
First round
#1 Granada Hills, bye #9 El Camino Real at #8 Narbonne #12 Sun Valley Poly at #5 Sylmar #4 Bell, bye #3 Carson, bye #11 Cleveland at #6 Legacy #10 San Pedro at #7 Taft #2 Birmingham, bye
SOFTBALL
Monday’s results
Division I
Quarterfinals
Garfield 7, Bravo 0 San Fernando 5, Verdugo Hills 1 Granada Hills Kennedy 4, Eagle Rock 0 Palisades 5, L.A. Marshall 1
Division II
Quarterfinals
Chatsworth 3, Franklin 1 Sylmar 10, Taft 2 L.A. Wilson 9, North Hollywood 7 Marquez 7, King/Drew 5
Division IV
Quarterfinals
Fulton 15, L.A. Leadership Academy 5
Tuesday’s schedule
(All games at 3 p.m. unless noted)
Open division
Semifinals
#5 El Camino Real at #1 Granada Hills #3 Carson at #2 Birmingham
Division III
Semifinals
#9 VAAS at #4 Bell #11 Sotomayor at #2 Narbonne
Division IV
Semifinals
#5 LA University at #1 Community Charter #11 Fulton at #10 LACES
Wednesday’s schedule
(All games at 3 p.m. unless noted)
Division I
Semifinals
#4 San Fernando at #1 Garfield #15 Palisades at #3 Granada Hills Kennedy
Division II
Semifinals
# 12 Sylmar at #1 Chatsworth #3 L.A. Wilson at #2 Marquez
Southern Section
BASEBALL
Tuesday’s Schedule
(All games at 3:15 p.m. unless noted)
Semifinals
Division 1
Huntington Beach at Corona Harvard-Westlake vs. Orange Lutheran at Hart Park, 6 p.m.
Division 2
Arcadia at Hart Ayala at Moorpark
Division 3
St. John Bosco at South Torrance Beckman at Los Alamitos
Division 4
Culver City at Camarillo St. Francis at Ontario Christian
Division 5
Oxnard Pacifica at Santa Monica Chino Hills at Chino
Division 6
Diamond Bar at Village Christian Colony at Rancho Mirage
Division 7
South El Monte at Buena Park Oxford Academy at Lancaster Desert Christian
Division 8
San Bernardino at Orange County Pacifica Christian Azusa at Edgewood
SOFTBALL
FINALS
At Barber Park in Irvine
Friday
Division 8
Hesperia Christian (18-5) vs. Jurupa Valley (19-12), 10 a.m.
Division 6
Ganesha (21-0) vs. Viewpoint (17-2-1), 1 p.m.
Division 4
JW North (17-13) vs. Paraclete (29-2), 4 p.m.
Division 1
Orange Lutheran (21-3) vs. Garden Grove Pacifica (26-2), 7 p.m.
Saturday
Division 7
Oxford Academy (25-5) vs. Eastside (22-10), 10 a.m.
Division 5
Liberty (22-6) vs. Cerritos Valley Christian (17-6), 1 p.m.
As the proliferation of electronic devices continues to escalate, so does the urgency to address the mounting issue of electronic waste, or e-waste. Electronics assembly, consisting of various components and materials, poses a significant challenge for disposal due to its complex composition and potential environmental impact. However, with the advancement of recycling technologies and the implementation of sustainable practices, there is growing potential to recycle electronics assemblies at the end of their life cycle, mitigating environmental harm and promoting resource conservation.
The recycling of electronics assemblies begins with the collection and separation of components and materials. Electronic devices undergo dismantling processes to disassemble them into their constituent parts, including printed circuit boards (PCBs), plastic casings, metal frames, and electronic components such as chips, resistors, and capacitors. Automated and manual methods are employed to segregate different materials, ensuring that each component is processed appropriately for recycling.
One of the primary challenges in recycling electronics assembly lies in the recovery of valuable materials, such as precious metals, rare earth elements, and critical minerals. These materials are essential components of electronic devices, yet they are often sourced from finite resources and extracted through environmentally destructive mining practices. Recycling electronics assemblies offers a sustainable alternative to traditional mining by reclaiming and reusing valuable materials, reducing the need for new resource extraction and minimizing environmental impact.
Can an electronics assembly be recycled at the end of its life cycle?
Moreover, recycling electronics assemblies helps to reduce the environmental footprint associated with electronic waste disposal. Improper disposal of e-waste, such as landfilling or incineration, can lead to the release of hazardous substances and pollutants into the environment, posing risks to human health and ecosystems. Recycling electronics assemblies prevents the release of toxic chemicals and heavy metals into soil, water, and air, mitigating pollution and preserving environmental quality.
Furthermore, recycling electronics assemblies promotes circular economy principles by closing the loop on material flows and extending the lifespan of valuable resources. Instead of treating electronic devices as disposable commodities, recycling enables the recovery and reuse of materials, components, and products, creating a sustainable and resource-efficient supply chain. By reintroducing recycled materials into the manufacturing process, electronics manufacturers can reduce their reliance on virgin resources and minimize waste generation, contributing to a more sustainable and resilient economy.
Additionally, recycling electronics assemblies offers economic benefits by creating opportunities for job creation, innovation, and value-added services. Recycling facilities employ skilled workers to process and refurbish electronic devices, contributing to local economies and communities. Moreover, recycling technologies continue to evolve, driving innovation and investment in new processes and methods for recovering valuable materials from electronic waste. As the demand for recycled materials grows, there is potential for new business models and market opportunities to emerge in the recycling industry.
However, despite the potential benefits of recycling electronics assemblies, several challenges and barriers remain to be addressed. One significant challenge is the complexity of electronics assembly composition, which can vary widely depending on device type, manufacturer, and technology. Some components and materials may be challenging to recycle due to their size, composition, or integration with other parts, requiring specialized processes and technologies for recovery.
Furthermore, the lack of standardized recycling practices and infrastructure presents obstacles to efficient and effective electronics recycling. Recycling facilities may lack the necessary equipment, expertise, or regulatory framework to handle electronics assemblies safely and responsibly. Additionally, logistical challenges such as collection, transportation, and sorting of electronic waste can hinder recycling efforts, particularly in regions with limited resources or infrastructure.
In conclusion, while recycling electronics assemblies presents challenges and complexities, it also offers significant opportunities to mitigate environmental impact, conserve resources, and promote sustainable development. By investing in recycling technologies, infrastructure, and education, stakeholders can work together to establish a circular economy for electronics, where products are designed for recyclability, materials are recovered and reused, and waste is minimized. Through collaborative efforts and collective action, we can harness the potential of electronics recycling to build a more sustainable and resilient future for generations to come.
Unlisted shares of Veritaas Advertising Ltd are trading Rs 100 higher in the grey market, expecting a strong 87.72 per cent listing gain from the public issue
Veritaas Advertising IPO: The initial public offering of Veritaas Advertising Ltd, which was opened for public subscription on Monday, has received a whopping response from investors. Till 10:49 am on the second day of bidding on Tuesday, the Rs 8.48-crore SME IPO received a whopping 35.46 times subscription, garnering bids for 1,88,92,800 shares as against 5,32,800 shares on offer.
The retail category has received an overwhelming 66.03 times subscription, while the non-institutional investor (NII) category got a 23.31 times subscription.
The Veritaas Advertising IPO will be closed on May 15. The share allotment will likely be finalised on May 16, while the listing will take place on May 21 on the NSE SME.
The price band of the IPO was fixed at Rs 109-Rs 114 per share.
Veritaas Advertising IPO GMP Today
According to market observers, unlisted shares of Veritaas Advertising Ltd are trading Rs 100 higher in the grey market as compared with its issue price. The Rs 100 grey market premium or GMP means the grey market is expecting a strong 87.72 per cent listing gain from the public issue. The GMP is based on market sentiments and keeps changing.
‘Grey market premium’ indicates investors’ readiness to pay more than the issue price.
About Veritaas Advertising IPO
Veritaas Advertising IPO is entirely a fresh issue of 7.44 lakh shares. Veritaas Advertising IPO price band is set at Rs 109 to Rs 114 per share.
The minimum lot size for an application is 1,200 shares. The minimum amount of investment required by retail investors is Rs 1,36,800. The minimum lot size investment for HNI is 2 lots (2,400 shares) amounting to Rs 2,73,600.
Horizon Management Private Limited is the book running lead manager of the Veritaas Advertising IPO, while Mas Services Limited is the registrar for the issue. The market maker for Veritaas Advertising IPO is Horizon Financial Consultants.
Veritas Advertising Limited, set up in 2018, is a comprehensive advertising agency that provides 360-degree services across various platforms. The company owns advertising spaces in West Bengal, Guwahati, and Shillong, making it one of the few media-owning marketing and advertising agencies. The company also operate in Delhi, Mumbai, and Pune.
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
The 5G smartphone shipments share increased to 70 per cent in the first quarter of 2024, marking a notable 91 per cent Year-on-Year (YoY) growth. Interestingly, the surge in 5G shipments is driven by budget 5G handsets in the price range of Rs 10,000 to Rs 15,000.
“The 5G smartphone shipments share increased to 70%, marking a notable 91% YoY growth. Interestingly, 5G smartphones in the price band of INR 10,000 to INR 15,000 grew by >400% YoY,” said CyberMedia Research (CMR)’s India Mobile Handset Market Review Report.
ALSO READ | Xiaomi Redmi Pad SE Review: Reliable, pocket-friendly tablet
According to Menka Kumari, Analyst- Industry Intelligence Group, CyberMedia Research (CMR), India’s smartphone market has witnessed a significant surge in 5G adoption.
“5G continues to diffuse to more affordable price tiers, especially in the INR 10,000 to INR 15,000 price band. The onset of AI phones further fueled the premiumization wave. The superpremium smartphone category (>INR 50,000) experienced a notable 47% YoY growth, indicating a rising preference among consumers for high-end devices,” Menka Kumari said.
Smartphone Market in Q1 2024
While India’s smartphone market grew 10 per cent YoY, the CMR report highlighted that it is the value-for-money smartphone segment (Rs 7,000 – Rs 25,000) that constituted the largest share at 65 per cent. The Affordable smartphone segment (<Rs 7,000) experienced 16 per cent YoY growth.
ALSO READ | Vivo V30e Review: Allrounder with major boxes ticked
The premium smartphone segment (over Rs 25,000) recorded remarkable YoY growth of 71 per cent fueled by easy payment options and premium features like AI.
Other Key Market Highlights in Q1 2024
POCO, Xiaomi’s sub-brand, experienced 48 per cent YoY growth in smartphone shipments.
Vivo 5G smartphone shipments recorded an impressive 358 per cent YoY growth.
Realme 5G smartphone shipments recorded a remarkable growth of 168 per cent YoY.
Apple captured a 6 per cent market share in the smartphone market in Q1 2024.
The Apple iPhone 15 series constituted >60 per cent of its total shipments.
Transsion Group brands, including itel, Infinix, and Tecno, recorded a 12 per cent YoY increase in shipments (combined for smartphones and feature phones).
An online booking system for Mount Fuji’s most popular trail was announced on Monday by Japanese authorities trying to fight overtourism on the active volcano. Japan’s highest mountain has become increasingly crowded during the summer hiking season, raising concerns over safety and environmental damage. To ease congestion on the Yoshida Trail, the preferred route for most hikers, the Yamanashi region is planning to cap daily entries to 4,000 people, who will be charged $13 each.
This file photo taken on August 31, 2023 shows visitors climbing the slopes of Mount Fuji, Japan’s highest peak at 3,776 meters (12,388 feet). An online booking system for Mount Fuji’s most popular trail was announced on May 13, 2024 by Japanese authorities trying to fight overtourism on the active volcano. (Photo by Mathias CENA / AFP)
But to address some climbers’ fears that they will be rejected once the daily limit is reached, this year online bookings will also be introduced for the first time. The system will guarantee people entry through a new gate, “allowing them to plan ahead,” Katsuhiro Iwama, an official from the Yamanashi regional government, told AFP. (Also read: Japanese town erects barrier to shield Mount Fuji from tourist overcrowding )
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
Online bookings open on May 20 for the July-September hiking season. Each day at least 1,000 places will be kept free for on-the-spot entry. Mount Fuji is covered in snow most of the year, but in the summer more than 220,000 visitors trudge up its steep, rocky slopes, many climbing through the night to see the sunrise. Some attempt to reach the 3,776-metre (12,388-foot) summit without breaks and become sick or injured as a result.
Tourists are also flocking to surrounding areas to snap the majestic mountain, which is seen as a symbol of Japan but whose popularity is proving a burden to locals. In one photo spot where Mount Fuji emerges behind a Lawson convenience store, exasperated officials are constructing a huge black mesh barrier to block the view. People who work and live nearby had complained about mostly foreign tourists trespassing, littering and dangerously crossing the street to get the perfect Instagram post.
Record numbers of overseas tourists are travelling to Japan, where in March monthly visitors exceeded three million for the first time. Residents of Kyoto’s geisha district have also banned tourists from private alleys after complaints that some were rudely demanding selfies with the kimono-clad entertainers.
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
This story has been published from a wire agency feed without modifications to the text. Only the headline has been changed.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Japan introduces online booking system to manage overcrowding on Mount Fuji trail
Dirty Dancing, Back to the Future and E.T. have been named the best 80s movies ever. The 1987 classic starring Patrick Swayze won 12 awards after its release – including an Academy Award for best music.
A poll, of 2,000, adults found 43% believe filmmaking has never been better than the era of big hair and legwarmers. Top Gun, Die Hard and The Terminator, also appeared in the top 10. While one in 10 (9%) consider Raiders of the Lost Ark to be among the best from that decade.
Arnold Schwarzenegger, Tom Hanks and Tom Cruise were named the most iconic 80s stars. With Steven Spielberg, George Lucas and Ridley Scott coming in as the most influential directors of the decade.
A spokesperson for Lottoland.co.uk, which commissioned the research to celebrate its range of retro games, said: “80s movies have some serious nostalgia power. Many of the films on the list are popular with younger people who weren’t even around in the decade, and we’re even seeing the clothes and music coming back around now which I never thought I’d witness again.
“It goes to show how truly iconic the 80s were, and I’m sure it’s one of the reasons our vintage games are becoming so popular, they take you back to a time of big hair and even bigger movies.”
The research went on to find a third (33%) believe they should remake E.T. and 22% would welcome a modern rendition of The Goonies. With the 2022 version of Top Gun (Maverick) being almost as good as the original for 16%. Whereas, only 3% believe the latest release of Footloose in 2011 was on par with the 1984 classic.
This might be why 35% have encouraged their own children to watch films from the 80s. As 66% feel passionate about keeping films from the decade alive for future generations, with exactly six in 10 claiming ‘they don’t make films like they used to’. And more than half (52%) even wish they could turn back time and relive the 80s all over again, according to the stats by OnePoll.
The Lottoland spokesperson added: “It’s great to see how many people want to keep their favourite classics alive and even encourage their own kids to watch them. And for those one in five people who wanted a Goonies remake, our own Goonies-themed game might be right up your alley.”
The Volkswagen Golf GTI is in line for a new special edition, due to be revealed later this month.
In a post on LinkedIn, Volkswagen Group CEO Thomas Schäfer uploaded a short video which included footage of the Golf GTI at the Nürburgring and a confirmed unveiling date: 12:30am on June 1, Australian Eastern Standard Time (AEST).
Despite Volkswagen deliberately obscuring the Golf GTI in the video, we can see its front bumper has been altered to include two fang-like elements on either side of the radiator inlet, completely different from that on the upcoming facelifted ‘Mk8.5’ model.
Given the inclusion of references to the Golf’s 50th anniversary – which occurred on March 29 – it’s likely this special edition is intended to celebrate the nameplate’s half-century in production.
Volkswagen has previously made an effort to celebrate certain Golf production anniversaries.
The Mk3 Golf 20th Anniversary GTI of 1996 celebrated two decades of Golf GTI production – rather than the wider nameplate – which continued for the GTI 25th Anniversary Edition (2001, Mk4), the GTI Edition 30 (2006, Mk5), the GTI Edition 35 (2011, Mk6) and the Golf GTI Clubsport 45 (2021, Mk7.5).
While the latter was never sold in Australia, local buyers were treated to the only anniversary edition for the Golf GTI’s 40th year.
Australian-delivered Golf GTI 40 Years
Sold as the Golf GTI Clubsport overseas, Volkswagen’s flagship front-drive hatch was exclusively sold in Australia as the 40 Years in an effort to side-step a trademark battle with Holden Special Vehicles (HSV), which used the Clubsport name on one of its hotted-up Commodores.
Anniversary models have traditionally offered more than just different looks compared to the base GTI, including mechanical upgrades such as more power.
The latest, facelifted eighth-generation Volkswagen Golf isn’t due in Australia until early 2025, meaning – if it did come here – the anniversary edition could arrive here closer to the GTI’s 50th birthday.
MORE: Everything Volkswagen Golf MORE: 2024 Volkswagen Golf is an exercise in fixing complaints
Coinbase, a leading cryptocurrency exchange, is reportedly considering the relisting of Terra Luna Classic (LUNC), as per recent reports circulating on Crypto X. This development has sparked optimism within the LUNC community, with many anticipating that it could drive the price of LUNC to new highs.
Coinbase Relisting Sparks Community Craze
Community members, including notable figures like @MrDiamondhandz1, revealed the news. They noted the availability of LUNC for trading on Coinbase Wallet. This move by Coinbase Wallet, which seemingly favors LUNC over Terra Luna (LUNA), suggests the possibility of a relisting for LUNC shortly.
It all started in 2022 when Terra Luna (LUNA) experienced a significant collapse alongside its algorithmic stablecoin, TerraUSD. The fallout from this collapse resulted in the delisting of LUNA from several exchanges, causing investors to suffer losses exceeding $60 billion. However, in response to this crisis, Terraform Labs, led by Do Kwon, initiated a fork of the original chain, preserving the Terra (LUNA) identity while rebranding the original chain as Terra Luna Classic (LUNC).
Despite the challenges it faced post-collapse, the LUNC community has shown immense faith in the project. However, the relisting will end all the woes the token has suffered, which also marks a positive signal for the project’s prospects.
Crypto Reaction
The news of Coinbase’s potential relisting of Terra Luna Classic has generated a bullish sentiment within the community. At the time of reporting, the price of LUNC had increased by 1.10% in the past 24 hours, reaching $0.0001054.
This upward trend coincides with other positive developments within the LUNC ecosystem, such as proposals to engage Allnodes as an official organization to manage the endpoint for circulating supply.
In the meantime, the price of USTC has dropped 2% in the past 24 hours and is now $0.0227. The 24-hour low is $0.02233 and the 24-hour high is $0.02389.
It is too early to judge the placements situation at IIT-Madras, as the process happens in phases and also includes researchers, IIT-Madras Director V Kamakoti said on Wednesday. “Almost 83 per cent of IIT-Madras students have already been placed currently and the correct position of placements will be available only in mid-July as it concludes in phases,” he said on the sidelines of a media event at the institute.
Responding to recent media reports about India’s premier institutions, IITs, achieving poor placements this year, and many students taking up low-paying jobs, the Director explained that placements at IIT-Madras take place in phases and we cannot judge the scenario at this stage. Generally, placements at IITs occur in two phases – one in December and the other ongoing between January and June.
Also read: IIT-Madras fundraising hits historic high of ₹513 cr
“Many of the public sector units (PSUs) and other companies come for placements only around June-July, and many students too contemplate on various options such as higher studies, starting up, and hence the data at this stage will not give a true picture,” he added. Masters and PhD students also participate in the placement process and they generally contemplate their next steps until July and also choose not to sit for placements, he added.
Masters and PhD students also participate in the placement process, and they typically consider their next steps until July. Additionally, they often opt not to participate in placements,” he added.
The institute, he said, plans to collate all the data and will soon explain the process and share the data with the media.
Kamakoti also highlighted the role played by alumni of IIT-Madras in mentoring and guiding students in their entire academic journey, including the placements process, through an informal program called YAARI (Yours Always Alumni Relations).
IIT-M’s Director’s comments come at a time when reports of the global slowdown make it challenging for the IITs to attract global companies for placements. Reports indicate that India’s premier institution has an average of 30-35 per cent students still awaiting job offers.
On a regular Tuesday morning, a large crowd has gathered outside a grocery store in Xuchang, a city of 4m people. Visit Pangdonglai at the weekend and things are even busier. Thousands, some having travelled hundreds of kilometres, arrive before dawn to take their place in a queue that snakes back and forth in front of the store’s entrance. At a time when China’s ritziest shopping centres are often desolate, and the country’s economy is struggling, the success of Pangdonglai’s 13 outlets is captivating executives who want to understand consumer sentiment.
The latest economic data make the queues still more intriguing. Retail spending grew by just 3.1% in March year on year—well below expectations. In the same month, listed retail firms revised down their expected earnings by an average of 7%. In Shanghai, where per-person consumer spending is three times higher than in Pangdonglai’s home province, high-end grocers are closing down. One such chain, CityShop, announced in April that it would shut its doors for good after 29 years. Pangdonglai’s success contains lessons about both what may be needed to revive China’s economy and the shape that such a revival might take.
As rock legend Ozzy Osbourne has turned to stem cell therapy, some experts caution that it’s not for everyone.
At the start of his latest episode of “Ozzy Speaks” on SiriusXM with Billy Morrison, Osbourne revealed that he recently returned from a follow-up appointment “after having some stem cells put in me.”
The rocker also had a previous treatment approximately three months ago, as he stated in the episode.
OZZY OSBOURNE DETERMINED TO PERFORM ‘WITHOUT FALLING OVER NOW’ AS HE UNDERGOES STEM CELL TREATMENTS
“The thing is, you have it, and you go, ‘I don’t feel that great,’ but I don’t know what it would be like if I didn’t have it,” Osbourne said.
In the past several years, the musician has struggled with several serious medical problems that have impacted his mobility, including Parkinson’s disease, per a report.
Rock legend Ozzy Osbourne has turned to stem cell therapy — but some experts are cautioning that it’s not for everyone.(Getty Images/iStock)
After he first started stem cell treatment in 2020, he wanted “to be a part of the world again,” his daughter Kelly Osbourne said in a report at the time.
MILITARY VETERAN EMBRACES ‘NEW SERVICE’ OF HELPING OTHERS AFTER HIS PARKINSON’S DIAGNOSIS: ‘THERE IS HOPE’
“Seeing, after one treatment of stem cell, what has happened and the progress that he’s made is mind-blowing,” she added.
Fox News Digital reached out Ozzy Osbourne for comment.
Below is an overview of the treatment — and what to know about the risks and benefits.
What are stem cells?
Stem cells are found in almost every tissue in the body, according to the Mayo Clinic website.
Some stem cells repair tissues after injury, while others have the potential to become different types of cells, such as brain cells, muscle cells in the heart or bone cells.
“We routinely use cellular therapies, including stem cells, to treat cancers of the blood and bone marrow,” Dr. Mikkael Sekeres, chief of the division of hematology of Sylvester Cancer Center at the University of Miami, told Fox News Digital.
Some stem cells repair tissues after injury — while others have the potential to become different types of cells, such as brain cells, muscle cells in the heart or bone cells.(iStock)
“The theory is, we can give high doses of chemotherapy to people who have these cancers to eliminate the cancer, but those therapies may have such a high dose that we could wipe out the healthy cells in the bone marrow,” he said.
Alternatively, the doctor went on, experts can “rescue” the bone marrow by giving stem cells to a patient from a healthy donor.
COLORADO DOCTOR PRESCRIBES PING PONG TREATMENT FOR NEURODEGENERATIVE DISORDERS: ‘DOING SOMETHING GOOD’
Another advantage is that the healthy donor stem cells will produce a new immune system to attack and eliminate any remaining cancer, Sekeres added.
“Use of stem cells in this way has saved tens of thousands of lives,” he noted.
Therapies ‘largely experimental’
Stem cell therapies are only approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to treat certain cancers of the blood and immune system, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
In 2023, the FDA also approved a cord blood-based cell therapy to decrease the risk of infection after stem cell transplants.
Ozzy Osbourne is seen for the first time in this image since announcing he was canceling his tour due to medical concerns.(MEGA for Fox News Digital)
“Stem cell therapy given for other reasons is largely experimental and unproven,” Sekeres noted.
Despite its potential benefits, stem cell therapy isn’t considered a “silver bullet” for Parkinson’s disease treatment, according to Dr. Michael S. Okun, a Florida-based medical advisor to the Parkinson’s Foundation.
MICHAEL J. FOX GETS SCARED AMID PARKINSON’S DISEASE BATTLE, BUT ‘THE ABSENCE OF FEAR IS FAITH’
“Though there have been many advances in stem cell technology, the realization that Parkinson’s is a disease of more than just dopamine underscores the importance of multidisciplinary treatment,” Okun, who is also the executive director of the Norman Fixel Institute for Neurological Diseases University of Florida Health in Gainesville, Florida, told Fox News Digital.
All stem cell products require the FDA’s approval, according to the agency’s website.
“Folks interested in Parkinson’s stem cell therapy should be cautious if ever offered a treatment,” Okun said.
Despite its potential benefits, stem cell therapy isn’t considered a “silver bullet” for Parkinson’s disease treatment, a doctor warned. (iStock)
“We recommend requesting a copy of the institutional review board approval, which is a document verifying that investigators have been authorized to perform research in a human population.”
(An institutional review board ensures ethical treatment of research subjects.)
“Since stem cell therapy is still investigational, you should never be charged to participate in a research trial,” Okun noted.
“Folks interested in Parkinson’s stem cell therapy should be cautious if ever offered a treatment.”
“There is a large market for ‘stem cell tourism,’ in which people may be charged large sums of money, and in some cases irreversible side effects may follow a transplant.”
Potential adverse side effects
One type of stem cell therapy is a stem cell transplant, which involves infusing another person’s stem cells into the recipient’s body.
Sometimes these stem cells come from the bone marrow, which is known as a bone marrow transplant, according to experts.
In other cases, they are harvested from a baby’s umbilical cord, which is known as a cord blood transplant.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Some people may experience symptoms of rejection if their immune system recognizes the donor stem cells as “foreign” and starts to attack them.
Acute symptoms may include an itchy rash, diarrhea, general malaise, shortness of breath and yellowing of the eyes, according to the National Health Service.
All stem cell products require the FDA’s approval, according to the agency’s website.(iStock)
Longer-term complications may include infertility, various cancers, cataracts, bone or muscle weakness, and damage to certain organs, such as the liver, kidney, lung or heart, per the National Cancer Institute’s website.
Stem cell therapy should not be viewed as a “fountain of youth,” Sekeres cautioned.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Previous research published in JAMA Network Open discovered a multi-bacterial outbreak among patients who received unapproved products that were marketed as stem cell therapies, he pointed out.
To verify that a therapy is FDA-approved, the agency recommends emailing [email protected] for information, according to its website.
Fox News Digital reached out to the FDA for further comment.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Ice cream lovers, beware! A video circulating on Instagram has sparked a conversation about hygiene standards. A clip, reportedly from a shop in Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh, features a vendor making what appears to be orange popsicles. However, viewers are more focused on the preparation process than the end product. The video, shared by Humbhifooodie | Kanpur (@humbhifooodie) on Instagram, opens with the vendor in a workshop-like setting. He begins by pouring orange syrup into a popsicle mold. Next, he adds milk and places the mold in a freezer. The caption claims these are then sold for Rs 10 each.
Social media users have expressed concerns about the hygiene practices shown in the video. A user wrote, “Never buying a local brand again.”
Sharing how parents used to ask us not to have ice cream from local shops, another added, “Parents sahi bolte the sewer paani se banta hai. [Parents were right. They use sewer water.]”
Echoing a similar sentiment, a person said, “Mummy was right.. sewer ka pani use karte hai ye log. [They clearly use sewer water.]”
“Inko plastic mug or Asian paint ki balti me hi sab bnana hota hai. [Why on Earth do they prepare everything in a plastic mug and paint buckets?],” a comment read.
Some were quick to add that this is the “most unhygienic thing” on the Internet today.
Pointing at the tray, a person said, “The ice cream tray is so dirty. unhealthy as well.”
Meanwhile, a user tried to crack a joke. “Haha everyone becomes hygienic now these people in school eat all this.”
A few called it an “Indian immunity booster.”
A foodie said, “My fault, I watched this reel.”
In the middle of this, a person claimed, “Watching this while eating the same.”
The tennis balls had been stashed away safely by the time 2,500 dogs and their obedient human entourages overtook the U.S.T.A. Billie Jean King National Tennis Center in Queens this weekend for the Westminster Kennel Club Dog Show.
The event began on Saturday with agility, obedience and diving competitions before transitioning on Monday into the contests that are more familiar to the audience at home: best in breed, best in group and best in show.
The human-to-dog ratio at the tennis center might be 2 to 1, but the power balance favors the dogs. There were pugs being wheeled around in strollers, Dalmatians posing like statues on artificial turf, and basset hounds whose ears were strapped to their chins so they didn’t sweep the asphalt. In a tent reserved for grooming, a Lhasa apso was carefully flat-ironed while several miniature poodles were sculpted into sudsy topiaries.
The event, which was first held in 1877, called Madison Square Garden home for a century but relocated to the Lyndhurst, an estate just outside the city, during the early pandemic. This is the second year of the show’s being held in the Flushing section of Queens, with Arthur Ashe Stadium offering deluxe accommodations for the show’s main events.
Whether they win or lose, the dogs have remained exceedingly well behaved. The humans, who have a selection of beer and gin and tonics at several concession stands, have had more varied results.
Credit…Jonah Rosenberg for The New York Times
The dogs, win or lose, keep their cool throughout the event. The humans, on the other hand, run the gamut, with excitement, fear, happiness and devastation all on the table.
Industry experts, in a roundtable discussion, explore the evolution of brand engagement in the age of AI, including the growing importance of message relevance—and, for pharma, going where the information is.
We give the Unifury Personalized Pet Photo T-Shirt a rating of 4.7 out of 5 stars.
Print Quality: 5/5
Options: 5/5
T-Shirt Comfort: 4/5
Value: 4.8/5
If you’re looking for a special gift for the cat lover in your life, nothing beats a customized creation. One company that offers a host of pet-centric gifts in this category is Unifury.
Unifury is most well-known for their hand-drawn family and pet compilations. These unique images can be printed on mugs, t-shirts, posters, pillows, and more. They also have many photo print products to choose from, including the fun, colorful, and stylish Personalized Pet Photo Retro T-Shirt.
This customized gift makes for a great way to surprise and celebrate the cat lovers in your life, whether it be for their birthday, Mother’s Day, or Christmas.
I had the opportunity to get a retro tee printed with my cat’s image. I thought it would be a fun product to check out and review. I had no idea how much I would love it!
To find out more about what makes this product so unique, why I liked it so much, and to see my full Unifury Personalized Pet Photo T-Shirt review, keep reading.
About Unifury
Unifury was started in 2014 by entrepreneur and pet lover, Lya Meyers. After a decade in the IT industry, she set out to find a more fulfilling career path. That’s when she decided to combine her love of creative design with her passion for helping people connect, both with their each other and their pets.
Today, Unifury offers dozens of different gift options featuring customized images of people, dogs, and cats.
Where Are Unifury Products Produced?
Unifury has headquarters in California, Vietnam, and Singapore. Most of the printing for products sold in the US market is done at their US facility. The products themselves are sourced from around the world.
The T-shirt I received, for instance, was made in Honduras.
Who Is Unifury Best Suited For?
Unifury offers a wide variety of products, each of which features a customized print or drawing. These images can be of dogs, cats, or humans. This is to say that products from this company are a great choice for anyone who might enjoy clothing, a mug, a blanket, or similar items with the likeness of their favorite people or pets on them.
For cat lovers, Unifury offers many great options, from T-shirts that say “This Human Belongs to (your pet’s name here)” to hand-painted coffee mugs with your cat’s adorable face.
Overview
Here is an overview of one of Unifury’s most popular items for cat owners, the Personalized Pet Photo T-Shirt. We’ll look at the options available in this product category, the print quality, the T-shirt quality, and the available customizations.
Product Options
Unifury has a number of different photo print T-shirt options available. I chose the Retro Comfort Colors tee for the bright, fun background image.
Other photo print T-shirt options include:
And many more!
The company also offers many special occasion T-shirts, including eclipse, Christmas, Mother’s Day, anniversaries, and more.
Print Quality
The print quality of Unifury’s shirts is exceptionally high. The colors are vivid and the details are clear. And, most importantly, the photo prints look exactly like the image you submit.
The cropping is also impressively well done. You’d never know the portrait image was pulled from a picture with a background. I also really enjoy that, on the retro shirt, a shadow is inserted behind the image to make it look like the cat is in front of the colorful background.
The print section itself is thick and seems like it will last. However, there are careful washing instructions that should be followed to ensure the color and integrity of the image stand the test of time.
The shirts need to be washed inside out on cold and dried on low.
Shirt Quality
I was blown away by the print quality of this product, but less impressed with the quality of the shirt itself. Or, I should say, with the comfort of the shirt.
The shirt is thick and certainly well-made, but it’s far from the most comfy shirt I own. The fabric is a little stiff and the collar is pretty narrow. This is true even though the shirt itself is a bit long and wide for me.
I think the main issue here is that these shirts are unisex. They seem like they would be a much better fit for a man. For women, I recommend sizing down.
The shirts themselves are 100% cotton and do have a nice durable feel to them. I’m hopeful that after a few washes, mine will soften up a bit.
That said, I will still be wearing this shirt often because it’s just too dang awesome.
Customization Options
Most T-shirt products from Unifury come with plenty of options in terms of color and size. The retro shirt is no exception.
It’s available in 21 different colors including some classics like white, black, and gray. And some more unique hues, including mustard, blossom, and heliconia. I chose the blue spruce color.
Each shirt is available in seven sizes from small to 4XL. Unfortunately, there is no extra-small option, which probably would have been the best choice for me.
Pros & Cons
Pros
High-quality prints
Dozens of color options
100% cotton shirts
Seven sizes to choose from
Easy to order
Cons
Shirts are unisex
No extra-small available
Fabric is a little stiff
Key Features
High-Quality Prints
These aren’t the iron-on photo print shirts you used to make yourself in your parents’ basement. Each of Unifury’s custom print shirts features a high-quality digital print taken from the photograph you submit.
The colors are vivid and the details are clear. Thanks to the careful cropping, the portrait cutout looks natural against the background and features impressive attention to detail with fur and whiskers sticking out beyond the boundaries of the cat’s body.
Easy to Order
Unifury makes it super simple to order your custom T-shirt or gift. All you need to do is pick your shirt style, pick your color and size, and upload a photo of your kitty. Orders typically take 8 to 15 business days to arrive.
So Many Options
With 21 different color options, seven sizes, and an endless list of different T-Shirt products to choose from, it’s easy to find the perfect custom gift for you or a loved one. And that’s before you upload the photo of your favorite furry friend to be featured on the shirt.
Is Unifury’s Personalized Pet Photo T-Shirt a Good Value?
There are a lot of companies that offer custom T-shirt printing but the quality can vary greatly as can the price. When comparing Unifury to the most popular photo printing service and their T-shirt options, I found Unifury to be slightly more expensive. However, the more popular print service does not do any cropping of the images you submit.
Considering the high print quality and the detail that goes into cropping the picture to put your kitty front and center, I’d say Unifury is a very good value.
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
Can I see a proof of my order?
There is no pre-order proof option available for the Personalized Pet Photo T-Shirt, unfortunately. But many of the products do offer a proof image before your order is finalized. For products that don’t have a pre-order proof, you can request a proof be emailed before the item ships by going through the Contact Us tab.
How long will it take to receive my order?
On average, apparel prints take 3 to 5 days to create and an additional 5 to 10 days to ship, depending on the destination.
Can I upload pictures of multiple cats?
For the Personalized Pet Photo T-Shirt Retro Comfort Colors option, you can only upload one picture as the shirt only features one cat. However, many of Unifury’s shirts are meant to feature multiple cats.
Our Experience With Unifury’s Personalized Pet Photo T-Shirt
When I learned I’d have the opportunity to get one of Unifury’s shirts for a review, I was excited—who doesn’t want a shirt with their cat’s photo on it!?
But I had no idea just how much I would like the final product.
The moment I opened the package and laid eyes on the shirt, I was giddy. There’s just something so fun about seeing your cat staring back at you from a piece of clothing.
What makes this specific product even more loveable are the bright retro colors in the background and the fun script that spells out the cat’s name along the bottom. It has such a fun look to it.
The print quality is exceptionally high and I love that Makoa’s whiskers stick out beyond the edge of his body. This combined with the shadow on the background really makes it look like the picture was taken in front of that fun retro backing.
As I mentioned above, this isn’t the most comfortable shirt I own. It has the stiff feel and tight neck of a T-shirt made for men. It’s thick and high quality and 100% cotton, though, which is nice.
And given how much I love the print of Makoa, I will still be wearing it quite often.
As much as I love this shirt, I can say with confidence that my daughter loves it even more. She cute-rages on it every time I wear it. I only wish Unifury made shirts in kids’ sizes so she could have her own!
I’m already planning to gift a Unifury shirt with one of my dogs on it to my husband for his birthday and will definitely be keeping this company in mind for future gift-giving occasions.
These shirts feature high-quality prints with well-cropped portraits that perfectly capture the kitty’s likeness. The shirts are available in over twenty different colors and seven sizes. Plus, Unifury has dozens of different gift options so you can find the perfect one for your friend, loved one, or for yourself.
Last week, Raymond Ltd honcho Gautam Singhania pointed out that Mumbai was built 60-80 years ago, and a large part of the city was slum, adding that redevelopment projects presented a $2-trillion opportunity. This is an opportunity that developers are not letting go, as for a land-starved city, redevelopment is the only way for builders to get their hands on prime real estate in the financial capital, the biggest real estate market in the country.
According to market circles data from the Maharashtra Housing and Area Development Authority show there are over 25,000 housing societies in the city that will be up for redevelopment.
For a developer, the attraction in redevelopment project is the free additional floor space index (FSI) that they get and which can be sold to more customers. The FSI for redevelopment projects can go as high as 2.5 in some areas.
Despite the litigations, the difficulties in getting everyone to agree and challenges that redevelopment projects face, the pace has intensified with large, deep pocketed, premium players getting into the act.
“There is no open land left in south Mumbai, so redevelopment is definitely the only option for developers to get access to prime land in the city,” said Divyesh Doshi, Director at Kinjal group, which has undertaken and delivered around 10 redevelopment projects in the city and has a project ongoing.
Last week, premium developer Oberoi Realty announced a redevelopment agreement for a 12,790 square meter land parcel in Worli, that would generate a free sale component of 6 lakh sq ft for the builder. In January, Kolte Patil Developers received two redevelopment projects in Mumbai with a saleable area of over 3 lakh sq ft and a revenue potential of ₹545 crore. Mahindra Lifespace Developers has a redevelopment project in Malad that will be launched this year. Rustomjee Group has made redevelopment a strong focus area and has undertaken a number of projects in the city. Singhani said he was bidding for projects worth ₹5,000 crore in south Mumbai.
The biggest and most ambitious redevelopment project in the city is that of Dharavi slum cluster, which is being undertaken by the Adani group, at a total cost of $3 billion.
Micromarkets
The most prominent micromarkets in Mumbai that are slated for redevelopment includes Worli, Lower Parel, and Bandra-Mahim, said Vedanshu Kedia, Director, Prescon Group. “Given their proximity to major business districts, these micromarkets presents a unique opportunity for transformation.”
The Maharashtra government had implemented policies that favoured redevelopment such as increased FSI, cluster redevelopment that was pushing the redevelopment market, Doshi said.
Another driving factor for redevelopment is the fact that such projects get upgraded amenities, more open spaces with all safety installations in place. This is especially true of the older buildings in south Mumbai built in an era when there was less stress on conveniences or safety standards.
Challenges
The pace of redevelopment is however not as fast as many would like to see chiefly because selecting the developer, arriving at an agreement with all the stakeholders, approving the project takes a lot of time.
“Some of the major challenges in redevelopment projects include obtaining the consent of residents, logistical complexities of relocating large populations, and ensuring adequate compensation and housing for the displaced,” said Kedia.
Legal and regulatory delays further complicate the timelines and feasibility of these projects, he added.
Rent that the developer has to pay on behalf of residents during the redevelopment period attracts GST and this adds to the cost, reducing the viability of the project, pointed out Jayesh Rathod, director, Guardian Real Estate Advisory.
“It has an impact on the bottomline, it makes the developer think whether they should do it or not,” he said, adding that there should be some relaxation on this.
In the island city, several housing societies were located on narrow congested roads and adhering to the mandated open spaces pose a challenge to developers. “The FSI for the redeveloper is not enough to accommodate the amenities as well as open spaces, it would not be commercially viable for developers,” he explained. Some relaxation in this respect would also give a boost to the projects.
In the final analysis however, “Redevelopment is the future as far as potential of real estate in Mumbai is concerned,” Rathod said.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
“ISKRENO se ispričavam Samba zajednici”, izjavio je britanski premijer Rishi Sunak nakon što je njegovo nošenje tih tenisica uz odijelo tijekom intervjua izazvalo lavinu negativnih komentara na društvenim mrežama. “Uništio je kul tenisice”, komentirali su čak i ugledni modni časopisi poput GQ-a.
Neki su ovaj potez vidjeli kao znak uzbune za popularnost ovih kultnih tenisica, dok su ih drugi branili. “Sambe su klasik”, rekla je Chioma Nnadi iz britanskog Voguea tijekom emisije BBC Woman’s Hour. “Ne obazirem se na prolazne trendove”, dodala je.
Bez obzira osjećate li osobno zasićenje Sambama ili ne, neosporno je da su ove tenisice i dalje jedan od najprodavanijih adidasovih proizvoda, a s obzirom na sedam desetljeća kulturne relevantnosti, teško je očekivati da će se to uskoro promijeniti.
Ipak, neki se pitaju koji bi adidasov model, ili modeli, mogao svrgnuti Sambe s trona. S tim na umu, Vogue je razgovarao s Drewom Hainesom, direktorom strateškog plasiranja proizvoda u online trgovini StockX.
“Adidas ostaje globalna moćna sila na StockXu i trenutno je rangiran kao treći najtrgovaniji brend tenisica na platformi”, rekao je Haines. “U 2023. godini zabilježen je porast trgovanja od 51% u odnosu na prethodnu godinu”, dodao je i napomenuo da tri trenutno popularna modela – Samba, Campus 00s i Handball Spezial – odražavaju tradiciju adidasa.
Iako su u 2023. godini dominirale tenisice koje su izgledom podsjećale na nogometne, Haines navodi da su sada sve popularnije tenisice za tenis. Vjeruje da će film Challengers i utjecaj tenniscore trenda potaknuti obnovljeni interes za modelima Stan Smith.
Tvrtka za analizu tržišta Edited nedavno je objavila izvještaj “Koje će tenisice postati sljedeće Sambe?”. U izvještaju su istaknuli model Spezial te naveli da su svijetle boje, poput crvene, zelene i plave, trenutno najtraženije.
Niže su navedeni, uz Sambe, trenutno najpopularniji adidas modeli koji bi mogli nadmašiti prodaju tih kultnih tenisica u 2024. godini.
Adidas Sambe
Unatoč tome što mnogi ističu da je došlo do zasićenja, one su i dalje najprodavaniji model marke. Osnivač Adi Dassler dizajnirao ih je izvorno za nogometaše želeći im pružiti obuću koja odlično prianja, pogodnu čak i za zaleđene terene.
Tijekom 70-ih ove su tenisice postale simbol kulture nogometnih tribina, a dvadeset godina kasnije braća Gallagher učinila su ih ključnim dijelom britpop izgleda. Unatoč svojoj sportskoj namjeni, Sambe su stekle još veću popularnost izvan nogometnih terena zahvaljujući podršci brojnih poznatih osoba, uključujući Hailey Bieber, Kendall Jenner, Jennifer Lawrence, Rihannu i Kaiu Gerber.
Adidas SL72
U posljednje vrijeme sve češće se raspravlja o tome da bi model SL72 mogao zasjeniti Sambe. Ova trkaća tenisica, predstavljena 1972. godine za Olimpijske igre, 2024. godine često se mogla vidjeti na nogama brojnih trendseterica. Smeđa verzija, koju je Bella Hadid nosila u veljači, rasprodana je u roku od samo dva tjedna nakon što je puštena u prodaju na američkom tržištu.
Adidas Gazelle
Gazelle tenisice su prvotno lansirane 1966. godine i imaju bogatu povijest povezanu s različitim stilskim pokretima i kulturama. Postale su simbol grungea, reggaea, hip-hopa i britpopa te su također usko povezane s minimalizmom 90-ih. Gazelle su bile omiljene tenisice Kate Moss, dok ih je Gwyneth Paltrow nosila s crnim prslukom na premijeri filma Boogie Nights 1997. godine.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Adidas Handball Spezial
Handball Spezial tenisice postaju sve popularnije u 2024. godini, a nosile su ih brojne slavne osobe, uključujući Bellu Hadid i Dakotu Johnson. Prvotno su lansirane 1979. godine kao funkcionalne tenisice za rukomet s ravnim potplatom i jednostavnim dizajnom.
Adidas Country OG
Model Country OG postaje sve popularniji. Prema izvještaju tvrtke Edited, brend je u posljednjem mjesecu lansirao četiri nove boje nakon uspjeha tri metalik stila, koji su pušteni u prodaju krajem 2023. godine i brzo rasprodani. Inspirirane trkaćim tenisicama iz 70-ih, ove tenisice imaju retro izgled, koji je ponovno postao relevantan.
Adidas Campus 00s
Campus 00s tenisice su jedne od najprodavanijih adidasovih modela na platformi StockX, a na TikToku su prikupile impresivnih 149 milijuna objava. Adidas se 2022. godine ponovno fokusirao na ovaj model, koji je bio popularan među skejterima početkom 2000-ih, kako bi iskoristio Y2K trend. Robusna silueta čini ih vizualno znatno različitima od trenutno popularnih modela, kao što su Sambe i Gazelle.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
When the season ends, and the Dodgers reflect on their 162-game journey through the schedule, the details of Monday’s game against the San Francisco Giants aren’t likely to be remembered.
The result probably will be lumped in with dozens of others, another indistinguishable thread in the tapestry of a six-month season.
But for one crisp Bay Area night, in front of a split crowd of 35,000 at Oracle Park, both the Dodgers and the Giants — and large swaths of their rival fan bases — hung on the anticipation of every little twist.
And in the Dodgers’ 6-4 win, there were plenty of them in a game that featured an early pitchers’ duel, a late-inning bullpen battle, and a dramatic extra-inning ending, when Will Smith hammered a go-ahead two-run double in the top of the 10th and J.P. Feyereisen converted an improbable save for a shorthanded Dodgers bullpen.
The fireworks started early. Mookie Betts hit a leadoff home run, only for Giants center fielder Luis Matos to answer in the second inning with a three-run blast.
The starting pitchers offered little separation, with Giants right-hander Jordan Hicks giving up two runs over five innings, and Dodgers Japanese star Yoshinobu Yamamoto surrendering four runs while pitching into the sixth.
The Dodgers tied the score at 3-3 by manufacturing runs in the fifth (on a Shohei Ohtani infield single) and sixth (on a Gavin Lux ground-rule double). They did it again the seventh, knotting the score at 4-4 on Kiké Hernández’s pinch-hit home run.
Finally, the tension reached its apex in the bottom of the 10th.
With several of their top relievers out because of injuries, and all of their available late-inning options having been burned in the regulation innings, the Dodgers were down to Feyereisen — an injury-plagued veteran with a 9.00 ERA this season — as their best bullet remaining in the bullpen.
That made Smith’s two-run double in the top of the inning imperative, arriving at a crucial time for both the catcher (who entered the night in an 0-for-16 slump) and the team (which was coming off a series loss to the San Diego Padres).
Then, in an early season environment that felt like something more, Feyereisen secured just his fifth career save, using a game-ending double-play to put the climatic final touch on a rollicking one-night script.
Using no-clean flux in PCB (Printed Circuit Board) board assembly offers several advantages that make it a popular choice for electronics manufacturers seeking to streamline their assembly processes while maintaining high-quality standards. No-clean flux is a type of soldering flux that leaves behind minimal residue after reflow soldering, eliminating the need for post-solder cleaning operations. This not only simplifies the assembly process but also offers several benefits for both manufacturers and end-users.
One of the primary advantages of using no-clean flux is the reduction in manufacturing costs and cycle times. Traditional fluxes require thorough cleaning after soldering to remove flux residue, which adds time, labor, and cost to the assembly process. By eliminating the need for cleaning, manufacturers can streamline their production workflows, reduce production cycle times, and lower overall manufacturing costs. This is particularly beneficial for high-volume production runs where efficiency and cost-effectiveness are paramount.
Additionally, using no-clean flux improves the reliability and durability of assembled pcb board assembly by minimizing the risk of contamination and corrosion. Flux residues left behind after soldering can attract moisture, dust, and other contaminants, which can lead to electrical shorts, corrosion, and reliability issues over time. No-clean fluxes are formulated to leave behind benign residues that are non-corrosive and non-conductive, ensuring long-term reliability and performance of assembled PCBs. This is especially important for high-reliability applications such as aerospace, automotive, medical devices, and telecommunications, where reliability is critical.
What are the advantages of using no-clean flux in PCB board assembly?
Moreover, no-clean fluxes offer environmental benefits by reducing the use of cleaning chemicals and minimizing wastewater generation. Traditional cleaning processes typically involve the use of harsh chemicals and solvents, which can be harmful to the environment and pose health and safety risks to workers. By eliminating the need for cleaning, no-clean fluxes help reduce the environmental footprint of PCB assembly operations, minimize hazardous waste generation, and improve workplace safety and sustainability.
Furthermore, using no-clean flux simplifies the assembly process and improves overall process efficiency. Traditional cleaning processes require additional equipment, space, and resources for cleaning, drying, and handling PCB assemblies, adding complexity to the assembly line and increasing the risk of errors and defects. By eliminating the cleaning step, manufacturers can streamline their production workflows, reduce the risk of contamination, and improve overall process efficiency. This allows manufacturers to focus on value-added activities such as design optimization, quality control, and process improvement, leading to higher productivity and profitability.
In addition, no-clean fluxes offer compatibility with a wide range of components, substrates, and assembly processes, making them versatile and flexible for use in various applications and industries. Whether assembling through-hole components, surface mount components, or mixed technology assemblies, no-clean fluxes provide reliable soldering performance and excellent wetting characteristics across different materials and substrates. This versatility allows manufacturers to standardize their soldering processes, minimize process variations, and achieve consistent results across different product lines and production facilities.
Overall, the advantages of using no-clean flux in PCB board assembly are significant, ranging from cost savings and process efficiency to improved reliability and environmental sustainability. By eliminating the need for post-solder cleaning, no-clean fluxes simplify the assembly process, reduce manufacturing costs, improve product reliability, and enhance environmental performance. As electronics manufacturers continue to seek ways to optimize their assembly processes and meet the demands of modern electronic devices, the adoption of no-clean fluxes is expected to grow, driving innovation and competitiveness in the industry.
Melinda will receive $12.5 billion as part of her agreement with Gates. (AFP)
Melinda praised the foundation’s CEO, Mark Suzman, and the foundation’s board of trustees, which was significantly expanded after the couple announced their divorce in May 2021
Melinda French Gates, former wife of Microsoft CEO Bill Gates, on Monday announced that she would resign as co-chair of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.
“This is not a decision I came to lightly,” she said in a statement posted on X. “I am immensely proud of the foundation that Bill and I built together and of the extraordinary work it is doing to address inequities around the world.” she added.
She praised the foundation’s CEO, Mark Suzman, and the foundation’s board of trustees, which was significantly expanded after the couple announced their divorce in May 2021.
“The time is right for me to move forward into the next chapter of my philanthropy,” French Gates wrote in her statement. She organizes some of her investments and philanthropic gifts through her organization, Pivotal Ventures, which is not a nonprofit.
Bill Gates thanked French Gates for her “critical” contributions to the foundations in a statement, saying, “I am sorry to see her leave, but I am sure she will have a huge impact in her future philanthropic work.”
French Gates will receive $12.5 billion as part of her agreement with Gates, which she said would commit to future work focused on women and families.
The Gates Foundation did not immediately return a request for comment about whether those assets would come from the foundation itself. In an emailed statement, the foundation said that Suzman announced the decision to employees on Monday.
“After a difficult few years watching women’s rights rolled back in the U.S. and around the world, she wants to use this next chapter to focus specifically on altering that trajectory,” Suzman said of French Gates.
Suzman said he knew many had joined the foundation in part because of their admiration for her advocacy, especially around gender equity.
“I know how beloved Melinda is here,” Suzman wrote.
The Gates Foundation holds $75.2 billion in its endowment as of December 2023, and announced in January, it planned to spend $8.6 billion through the course of its work in 2024.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – Associated Press)
News Desk
The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live upd…Read More
As Apple gears up for its annual September event, the tech world is abuzz with anticipation for the unveiling of the latest iPhone series, including the highly awaited iPhone 16 Pro. Positioned to rival its predecessors and even the formidable ‘Pro Max’ variant, the iPhone 16 Pro promises a blend of sophisticated design and enhanced features.
Set against the backdrop of Apple’s commitment to delivering substantial upgrades, the iPhone 16 Pro aims to entice users with enhancements surpassing those of its predecessor, the iPhone 15 Pro.
Recent leaks hint at a significant improvement in display brightness for both the iPhone 16 Pro and its larger counterpart, the iPhone 16 Pro Max. Reports suggest a remarkable 20 percent increase in brightness compared to the iPhone 15 Pro, boasting a peak brightness of 1,200 nits under typical usage conditions.
While the iPhone 15 Pro already boasts a HDR brightness of 1,600 nits, speculations indicate that the iPhone 16 Pro series will maintain this standard. The credibility of this leak stems from Weibo leaker Instant Digital, known for accurately predicting features like the nanotexture glass option for the iPad Pro.
Apple’s recent unveiling of Tandem OLED display technology for the iPad Pro hints at a potential game-changing upgrade for the iPhone 16 Pro’s display. This innovative technology merges two OLED screens to achieve unparalleled brightness, promising an immersive viewing experience.
For the past three years, iPhone brightness levels have remained stagnant at 1,000 nits. If these leaks hold true, users can expect a noticeable enhancement in everyday brightness, particularly beneficial for outdoor use where sunlight visibility can be challenging.
Beyond the display improvements, speculation abounds regarding other features of the iPhone 16 Pro. Rumors suggest it could be powered by an advanced 3nm A18 Pro chipset, supplanting the A17 Pro. This new chipset may come equipped with an upgraded Neural Engine for AI tasks and could enhance thermal efficiency with graphene-based systems and a metallic battery casing. Additionally, the integration of Wi-Fi 7 and a Qualcomm Snapdragon X75 5G modem could usher in significant connectivity advancements for users.
Here is a list of five destinations that you can visit with family and have a fun summer vacation.
/
View Photos in a new improved layout
Published on May 13, 2024 07:14 PM IST
School summer vacations have started for this year, and the best way to escape the heat of the main city is by going off to the mountains. While beaches are also a go-to destination and much loved by the children of the family, the foggy mountains and the chilly weather can give the necessary rescue that we are looking for. Here is a list of five destinations that you should visit for the summer holidays and escape the heat for some time.(Unsplash)
/
View Photos in a new improved layout
Published on May 13, 2024 07:14 PM IST
Munnar: Packed in God’s own country and sharing a border with Tamil Nadu, Munnar is loved for the picturesque landscapes, dreamy mountain curves and greenery of the tea plantations. Kollukumalai is easily accessible from Munnar and is a much-recommended destination to visit. (Unsplash)
/
View Photos in a new improved layout
Published on May 13, 2024 07:14 PM IST
Darjeeling: The beautiful town of Darjeeling lined by mountains, affectionately known as the queen of the hills, has so much to offer. From mini treks to sunrise views to scenic lakes in Mirik, Darjeeling is perfect for a family vacation. (Unsplash)
/
View Photos in a new improved layout
Published on May 13, 2024 07:14 PM IST
Ladakh: In case you are looking for a week away from the heat of the city and snow to decorate the vacation with fun and chill, Leh is the best option. Leh looks like heaven and it’s true. (Unsplash)
/
View Photos in a new improved layout
Published on May 13, 2024 07:14 PM IST
Kashmir: There’s a saying that if heaven exists on earth, it’s in Kashmir. And no part of it is wrong. From Srinagar to Gulmarg to Pahalgam, Kashmir is all that dreams are made of. (Unsplash)
/
View Photos in a new improved layout
Published on May 13, 2024 07:14 PM IST
Kodaikanal: A perfect destination to go with family, Kodaikanal’s picturesque landscapes can cleanse the mind and soul and leave us wanting more. (Unsplash)
Most gamers will agree that 2023 was a remarkable year for gaming. So many fantastic games launched over the course of the year, from big-budget blockbusters like Resident Evil 4 Remake and Street Fighter 6, to superb indie games such as Cocoon and Slay the Princess. Nintendo treated us to new releases like The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom and Super Mario Bros. Wonder, as well as high-profile remakes for Metroid Prime and Super Mario RPG. Then there are titles like Baldur’s Gate 3 and Alan Wake 2, which topped many game of the year lists come the end of December. With so many brilliant games to choose from, it’s only natural that some deserving titles may have gone slightly under the radar. I would argue that PS5 exclusive Final Fantasy 16 kind of falls into this category, launching to less fanfare than the series usually commands. I’m not saying it was completely overlooked and ignored, but I’m sure quite a few people (myself included) decided to leave it for another day. Having since played Final Fantasy 16 and thoroughly enjoyed it, I would suggest that there has never been a better time to grab a copy, especially now that it’s down to its cheapest price at Argos.
Indeed, the UK retailer has slashed the price of the Square Enix action role-playing game to just £24.99.
That’s well over half-price for a triple-A PlayStation 5 blockbuster that earned a massive 87% rating over on Metacritic.
If you want to grab a cut-price copy today, then click the link above to take advantage of the deal while it’s hot.
The Argos website is showing that the game is “in demand” and “selling fast”, so you may need to hurry in order to avoid missing out on Final Fantasy 16 at this price.
Argos customers can choose to click and collect the game, or even opt for same-day delivery in selected areas.
If you’re looking for something to play over the weekend (and beyond), then Final Fantasy 16 is a solid choice.
While it has the DNA of a classic Final Fantasy game, it’s also got a much darker tone. It’s kind of like Final Fantasy meets Game of Thrones.
Set in the dark fantasy world of Valisthea, players control the character of Clive Rosfield in a tale full of betrayal, tragedy and revenge.
“Enter the dark fantasy world of Valisthea in this highly anticipated single-player action RPG,” reads the official description.
“Play as Clive Rosfield, First Shield of Rosaria and guardian of his younger brother Joshua, the Dominant of the Eikon Phoenix, in this epic action RPG from a team of Final Fantasy veterans.”
As the blurb points out, those classic Final Fantasy summons are now known as Eikons. These beings are housed within people known as Dominants, which essentially means they can summon their powers.
It all leads to some absolutely epic battles with some of the flashiest visuals we’ve seen on the PS5 to date.
You asked for it – here is our full breakdown of EV running costs!
Sean, Scott, and James compare the GWM Ora, Tesla Model Y, Kia EV9, and Toyota RAV4 Hybrid across insurance, tyres, charging/fuel, servicing and even look into resale values.
We also chat to Paul about his EV ownership experience.
If you’re struggling to wrap your head around all these numbers, you can peruse the figures in the tables below.
Insurance
We calculated insurance costs for a 40 year-old male living in Mascot, NSW with a clean driving history. We’ve offered both the market and agreed values, the vehicle is garaged and used privately. It’s driven 10,000km per year and used three-four days per week.
Each insurance option is the base comprehensive option, with no additional packages.
Charging and fuel costs
We’ve offered a breakdown of home charging costs using three different energy providers, using their electric-specific plans or their regular rates for reference.
Resale value
Data for the GWM Ora is limited, as is the case with the Kia EV9 and Tesla Model Y.
Service costs
Each of these cars has a different capped-price service plan.
Tyres
The cost of tyres is always important, given they’re the only thing keeping your car in contact with the road.
Where to find the CarExpert Podcast
You can find the CarExpert Podcast on your favourite podcast platform. If in doubt, simply click on the RSS feed below, or follow the links to the Apple Podcasts or Google Podcasts applications to subscribe.
Introduction: The Changing Landscape of Cryptocurrency
PawFury ($PAW): Taking the lead in the Memecoin market.
Pepe ($PEPE): Primed for Explosive Growth
Shiba Inu ($SHIB): Strengthened by Major Financial Backing
Bonk ($BONK): Riding the Wave of Recent Success
Conclusion: Memecoins Paving the Way for New Investment Opportunities
Introduction: The Changing Landscape of Cryptocurrency.
A tremendous transformation provided by Crypto in 2024 has transformed the cryptocurrency market. At the moment, Bitcoin (BTC), Ethereum(ETH), and Solana(SOL) are enjoying tremendous success. While the other section, “meme coins,” is growing more popular. The cryptocurrency market is displaying signs of a transformation and is on the way to a new investment approach that will produce high returns in 2024. Memecoins are on the verge of radicalizing their investment strategies and will provide incomparable returns.
PawFury ($PAW): Taking the lead in the Memecoin market
PawFury is a meme coin that has made a significant impact in the market. It has successfully raised over $2.4 million in its presale, with the next target of $2.5 million. The coin has a strong and lively community of over 30,000 on Telegram, and it is expected to form strategic partnerships soon. PawFury is not only participating but also leading the meme coin movement. Experts predict that PawFury’s presale price of $0.00834 will yield an impressive 20X ROI when it hits the estimated listing price of $0.0200. It’s currently the top pick by analysts for explosive growth in the memecoin market.
Pepe ($PEPE): Primed for Explosive Growth
Pepe remains a beacon in the memecoins of the sector, with its value expected to triple. Backed by an enthusiastic community and a strong market presence, Pepe is ready to exceed all expectations in the memecoin landscape.
Shiba Inu ($SHIB): Strengthened by Major Financial Backing
Shiba Inu has fortified its market position with significant financial investments, enhancing its development and growth. This capital infusion signals strong investor confidence in SHIB’s potential to excel in the competitive memecoin arena.
Bonk ($BONK): Riding the Wave of Recent Success
Following its notable surge after the Revolut listing, Bonk is leveraging this momentum for further market gains. The increased trading volume and investor interest suggest that Bonk is a memecoin with the potential for rapid returns.
Conclusion: Memecoins Paving the Way for New Investment Opportunities
The year 2024 will introduce a new era in crypto with the rise of meme coins like PawFury. These meme coins will disrupt traditional crypto norms and provide investors with exceptional opportunities for significant gains. To celebrate the success of its presale, PawFury is offering investors a 10% EXTRA BONUS if they use the PROMO code EXTRA10X. Since the presale is selling out quickly, this is the perfect time to join this explosive memecoin journey and learn more about the PawFury presale.
This is a press release post. Coinpedia does not endorse or is responsible for any content, accuracy, quality, advertising, products, or other materials on this page. The image used in this article is for informational purposes only and is provided to us by a third party. Coinpedia should not be held responsible for image copyright issues. Contact us if you have any issues or concerns. Readers should do their research before taking any actions related to the company.
CA Institute will soon issue international networking guidelines to enable domestic firms to spread their footprints abroad, its President Ranjeet Kumar Agarwal has said.
The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI), the largest accounting body in the world, will also review the Advertising regulations for its members to relax them in accordance with the current economic milieu and the requirements of a globalised business environment.
Currently, the ICAI does not have any specific international networking guidelines.
“This (framing international networking guidelines) is also a part of the terms of reference of our committee on ‘Aggregation of CA’ firms. We are of the opinion that this is also required if we want our Indian firms to be global,” Agarwal said in an interview here.
He also said that the review of advertising regulations is also part of the work agenda of the Committee on Aggregation of firms.
Right now, ICAI advertising regulation says Indian firms can advertise in digital, print, and electronic media as a write up, which cannot be in a font size above 14, he said.
Agarwal said that the Committee is expected to finalise its overall report by mid-June and then it will most likely be taken up by the Central Council in the first week of July this year.
‘Aggregation of CA firms’ and international networking is going to be a top priority for the CA institute in the next two months, he added.
Noting that ICAI is in a “fast track mode” on this front, Agarwal said that the Committee on Aggregation of CA Firms has already met thrice, and two more are scheduled this month.
Prime Minister Narendra Modi, in July 2017, during his address at the Chartered Accountants Day event called for creating four big Indian accounting firms that are counted among the world’s Big-8.
There are about 96,000 CA firms in India, with about 1.6 lakh practising chartered accountants. Of these, about 75,000 firms are proprietorships. Most firms are small and even seven years after Prime Minister’s exhortation, not much has been achieved on this front.
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
In line with its new focus on Artificial Intelligence (AI), the CA Institute is developing a Gen AI tool for its members and students.
Currently, ICAI has about 4 lakh members and 9 lakh students.
ICAI has received 90 applications from various IT companies/ vendors to develop this tool.
“We want this GPT tool developed in the next three months. It will help our students and members to discharge their functions effectively using Artificial Intelligence. It will be a digital assistant for them,” he said.
Agarwal also said that ICAI is working hard on its e-office framework and asserted that by the end of June this year, the entire Institute would turn into a paperless body.
‘EACH ONE, TEACH ONE’ PORTAL
Agarwal also said that CA Institute would soon launch a portal for its ‘Each One, Teach One’ programme.
Under this programme, each CA Institute member will adopt one student to nurture, groom and hand-hold them.
“This portal will give us data on what kind of social work each member is doing on Each One, Teach One. Hopefully, very shortly it will start. It is a dream project for us. Portal will be called ICAI Each One, Teach One,” Agarwal said.
Asked about the status of CA examinations, Agarwal said that they are going on as planned and without any glitches or disturbances. Nearly 4.36 lakh students from 293 centres across the country are taking the May 2024 edition exams for Intermediate and Final courses.
The EU is no stranger to overcapacity. Its economic landscape once featured butter mountains, milk lakes and other landmarks of excess production—the surreal results of its common agricultural policy, which guaranteed high prices to dairy farmers. Thus the president of the European Commission, Ursula von der Leyen, knew what she was talking about when she warned Xi Jinping, China’s ruler, about his country’s “structural overcapacities” at a recent meeting in Paris.
Her concern was not farming but manufacturing. Europe is worried about a flood of electric vehicles and steel from China, which could displace cherished industries and jobs in the union. China’s steel exports, measured in tonnes, increased by more than 28% in the first three months of this year, compared with a year earlier. Its exports of new-energy vehicles increased by almost 24%. In response, the EU is considering “countervailing” tariffs to offset the subsidies that have assisted the growth of China’s industry.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
Please enter a valid email address.
Infusing more olive oil into your diet could pay big dividends for cognitive health and longevity, a new study suggests.
Researchers from the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health and other universities analyzed population health data for more than 92,000 adults over a 28-year period. The participants’ average age was 56 and none of them had heart disease or cancer.
They found that people who consumed over 7 grams a day of olive oil had a 28% lower risk of dementia-related death compared to those who rarely or never consumed it.
EATING ONE POPULAR FRUIT COULD HELP REDUCE YOUR CHANCES OF DEVELOPING DEMENTIA, STUDY FINDS
This was the case regardless of the quality of the person’s diet.
The dietary data was gathered from questionnaires; people reported their frequency of olive oil consumption.
Researchers then compared that to the rate of dementia death.
Adding more olive oil to your diet could reduce your risk of dementia-related death, a new study suggests.(iStock)
“Substituting olive oil intake for margarine and mayonnaise was associated with lower risk of dementia mortality and may be a potential strategy to improve longevity free of dementia,” the researchers wrote in the study findings.
THESE ARE THE 8 BEST FRUITS FOR YOUR HEALTH, ACCORDING TO NUTRITIONISTS
“These findings extend the current dietary recommendations of choosing olive oil and other vegetable oils to the context of cognitive health and related mortality.”
The benefits of consuming olive oil come from its antioxidant properties, according to Lindsay Allan, registered dietitian nutritionist and owner of Back in Balance Nutrition, LLC, in Tampa Bay, Florida.
Allan was not involved in the Harvard study.
The benefits of consuming olive oil come from its antioxidant properties, a nutritionist pointed out.(iStock)
“Oxidative stress is one of the main root causes of disease — this is why we always talk about consuming plenty of antioxidant-rich foods that have the capability to ‘quench’ those free radicals or ‘oxidants’ that are causing damage to our cells,” she told Fox News Digital.
“Extra virgin olive oil is one of those foods that are super high in phenolic compounds, which act as potent antioxidants in the body,” she continued.
MEDITERRANEAN, MIND DIETS SHOWN TO REDUCE SIGNS OF ALZHEIMER’S IN THE BRAIN, STUDY FINDS
“So it makes sense that consuming olive oil frequently — as opposed to those highly oxidized, processed seed oils that we find all over grocery stores — would mitigate the damage to the neurons caused by oxidative stress.”
Tanya Freirich, a registered dietitian nutritionist in Charlotte, North Carolina, who practices as The Lupus Dietitian, was not involved in the study but commented on the health benefits of olive oil.
“A higher omega-3 intake is known to reduce dementia and cognitive decline,” said a registered dietitian nutritionist.(iStock)
“Olive oil is a great source of omega-3 fatty acids, a nutritious fat that many people don’t consume enough of,” she told Fox News Digital.
“A higher omega-3 intake is known to reduce dementia and cognitive decline. It’s great to see the association between consuming olive oil, a great source of omega 3s, and a reduced risk of dementia.”
“It would be wonderful if a particular food could delay or prevent Alzheimer’s disease, but we do not have scientific evidence that these claims are true.”
Experts from the Alzheimer’s Association noted that the study had “significant limitations.”
“This study looked at people’s health records, death records, diet, and food frequency questionnaires to try to identify possible connections between specific food intake and risk of dementia-related death,” noted Rebecca M. Edelmayer, PhD, senior director of scientific engagement at the Alzheimer’s Association.
“It is not an intervention study where some people ate olive oil and some didn’t — which is the ‘gold standard’ for the way a treatment clinical trial is conducted. That means this study can show an association or connection between two things, but can’t prove cause and effect.”
Many factors beyond diet contribute to dementia risk, experts agreed.(iStock)
Edelmayer also noted that death records may not be a reliable determination of dementia mortality, because dementia and Alzheimer’s disease are often “underreported” as a cause of death.
There is also a need for studies among wider populations, Edelmayer added, as this one mainly focused on non-Hispanic White people.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“There is good, quality evidence that consuming more olive oil and similar vegetable oils and less animal fats has health benefits, in particular heart health benefits,” she said.
“It would be wonderful if a particular food could delay or prevent Alzheimer’s disease, but we do not have scientific evidence that these claims are true. We need randomized controlled clinical trials to evaluate whether any foods have a scientifically proven beneficial effect.”
“In addition to olive oil intake, people should still aim to exercise regularly … and consume other healthy foods for the most protection against developing dementia,” a nutritionist advised.(iStock)
Experts agree that a multitude of factors come into play when assessing dementia risk.
“In addition to olive oil intake, people should still aim to exercise regularly, keep up with hobbies that stimulate their mind, and consume other healthy foods for the most protection against developing dementia,” Frierich said.
ALZHEIMER’S RISK IS REDUCED AMONG WOMEN WHO FOLLOW THE DASH DIET IN THEIR 40S, STUDY FINDS
“Additionally, other habits like smoking and alcohol use or health conditions like diabetes, cardiovascular disease and high cholesterol can contribute to the development of dementia.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
It’s also important to maintain regularly scheduled doctors’ appointments to manage other health risks, according to the experts.
Fox News Digital reached out to the study authors for additional comment.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Raise your hand if you love chole bhature. Well, who does not? From celebrity couple Virat Kohli and Anushka Sharma to Shilpa Shetty, everyone has a soft corner for this fluffy delight. Recently, a food blogger on Instagram (foodpandits) discovered a different style of Bhature being sold in Pathankot, Punjab, which compelled him to try these out because he “had never seen or tasted something like this before.” The food vlogger came across a stall selling bhatures which were stuffed with samosas and aloo tikkis.
The vendor prepared this unique dish by stuffing crushed samosas and aloo tikki inside a bhatura. He then sealed the bhatura and cooked it on the griddle until golden brown. He served the stuffed bhatura alongside fried chickpeas, masala potatoes and curry. The vlogger, taking a bite of the dish, said he could taste both the bhatures and the samosas, and said it was truly delicious. “Unique Bhature Of India,” he wrote as the caption. The vlogger also revealed the address of the stall, which is named ‘Chatru Bhature Wale’ and is opposite to Shimla Pahadi in Pathankot, Punjab.
Also Read: This Cafe In Kyoto Serves Iced Coffee Inside An Ice Cube – Watch Viral Video
Watch the video here:
However, as per the comments section, the internet is not really impressed with this creation:
“Only this experiment was left to be seen,” a comment read. A user wrote, “It’s a kulcha .. not bhatura.” Another user commented, “Justice for bhatura.” Also Read: Watch: Kanpur’s Ice Cream Factory Video Raises Eyebrows Over Hygiene On Social Media
“No, what did you do,” lamented a user. “Maide me maide ki stuffing [flour stuffed inside flour],” wrote another user. Someone else added, “Calories ultra pro max.”
Would you try these unique bhatures? Share with us in the comments section.
The agility dogs, who jump through a hoop, go through a tunnel, weave through poles and deal with various other obstacles like a pause table, are judged on the time it takes them to complete the course and how many mistakes they make. And the whole thing is done with a handler running alongside them.
The dogs in the event, which has typically been dominated by Border collies, are grouped by height rather than breed, creating a more chaotic vibe than the rehearsed perfection of the regular dog show.
Hi, I’m Christopher! Read my introduction to learn more about me and my silly Russian Blue cat, Olga.
The African Wildcat (Felis silvestris lybica) is the ancestor of domestic cats. Although they aren’t endangered, they’ve suffered from interbreeding with housecats. They can catch the same diseases as pet felines, and the healthiest populations live in arid, mountainous regions away from human settlements.
Olga doesn’t need to hunt for her food and cannot sit up as straight as an African Wildcat. African Wildcats have longer front legs, and when they’re in a sitting position, their poses resemble those depicted in drawings by ancient Egyptians. However, that’s where their differences end; she’s just as wild as Felis lybica, but she’s trapped in a suburban home.
Annie was right, Christopher. It’s a hard-knock life!
Feline and Canine Domestication
Cats seem wilder than dogs because humans haven’t selectively bred them for specific traits for very long. The farmers in the Fertile Crescent didn’t train their new friends to hunt rodents and had no need to manipulate their breeding pool.
They provided shelter, and the cats were happy to prowl around and eat rats. On the other hand, dogs have been with us since the Mesolithic Age when we were hunter-gatherers. We domesticated them before other mammals and trained them to be hunters, guardians, and companions.
This is called the Flehmen response, ladies and gentlemen.
Olga’s Wild Ways
Like most felines, Olga doesn’t want or need to perform a service that benefits humans. She’s an African Wildcat with a gray coat who loves attacking inanimate objects. It took years before she became comfortable sitting in my lap, and she still has a low tolerance for excessive petting.
She’s not as agile or athletic as my last cat, but she’s wilder.
I read a story on an exotic cat forum that reminded me of Olga. An owner of an African Wildcat mentioned that his cat wasn’t much different than a Domestic Shorthair, but he had scars on his legs and arms from her playful attacks. He also said that the cat was more affectionate in the daytime, and she became more aggressive when the sun went down.
After Olga has had her ninth or tenth nap of the day and enjoyed a healthy meal before dusk, she gets a boost of energy. It’s strange because she acts more like a hunter when her belly is full. She runs laps around my house and attacks the back of my legs if I get in her way.
Are you finished with that chicken marsala? I’m starving.
An Owner’s Duties
If I ignore her, she slams my bedroom door and howls if she has trouble opening it. She wants me to participate in her hunting games but only from a distance. Besides being her caretaker, Olga also thinks I’m an estate manager or gamekeeper.
I’m in charge of keeping the property stocked with wildlife (toys), and if I fail in my duties, I don’t get fired like a manager of an English estate; I become the prey. I admire Olga’s wild nature and am glad she acts more like her ancestors than her cousins. Although I don’t have a rodent problem, I can always count on my blue panther to keep my home insect-free.
Realty major, DLF Ltd reported an over 60 per cent rise in consolidated net profit to ₹920 crore for the quarter ending March 31, 2024. The company’s net profit in the year-ago-period was ₹570 per cent.
Revenue for the quarter stood at ₹2,317 crore.
Gross margins stood at 60 per cent, it said in a statement.
For the fiscal, net profit stood at ₹2,733 crore, up 33 per cent y-oy, whereas FY24 revenues were at ₹6,958 crore.
New Sales bookings stood at ₹14,778 crore.
The company, in a statement said, it launched approximately 6 msf of new products during the year “which saw strong absorption resulting in monetization of almost entire inventory during the launch period”.
Cash generation from operations stood a record high of ₹4,385 crore.
The Board has announced a dividend of ₹5 per share for the approval of the shareholders. The payout reflects a y-o-y growth of 25 per cent, in the payout as compared to last year.
Also read; DLF Privana West sold out in 3 days at over ₹5500 crore
FY25 outlook
DLF expects, demand momentum in the residential segment “to stay strong” and in view of such strong demand, it will be “bringing (in) a calibrated supply across multiple micro markets”.
Plans are afoot to to launch more than 11 million sq feet (msf) of new products during FY25, “targeting various markets including Gurugram, Mumbai, Goa and Chandigarh”.
“The estimated sales potential of these launches is approximately ₹36,000 crore which should lead to steady growth in the business,” the realty major said in its statement.
Also read: Land deals on upswing; 721 acres closed in Jan-March, nearly 3,000 acres in FY24: Anarock
Office Business
DLF said, its retail segment “continues to deliver strong growth”.
Occupancy levels across the non-SEZ portfolio was 97 per cent.
“We expect a steady recovery across the SEZ segment over the next few quarters given the announcement on floor-wise de-notification,” the statement said.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
USKORO SE očekuje lansiranje novih iPhone modela, što je događaj koji uvijek privlači veliku pažnju, s obzirom na to da Apple godišnje prodaje stotine milijuna uređaja. Unatoč politici “ako nije pokvareno, nemoj ga popravljati”, iPhonei svakom novom iteracijom donose značajna poboljšanja. Iako su te promjene ponekad suptilne, za one koji nadograđuju svoje telefone nakon nekoliko godina, te nadogradnje su izrazito primjetne.
Razmišljanje o kupnji novog iPhonea može biti dosta komplicirano, posebno s obzirom na raznolikost modela koje Apple nudi, uključujući i starije generacije po nižim cijenama. Pitanje koje se postavlja jest je li u tim slučajevima mudrije razmotriti kupnju starijeg iPhonea. Također, postoje opcije kupnje izvan Applea, ali to dovodi do pitanja može li se vjerovati trgovcima trećih strana ili pojedinačnim prodavačima kada su u pitanju rabljeni ili obnovljeni uređaji.
Kupnja pametnog telefona, posebno iPhonea, često je dugoročna investicija i s obzirom na visoku cijenu, važno je biti oprezan. SlashGear je izdvojio neke uobičajene greške koje ljudi čine prilikom kupnje novog iPhonea, stoga je važno biti svjestan tih pogrešaka i izbjeći ih.
Ne odaberete pravi model
Kroz godine, linija iPhonea se proširila kako bi zadovoljila različite potrebe korisnika. Dok je nekad bila dostupna samo jedna veličina, kasnije su se pojavili i Plus modeli. Apple je čak eksperimentirao s Mini modelom, a danas nudi dvije veličine za obične i Pro uređaje. Manji iPhone uređaji pružaju udobnost i omogućuju korištenje jednom rukom, što je idealno za neke korisnike. Međutim, ako često koristite multimedijalni sadržaj na svom telefonu, možda ćete požaliti što niste odabrali veći Plus ili Pro Max model.
Nakon što se odlučite za veličinu iPhonea, slijedi dilema izbora između osnovnog modela i Pro serije. Za više novaca dobivate brži procesor, više RAM-a i poboljšane kamere. Sve su to hardverske značajke koje biste propustili ako odaberete osnovni model. Međutim, isto tako, mogli biste požaliti što ste platili premiju ako vam ovi dodaci nisu od velikog značaja. Važno je pažljivo razmotriti svoje potrebe i prioritete pri odabiru između osnovnog modela i Pro serije.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Štedite na pohrani
Kao što je slučaj s većinom modernih pametnih telefona, iPhone nema mogućnost proširive fizičke pohrane. Apple naplaćuje prilično visoke iznose za nadogradnju prostora za pohranu, što može biti nezgodno za korisnike. Iako postoje trikovi koji vam mogu pomoći da oslobodite prostor za pohranu na vašem iPhoneu, posljednje što želite je dobiti upozorenje o nedostatku prostora na novom iPhoneu. Važno je pažljivo razmotriti svoje potrebe za prostorom za pohranu i odabrati odgovarajuću opciju prilikom kupnje novog uređaja.
Pohrana na vašem iPhoneu nije bitna samo za aplikacije. Mediji poput fotografija, videozapisa i dokumenata postupno zauzimaju sve više prostora na telefonu.
Kupnja putem eBaya, Facebook Marketplacea
Nije nikakva tajna da iPhonei zadržavaju visoku vrijednost na tržištu, što znači da možete pronaći dobre ponude za obnovljene ili rabljene uređaje na platformama poput eBay-a ili Facebook Marketplacea. No, bitno je imati na umu da postoje značajne razlike između novih, rabljenih i obnovljenih telefona. Iako možete pronaći pouzdane prodavače koji nude malo snižene, ali potpuno funkcionalne iPhone uređaje, važno je biti posebno oprezan kada kupujete od pojedinačnih prodavača. Preporučljivo je istražiti prodavača i provjeriti povratne informacije prije nego što donesete odluku o kupnji.
Ne štitite vaš iPhone
iPhonei su divni na oko, ali izuzetno osjetljivi. Čak i jedan slučajan pad na tvrdu površinu može rezultirati popravkom koji može koštati i do 500 eura ako se ošteti prednje ili stražnje staklo. Jednostavno rješenje za to je ulaganje u čvrstu masku koja pruža dodatnu zaštitu tijekom neizbježnih padova.
Još jedan način da se osigurate od skupih popravaka iPhonea je ulaganje u zaštitu za zaslon. Ove zaštite ne samo da štite uređaj od ogrebotina, već visokokvalitetno kaljeno staklo može pružiti dodatnu sigurnost zaslonu u slučaju pada ili udarca.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
Bronny James has been cleared by NBA doctors to participate in the league’s draft combine, sources not authorized to speak publicly about the matter confirmed to The Times.
James, who played at USC last season, suffered sudden cardiac arrest prior to his freshman year.
A former McDonald’s All-American who starred at Sierra Canyon, James returned to play on Dec. 10 after suffering the heart issue during a workout on USC’s campus on July 24. He was eventually diagnosed with a congenital heart defect
In 25 games with USC, he averaged 4.8 points, 2.8 rebounds and 2.1 assists.
The Athletic reported James intends to stay in the draft.
Despite the modest statistics, James could get selected in the second round of the draft because some scouts like his defense and IQ.
His father, the Lakers’ LeBron James, can become an unrestricted free agent. And while he spoke in the past about a desire to play with his son in the NBA, LeBron James has walked that back publicly, saying he wants his son to land in the best possible situation.
“That’s a young man who will decide what he wants to do and I ain’t going to say … where to go,” LeBron James said after the Lakers’ final game. “I just think the fact that we are even having the conversation is pretty cool in the sense of that. But we’ll see what happens.”
Gold rate today in India on May 13, 2024. (Representative image)
Check gold rates today in different cities on May 13, 2024; (In Rs/10 grams)
Gold Rate Today In India: On May 13, 2024, gold prices experienced a fall in India largely. However, the fundamental price for 10 grams remained close to Rs 67,150. A thorough analysis of the market revealed that the average price for 10 grams of 24-carat gold was approximately Rs 73,250, while 22-carat gold averaged around Rs 67,150.
At the same time, the silver market displayed an downward trend, reaching Rs 86,500 per kilogram.
Gold rate today in India: Retail gold price on May 13
Gold Rate Today In Delhi
As of May 13, 2024, in Delhi, the current price for 10 grams of 22-carat gold is approximately Rs 67,300, whereas 10 grams of 24-carat gold is priced at around Rs 73,380.
Gold Rate Today In Mumbai
Currently in Mumbai, the price of 10 grams of 22-carat gold stands at Rs 67,150, while the equivalent amount of 24-carat gold is valued at Rs 73,250.
Gold Rate Today In Ahmedabad
In Ahmedabad, the price for 10 grams of 22-carat gold is Rs 67,200, and for the same amount of 24-carat gold, it’s Rs 73,280.
Check gold rates today in different cities on May 13, 2024; (In Rs/10 grams)
City
22 Carat Gold Price
24-Carat Gold Price
Chennai
67,250
73,360
Kolkata
67,150
73,250
Gurugram
67,300
73,380
Lucknow
67,300
73,380
Bengaluru
67,150
73,250
Jaipur
67,300
73,380
Patna
67,200
73,280
Bhubaneshwar
67,150
73,250
Hyderabad
67,150
73,250
Multi Commodity Exchange
On May 13, 2024, the Multi Commodity Exchange (MCX) saw muted trading in gold futures contracts expiring on June 5, 2024, and was trading down. These contracts were priced at Rs 72,278 per 10 grams. Additionally, silver futures contracts expiring on July 5, 2024, were quoted at Rs 84,515 on the MCX.
Retail Cost of Gold
The retail price of gold in India, often referred to as the gold rate, is the final cost per unit weight that customers pay when purchasing gold. This price is influenced by several factors beyond the inherent value of the metal itself.
Gold is highly important in India because of its cultural significance, its value for investment, and its traditional role in weddings and festivals.
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
Apple iTunes, Google Chrome Users Beware! The Indian Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT-In), which comes under the Ministry of Electronics & Information Technology, has warned users of vulnerabilities in Apple iTunes and Google Chrome for desktop which could allow an attacker to execute arbitrary code on the targeted system.
The affected software includes Apple iTunes versions prior to 12.13.2 for Windows.
For Chrome for Desktop, the affected software includes — versions prior to 124.0.6367.201/.202 (for Windows and Mac) and versions before 124.0.6367.201 (for Linux).
“A vulnerability has been reported in Apple iTunes which could be exploited by a remote attacker to execute arbitrary code on the targeted system,” said the CERT-In advisory.
The ‘Remote Code Execution’ vulnerability exists in the Apple Product due to improper checks in the CoreMedia component. A remote attacker could exploit this vulnerability by sending a specially crafted request, the advisory mentioned.
In addition, the cyber agency said that the reported vulnerabilities exist in Google Chrome due to use-after-free errors in Visuals & ANGLE components; and heap buffer overflow in WebAudio.
“A remote attacker could exploit these vulnerabilities by executing a specially crafted HTML page to trigger heap corruption,” CERT-In noted.
“Successful exploitation of these vulnerabilities could allow the remote attacker to compromise the targeted system,” it added. The agency also suggested users to apply appropriate security updates as mentioned by the companies.
Minimizing signal loss in high-speed printed circuit boards (PCBs) is crucial for maintaining signal integrity and ensuring the reliable operation of electronic systems. As signals travel at higher frequencies, they are more susceptible to degradation due to factors like impedance mismatches, dielectric losses, and conductor losses. Here’s a comprehensive guide on strategies to mitigate signal loss in high-speed PCB designs:
Controlled Impedance Routing: Impedance mismatches can lead to signal reflections and loss. Implementing controlled impedance routing ensures that signal traces have consistent impedance along their entire length, minimizing reflections and preserving signal integrity. Short and Direct Signal Paths: Keeping signal paths as short and direct as possible reduces signal attenuation and propagation delay. Minimizing trace lengths decreases the chances of signal distortion and improves the overall performance of the printed circuit board.
Optimal Trace Width and Thickness: The width and thickness of signal traces influence their impedance and ability to carry high-frequency signals efficiently. Calculating the appropriate trace width and thickness based on the desired impedance helps reduce signal losses caused by conductor resistance and skin effect. High-Quality Dielectric Materials: Selecting low-loss dielectric materials with a high dielectric constant (relative permittivity) helps minimize dielectric losses in the PCB substrate. Materials with low dissipation factors and low dielectric loss tangents are preferred for high-speed applications to maintain signal integrity.
how do you minimize signal loss in high-speed printed circuit boards?
Ground Plane Optimization: Proper placement of ground planes beneath signal layers helps reduce electromagnetic interference (EMI) and crosstalk while providing a reference plane for signal return paths. A solid and continuous ground plane minimizes ground bounce and improves signal integrity by reducing noise and signal loss.
Differential Signaling: Differential signaling, commonly used in high-speed interfaces like USB, PCIe, and Ethernet, mitigates common-mode noise and improves noise immunity. By transmitting signals differentially over matched pairs of traces, differential signaling reduces signal loss due to external interference and impedance variations. Via Optimization: Vias introduce impedance changes and can cause signal degradation, especially at high frequencies. Minimizing the number of vias, using high-frequency optimized via designs like via-in-pad, and optimizing via placement help reduce signal loss and maintain signal integrity.
Proper Termination Techniques: Implementing proper termination techniques, such as series termination resistors or parallel termination schemes, prevents signal reflections and minimizes signal loss at the transmission line’s end. Termination matching the characteristic impedance of the transmission line ensures maximum power transfer and minimizes signal distortion. Signal Integrity Simulations: Utilizing advanced signal integrity simulation tools enables designers to predict and analyze signal behavior, identify potential signal integrity issues, and optimize PCB layouts accordingly. Simulations help validate design choices and ensure compliance with signal integrity requirements before fabrication.
Thermal Management: Elevated temperatures can increase conductor resistance and cause signal loss. Effective thermal management techniques, such as thermal vias, heat sinks, and proper component placement, prevent overheating and ensure consistent electrical performance of high-speed signals. By implementing these strategies in high-speed PCB designs, engineers can significantly reduce signal loss, preserve signal integrity, and optimize the performance of electronic systems operating at high frequencies. Attention to detail, thorough simulation, and adherence to best practices are essential for achieving reliable and robust high-speed PCB designs.
The Bharat Gaurav Special Tourist Train, covering the tourist destinations of North India, will start from New Jalpaiguri (NJP) railway station on May 18, an official of the Northeast Frontier Railway (NFR) said on Friday.
Bharat Gaurav Special Tourist Train to start from New Jalpaiguri on May 18, will explore North India’s sacred sites (Photo by Twitter/kishanreddybjp)
The journey spans 8 nights and nine days, covering key destinations including Vaishno Devi, Haridwar, Rishikesh, Mathura, Vrindavan, and Ayodhya.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
The train, comprising AC-3 tier and economy/sleeper class coaches, will traverse through Malda Town, Rampurhat, Dumka, Bhagalpur, Jamalpur, Kiul to reach Patna Junction on May 19. On May 20 and 21, the train will be stationed at Vaishno Devi Katra station and on May 22 and 23, the train will be at Haridwar station. On May 24, the train will be stationed at Mathura and at Ayodhya on May 25.
The train will start its return journey from Ayodhya to reach Patna Junction on May 26 from where the tourists can start their de-boarding at their respective destinations till New Jalpaiguri station.
The cost of the package will be ₹29,500 for AC class and ₹17,900 per person for economy/sleeper class.
Bharat Gaurav is the first such tourism special train and is in line with the Centre’s initiative ‘Ek Bharat, Shrestha Bharat’ and ‘Dekho Apna Desh’, the official said in a release.
Divas London promises audiences the ultimate party show and it no doubt delivers every moment of camp cabaret fan viewers expect.
The celebration of iconic music divas is having a triumphant return in London’s West End after a sellout run last year and it’s easy to see why.
Stepping foot onto the Tattershall Castle boat on a sunny Saturday afternoon, a room full of strangers could easily be mistaken for a reunion between long-lost friends.
The crowd quickly picked up the role of backup singers for their favorite pop hits from the last six decades and by the grand finale everyone was on their feet trying to keep up with the talented dancers and slotting in as backup singers for the three immensely talented songstresses.
However, the only thing holding back this production is, tragically, everything out of their control.
READ MORE: Spirited Away review: Studio Ghibli theatre adaptation utterly enchants London’s West End
As host Simon Gross pointed out during the performance, enjoying a cabaret show on the Thames just opposite the London Eye making it a truly awe-inspiring spectacle but such a venue does bring some compromises.
The intensely cozy room can quickly get unbearably warm and the staggeringly small stage offers little for the performers to work with as even the bare minimal lighting setup almost became a hazard for the dancers.
As a party show, the production also attracts the usual rowdy crowds and in such a tight venue even the slightest chatter can completely shatter the atmosphere while the seating, evidently not created for a show like this, means few have a good view of the performers for a majority of the show.
Despite all of this, and a few other hopefully once-off dilemmas, the three leading stars and their host manage to keep spirits up, laughs flowing and heads bopping for the full two-hour set, although it feels nowhere close to that runtime.
The sensational vocals of Hayley Maybury, Pritti Almedia and Amber Atkinson hit every iconic note from the Spice Girls to Aretha Franklin and the backing visuals by dancers Jared Stants and Joshua Dance give this show something for every viewer to enjoy.
Last but not least, host Simon Gross has an inimitable talent for controlling chaos without throttling the party and the tight quarters almost aide the close connection between the performers and their audience.
Despite its flaws, Divas London is undoubtedly a unique must-see for a sensational time in London’s West End and you’ll be far-stretched to find another show of this caliber for the same price.
The US Government could quadruple the tariffs placed on Chinese-made electric vehicles (EVs) amid a long-running trade war between the two nations.
The Wall Street Journal reports the Biden administration will announce significant tariff increases this week, with Chinese EVs being slugged the hardest.
According to the publication, they will be subject to a tariff increase from 25 to 100 per cent, which doesn’t include the existing 2.5 per cent duty tax on all vehicles imported to the US.
Lotus Eletre
The reported tariff increase is even higher than that of President Biden’s main election rival, Donald Trump, who is understood to be pushing for a 60 per cent tariff but on all Chinese vehicles.
In March, former President Trump vowed to impose a 100 per cent tariff on vehicles made in Mexico for Chinese companies if he’s reelected later this year, which would affect BYD which has recently expressed its desire to open a factory south of the border.
At present, there are no Chinese brands selling their vehicles in the US, though the Polestar 2 and Buick Envision are among a handful of EVs built in China and sold in the States.
Lotus – also owned by Chinese giant Geely, the parent of Polestar and Volvo – is also planning to launch its Eletre electric SUV in the US later this year, while the Emeya sedan is due there next year.
Buick Invision
In response to President Biden’s plans, a Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson warned the tariff increase could further escalate trade tensions between the countries.
“China will take all necessary measures to defend its rights and interests,” the spokesperson told the Wall Street Journal.
It’s understood the possible tariff increase is a part of a bid for President Biden to claw back support from the US automotive sector which is under pressure amid the rise of Chinese brands overseas.
Last year, President Biden backed the United Auto Workers (UAW) union in its industrial action against Ford, General Motors and Stellantis (formerly Fiat Chrysler Automobiles), with the incumbent critical at the time of the ‘Big Three’.
Lotus Emeya
Chinese EVs have also been the centre of a probe by the US Commerce Department, which claims modern vehicles “collect large amounts of sensitive data on their drivers and passengers [and] regularly use their cameras and sensors to record detailed information on US infrastructure”.
When the probe was launched in March, President Biden reportedly called it an “unprecedented action to ensure that cars on US roads from countries of concern like China do not undermine our national security.
“China’s policies could flood our market with its vehicles, posing risks to our national security. I’m not going to let that happen on my watch.”
Despite offering such a small number of models in the large US new-car market, China became the largest vehicle exporter in the world in 2023, dethroning Japan amid a boost of imports from Russia.
The world’s largest cryptocurrency was close to breaking a crucial support level at $60,000, indicating possible further price drops. Despite this, Bitcoin has demonstrated resilience, showing signs of rebounding from its recent losses.
Meanwhile, renowned analysts have identified a key technical pattern in Bitcoin’s daily timeframe chart suggesting a bullish rally toward $76,610. As of now, the Bitcoin price is holding steady at around $61,030, reflecting a modest increase of 0.5% over the past 24 hours.
If Bitcoin Breaks $64K, Next $76K
Ali Martinez, a prominent crypto chart analyst, has identified a crucial level for Bitcoin’s price at $64,290 movement. This level represents a key support zone that has historical significance in Bitcoin’s price action.
Martinez’s analysis suggests that if Bitcoin successfully establishes this level as support, it opens the path toward a potential rally towards $76,610, indicating strong bullish momentum.
However, failure to reclaim $64,290 could lead to a bearish scenario, with Bitcoin potentially revisiting support at $51,970. Martinez’s analysis highlights the technical intricacies of Bitcoin’s price movement, emphasizing the importance of monitoring these critical levels for insights into the cryptocurrency’s short-term trajectory.
Bitcoin’s Potential Breakout Soon
Cryptocurrency analyst Captain Faibik has identified a significant technical pattern on Bitcoin’s daily timeframe chart. According to Faibik’s analysis, Bitcoin is currently forming a “Falling Wedge” pattern, a bullish continuation pattern in technical analysis.
The Falling Wedge pattern suggests a period of consolidation where the price contracts between two converging trendlines, forming lower highs and lower lows. This pattern often indicates a temporary pause in the downtrend and can precede a bullish breakout.
Captain Faibik predicts an upside breakout for Bitcoin from this Falling Wedge formation, indicating a potential upward movement in the coming week. This breakout could mark a reversal of Bitcoin’s recent downtrend and initiate renewed bullish momentum.
Jaro Education, a leading player online education sector, has reached out to 100 reputed institutes for offering their education programme on its platform.
Also read:Online learning platform UNIVO welcomes UGC recognition
Founded by Dr. Sanjay Salunkhe, Jaro. already offers a diverse range of programmes in collaboration with institutions such as IIMs, IITs and other top-ranked universities.
It has registered a net revenue of ₹203 crore in FY24.
Dr Salunkhe, CMD, Jaro Education said, by reaching out to 100 reputed institutes, the company aims to democratise access to education and empower learners from all walks of life to pursue their academic and professional aspirations.
The online platform goal is to make quality education accessible to every individual, regardless of their geographical location or background.
By expanding the network of partner institutes, Jaro is committed to offering a wider range of programmes and opportunities to learners across the country, he said.
The expansion plan, entails collaborating with renowned universities, management institutes and technology hubs to offer an extensive array of courses in various disciplines.
Jaro Education’s portfolio currently includes over 250 online programme certification courses, catering to fields such as management, technology, finance and business analytics.
The company plans to enhance its presence in tier II to IV cities, tapping into emerging markets and catering to the growing demand for online education.
Also read:Online education up 32% in Tier 2 and 3 cities: survey
The strategic expansion will not only benefit students by providing access to high-quality programmes but also contribute to the overall development of the education sector, he said.
BARRY CALLEBAUT, the world’s largest maker of bulk chocolate, is full of beans. Its share price has jumped by 20% since April, when it reported higher sales volumes despite a steep rise in the cost of cocoa. Peter Feld, its boss, told investors not to worry about expensive ingredients: “What goes up fast comes down fast.”
Fox News Digital publishes a range of health and wellness pieces all week long to keep you in the know.
Health coverage includes articles on new medications, mental health challenges, groundbreaking resources, personal medical dramas and more.
In case you missed them, here are a few of our biggest health stories from this week.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
These are just a few of what’s new.
See a full list of recent health pieces at http://www.foxnews/health.
1. Mom seeks ‘perfect match’ to help daughter
A 10-year-old girl in Pennsylvania is in dire need of a bone marrow transplant — and her mother is on a mission to find the perfect match. Fox News Digital talked to Ashleigh Walter about the importance of joining the donor registry. Click here to get the story.
Lani Walter, 10, is in dire need of a bone marrow transplant — and her mother is on a mission to find the perfect match for her.(Ashleigh Walter)
2. Many nurses ready to jump ship
More than half of surveyed nurses say they’re likely to leave the profession. Find out the source of their frustration — and what they say needs to change in the field. Click here to get the story.
More than a third of the nurses who took part in a recent survey of 1,155 nurses across the U.S. say they are “extremely likely” to change jobs.(iStock)
3. Orangutan heals its own wound in the wild
An orangutan in a protected Indonesian rainforest site who sustained a facial wound treated the injury himself, researchers say. Learn the amazing story of how he did it. Click here to get the story.
An orangutan who sustained a facial wound, shown on the left, treated it himself, according to a study published in the journal Scientific Reports earlier this month. In the image on the right, his scar is just barely noticeable.(Armas Fitra & Safruddin & TNGL & KLHK & MPI & UNAS & YEL)
4. Simple sleep hack could help you drift off
For those who are struggling to get enough sleep, the ABCs may be the key to getting more Zzzs. Sleep experts chimed in on why this method works. Click here to get the story.
“You can’t force sleep — and thinking about falling asleep or about how you can’t fall asleep is a surefire way to delay it,” an expert said.(iStock)
5. Experts offer tips on grieving during Mother’s Day
For those who are experiencing their first Mother’s Day after losing a mom, a mental health expert offered five tips for navigating the difficult emotions. Click here to get the story.
For those who have lost their mothers, Mother’s Day can be a difficult day to manage. A certified grief support specialist (not pictured) shared insights and help for coping. (iStock)
6. Should seniors get screened for breast cancer?
The official guidance is for women ages 40 to 74 to get mammograms every other year, but some experts call for the recommendations to include older women as well. Click here to get the story.
One of the main reasons that women over age 74 were excluded is that the age group was not invited to take part in clinical trials.(iStock)
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
7. Global bacterial outbreak sparks concern
Cholera, a bacterial disease typically spread by food and water, continues to surge around the world. As vaccines remain in short supply, experts warned about the global risk. Click here to get the story.
Fox News Digital’s health coverage includes articles on new medications, mental health challenges, groundbreaking resources, personal medical dramas and much more.(Ashleigh Walter; iStock)
8. Common snack could slash diabetes risk
Eating yogurt regularly could reduce the risk of developing type 2 diabetes, according to the FDA. Nutritionists weighed in on the potential benefits and also urge caution. Click here to get the story.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Melissa Rudy is health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Have you been taking care of your liver health? If not, then it’s time to do some research and get to it. Liver, one of the largest internal organs in our body, helps filter the toxins out of the body. But in the modern world, with increased intake of processed food and a sedentary lifestyle, people often complain of various liver-related problems – fatty liver being one of the major instances. This situation occurs with accumulation of fat in the liver cells, which if kept unattended for long, may lead to various serious diseases. While fatty liver has multi-faceted treatments under expert’s guidance, what helps speed up the process is a healthy and well-balanced diet. Getting into a proper food regime helps your liver detox better, preventing various associated health hazards.
In this article, we will help you with a sample diet plan that can help your liver detox better. This regime has been shared by Nutritionist Shikha Gupta on her official Instagram handle. Read on.
Also Read: Did Your Test Reports Show Fatty Liver? Try This Expert-Backed Natural Home Remedy
Liver And Healthy Diet: How Your Diet Plays A Major Role In Maintaining Liver Health?
The liver, one of the largest internal organs in your body, plays an important role in protecting the organs from potential toxic chemical insults through its capacity to convert lipophiles into more water-soluble metabolites. Further, these metabolites can be efficiently eliminated from the body via the urine. As per a report in by the British Liver Trust, “The food you eat can have a significant impact on your liver,” adding that if your liver is healthy, then a well-balanced diet helps reduce the risks of developing some types of liver diseases in future. And “if you have liver disease, eating a good and balanced diet is essential to maintain strength and a healthy weight.”
A WebMD report weighs in, “A balanced diet with whole grains, fruits, vegetables, and lean protein is a good start.”
Fatty Liver Diet: Sample Diet Plan To Detox Your Liver:
According to Shikha Gupta, “This is a sample meal plan to detox liver. The requirements will vary person to person as per the symptoms and need.” She also suggests avoiding counting calories and macro-nutrients in the plan as it is just a sample, given as the best tolerance to majority people.
“The food choices given are rich in detoxification process. Variations can happen as per persons choice,” she adds.
Also Read: Fatty Liver Diet: Symptoms, Causes, Diet Tips And Foods To Avoid
Complete Guide To A Liver-Healthy Diet | Step-By-Step Guide To A Fatty Liver Diet:
Step 1. Start your day with 1tsp melted coconut oil or ghee.
Step 2. For breakfast, have two whole eggs, sauted veggies and berries. You can also replace the sauted veggies with 3tbsp chia seeds with almond milk.
Step 3. Have a handful of nuts, sometime after breakfast and before lunch.
Step 4. For lunch, have 1 cup sauted French breans or green salad, with 30gm kodo millet or white rice. Add 100gm of chicken, fish or dal alongside.
Step 5. Snack on 100gm of coconut chunks or 100gm Greek yogurt with 1-2tbsp flaxseeds in the evening.
Step 6. Finally, end your day with 1 bowl sauted veggies, with chicken-almond soup or vegetable soup, paired with 100gm of sauted paneer.
This article is part of our Design special section about water as a source of creativity.
For Ancient Roman Baths, a Chance to Sparkle Again
After a 1,500-year dry spell, the Baths of Caracalla in Rome are being restored to their full aquatic splendor. Built in the early third century during the reigns of the emperor Septimius Severus and his son Caracalla, and inagurated in 216, they hosted as many as 8,000 visitors daily until the source of their water was destroyed by the Visigoths in the sixth century.
The renewal of the 25-acre site is a 10-year project overseen by Daniela Porro, the special superintendent of Rome, and Mirella Serlorenzi, the monument’s director. Last month, the first completed phase — the introduction of a 137-by-105-foot shallow reflecting pool known as the Water Mirror, designed by the architects Hannes Peer and Paolo Bornello — opened to the public.
In an email, Mr. Peer described being inspired by the Natatio, an Olympic-size pool in the ancient bath complex. The Water Mirror includes 20 submerged water jets fitted with reflectors that send up delicate, light-infused geysers. A stage that sits nearly flush with the pool’s surface is intended for theatrical performances, lectures and concerts.
Mr. Peer is also involved in redesigning the entrances to the monument, to bring back its connection to the urban fabric, and in adding a botanical garden, refreshment areas and other amenities. The buildings that surrounded the baths, whose walls, colonnades and large open spaces provided inspiration for the former Pennsylvania Station, among other architectural showstoppers, will be restored. “Caracalla,” he said, “is a very comprehensive and complex project.” rome.net/baths-caracalla. — ARLENE HIRST
For their room in this year’s Kips Bay Decorator Show House, Ann Pyne, the president of the interior design firm McMillen, and Elizabeth Pyne Singer, a partner in the firm (and Ms. Pyne’s daughter), took their inspiration from Blair House, the presidential guest house across from the White House. They began with a reproduction of a storied chinoiserie wallpaper that was used in a 1964 restoration of the Lee Drawing Room.
But the women didn’t want to simply recreate the space, designed by Eleanor McMillen Brown, McMillen’s founder. They tweaked the 18th-century style by, for instance, commissioning a textured white-and-metallic mantle from the Brooklyn ceramic artist Peter Lane.
“It’s a matter of having challenging objects with the conservative idea of the wallpaper and Blair House,” Ms. Pyne said. The obvious mantle choice, she added, would have been from the Federal period.
Some of the colors used in the room, including the acid green in the 1950s Italian armchair, amp up the neutral palette favored by Jacqueline Kennedy, who supervised the restoration of Blair House in its early stages, when she was the first lady. According to John S. Botello, a designer who wrote his master’s thesis about Blair House, Mrs. Kennedy thought a suggestion by a decorator to use chartreuse, fuchsia and other zinging colors was inappropriate for a traditional house. Until May 28 at 125 East 65th Street; kipsbaydecoratorshowhouse.org. — STEPHEN TREFFINGER
No flower, no matter how brilliantly hued or outlandishly petaled, much interests the Polish artist Marcin Rusak until it desiccates. Then the staff at his Warsaw studio embeds it in plastic and metal to form vessels and furniture with drooping and bulging contours, as if the vegetation were still trying to grow.
Through May 24, Carpenters Workshop Gallery in Midtown Manhattan is displaying 10 of his new works in an exhibition, “Vas Florum: Resina Botanica.” On his milky resin vases (priced from $20,000 to $30,000 each), petrified blooms and fronds overlap, as if cast aside by jilted brides or adrift in streams. Amoeba-shaped tables made of resin and bronze (from $90,000 to $120,000 each), with flowers strewn against rust and dark green backgrounds, resemble rocks full of fossils.
Mr. Rusak said that he is particularly interested in how the flower industry has manipulated plants to maximize marketability, whether breeding stems to reduce thorns or dyeing petals in fluorescent colors. When an artificially colored blossom undergoes his embedding processes, pigment streaks can burst from the petals, as if the plant is eagerly shedding its artificial disguise. “It’s a very weird scenario,” Mr. Rusak said; carpentersworkshopgallery.com. — EVE M. KAHN
Nickey Kehoe Sets Up Shop in the West Village
Relocating to New York can mean an endless real estate slog. For Todd Nickey and Amy Kehoe, the owners of the Los Angeles design studio and home boutique Nickey Kehoe, who were looking to set up their first Manhattan store, the process was remarkably frictionless.
“We were only beginning our search when we stumbled upon it,” said Ms. Kehoe about the mid-19th-century Italianate brownstone in the West Village where they are renting two floors. (The artist Jackson Pollock also resided there early in his career.)
The pair developed a large trade clientele over the years in the New York City area, so it made sense to have a presence there, they said. The shop offers the duo’s branded designs, vintage pieces, globally sourced items and works by other craftspeople — much as in Los Angeles. “We’ve always had an East Coast and a European sensibility,” Mr. Nickey said. Even their California emporium was inspired by 1990s hardware and design shops in New York, where they met.
The upper floor, called the Salon, is dedicated to furniture, lighting, textiles and bespoke objects. The Household section downstairs features more basic items for the pantry, laundry room and garden.
Nickey Kehoe is at 49 East 10th Street, between Broadway and University Place; nickeykehoe.com. — STEPHEN TREFFINGER
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Hi, I’m Dr. Lauren! Read my introduction to learn more about me and my two adventurous cats, Pancake and Tiller.
Putting aside Pancake and Tiller for this week, one of the most common reasons I see young cats in clinics as a veterinarian is for inappropriate urination. Called by various terms, which makes the issue even more confusing, such as Feline Lower Urinary Tract Disease (FLUTD), Feline Inappropriate Urination (FIE-U) and various others, it’s a bit of a minefield, at times.
Inappropriate urination refers to cats presenting for urination outside of the litter box, either on surfaces that are horizontal such as beds and floors, or for vertical surfaces such as walls. Some owners even see things such as blood or crystals in the urine. Too often, these cats are misdiagnosed, and pet parents and undoubtedly cats themselves, are left frustrated.
There are generally a few common reasons that a cat urinates outside the box, including but not limited to their sex and sexual status, medical causes, and behavioral reasons. A quick look at each might give you some better ideas of what is occurring. There are some more uncommon reasons, as well, but we’ll leave those out, for now!
Understanding feline inappropriate urination is important (Pancake and Tiller agree!)
Common Reasons Cats Present For Inappropriate Urination
Sex and sexual status: Intact (unneutered) male cats, and even male cats neutered late in life, are commonly brought into veterinarians for urinating around the house.
Medical issues, such as urinary/bladder crystals, bladder stones, and urinary tract infections can cause a cat to urinate outside the litterbox. Sometimes these can be difficult to check for, so even multiple vet visits can miss them! In particular, struvite crystals can be common. In my experience as a vet, often found in young, overweight cats eating predominantly dry food. And diagnosing these is trickier than you’d think; often ultrasound and a trained eye is key to making the diagnosis! (Google twinkle artefact for fun info about the possible findings)
Behavioral causes: We don’t fully understand how these develop, but believe that long standing medical issues, even once resolved, or other factors, can lead cats to urinate outside of appropriate spots in the house. The longer a behavior has been occuring, the more difficult it can be to change.
Husbandry issues: Cats might not use the litter box if they don’t like the style of the box, or the litter, or the location, etc.
As all cat owners know, their behavior can sometimes be a mystery.
What to Do If Your Cat is Urinating Outside the Litterbox
As you probably already know, the first step is a vet visit. Even if your cat has been previously, or even multiple times previously!
As a vet, I certainly understand that it can be very frustrating to not get answers, and to have to bring your cat in for multiple visits. However, just as different people might fix cars in different ways, or cook lasagna with very different recipes, veterinary medicine can sometimes be as much of an art as a science! How you were trained, what school you went to, your veterinary mentors, and the equipment you have at your practice may all potentially influence how you approach any case.
So, if as a cat owner, you are frustrated and feeling like answers should exist when they don’t, it never hurts to request or seek a second opinion from a fresh set of eyes. As a vet, I promise that we don’t mind, and are happy to support your search for answers!
What to Ask Your Vet
In cases of inappropriate urination, useful things to ask for include an ultrasound of the bladder, and sterile urine sampling for culture and microscopic exam, if your vet thinks it may be medical in origin. (The microscopic exam ideally should be a dried and stained sample, if looking for bacteria, which is bacteria in the urine, in case the urine culture is a false negative).
Crystals can be easily missed if only a sterile urine sample is performed, so multiple sampling and imaging techniques of the bladder can be very important for some cats!
Providing your cat’s history including the results of all testing prior to the appointment can make it a more productive visit, and ultimately, more likely to get a resolution. Also, book the appointment as a second opinion for inappropriate urination, so that appropriate time can be scheduled for the exam. Diagnostics might need to happen at a separate visit, however.
If you can, find a vet that is cat-oriented, which can help! This can mean a feline specialist, or a feline-only clinic, or even a vet that simply has additional certifications in feline medicine. Especially as feline-only clinics are used to working with cats, they will have higher case numbers of similar issues, and this familiarity can sometimes help getting to the bottom of an issue! Googling “feline vets near me” is often a good starting point.
Other Things to Look For
Other considerations for inappropriate urination in cats and things you can look for at home:
Whether your cat is urinating on horizontal or vertical surfaces can be important. Horizontal surfaces more often mean underlying medical issues, whereas vertical surfaces can indicate territorial marking or behavioral intent.
Does the urine smell stronger or foul? This can be important, potentially indicating infections, dehydration, or other issues
Is observed urine bloody, or does it feel or look gritty?
Bringing a diagram of your house and litter boxes, or even better photos, may help detect any husbandry issues at play.
Be aware too of pseudo spraying or phantom spraying. This can look like true spraying, where a cat (male or female) backs up to a vertical surface, holds their tail upright, and essentially wiggles their tail. These cats are not actually spraying or urinating, but rather expressing pleasure, and happiness, often associated with you, their owner, being fed, or other pleasant experiences.
Pseudo spraying can appear like a cat backing up to a wall or door, with a tail held high, that is shaking, but no urine is released.
Final Thoughts
Hopefully, this gives you some more ideas about what might be occurring, and some options to pursue in getting some answers to the question of why a cat might be urinating outside the litterbox.
It can be frustrating, but also rewarding once answers are forthcoming. In my experience, most of these feline patients have a medical reason for doing so, therefore getting them seen by a veterinary professional is key; finding one that enjoys these types of issues in cats can also be important, as it can be a very subtle workup. You’re not alone, as it is a relatively common complaint for many cat owners. But, with proper help, it is often resolved.
Indian realty firm, Shapoorji Pallonji Group has sought more time, to meet some payment obligations from bondholders of group company Goswami Infratech, according to a letter seen by Reuters on Monday.
Also read:Shapoorji Pallonji Group’s Afcons Infrastructure files papers for ₹7,000-cr IPO
The company is required to pay around 14 billion rupees ($167.62 million) to bondholders of Goswami Infratech when it services the debt of another group company, Sterling Investment Corp.
This was set to be done by May 26, but the company has sought an extension till Sept. 30.
In the letter, Goswami Infratech wrote to Axis Trustee Services that Sterling Investment Corp. was unable to raise any new debt and a “trigger event is expected to occur on May 26, 2024”.
In June, 2023, Goswami Infratech had raised 143 billion rupees through two-year and 10-month bonds at 18.75 per cent yield and investors included large private credit funds.
The Shapoorji group did not respond to a Reuters’ email seeking comment. ($1 = 83.5230 Indian rupees) (Reporting by Bhakti Tambe and Dharamraj Dhutia; Editing by Sohini Goswami)
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
U SVIJETU ljepote manikura je više od samog uređivanja noktiju – ona je platno za osobni izraz i modni dodatak koji upotpunjuje svaku odjevnu kombinaciju. Trendovi u uređenju noktiju brzo se mijenjaju, ali i razlikuju od zemlje do zemlje.
S tim na umu, portal Who What Wear kontaktirao je proizvođače lakova za nokte, kozmetičke salone i nail artiste, tražeći od njih da otkriju vodeće trendove u manikuri u poznatim europskim gradovima. Evo što su saznali.
Parižanke se odlučuju za klasične i bezvremenske boje za svoju manikuru
Christian David, osnivač brenda za nokte Kure Bazaar Paris, koji posjeduje ugledan salon unutar Le Bon Marchéa, jedne od najprestižnijih robnih kuća na svijetu, otkrio je trendove koji su trenutno popularni među Parižankama kada su u pitanju nokti.
“U Parizu se ljudi drže klasičnog izbora. Dominiraju neutralne i crvene boje koje su bezvremenske”, naglasio je. Dodao je kako Parižanke preferiraju klasične lakove umjesto gelova te da boje dominiraju nad nail artom.
Za svakodnevni izgled Parižanke često biraju prirodne i prozirne nijanse, dok je za večernje izlaske najtraženija crvena ili tamno crvena boja s primjesom crne.
*Klikom na artikl bit ćete preusmjereni u trgovinu ili službenu stranicu proizvođača
Sve nijanse zelene trenutno su popularne u Londonu, ali i nude te čokoladno smeđe
Metta Francis, nail artistica i osnivačica mobilnog salona za nokte Nails by Mets, ističe da su u Londonu u posljednje vrijeme popularni tamniji tonovi kada je u pitanju manikura. “Svjedočimo porastu popularnosti zelene – od bljeđih maslinastih do tamnijih nijansi.” No i čokoladno smeđe su također popularne.
Metta je također otkrila da su, što se tiče nail arta, traženi dizajni s naglascima u metalik srebrnoj i kromiranoj boji u raznim izvedbama. Međutim, druga nail artistica otkriva da je, pored zelenih i čokoladno smeđih nijansi, i dalje vrlo popularan takozvani “clean girl” trend, koji se fokusira na mliječni izgled noktiju.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“‘Clean girl’ estetika i dalje je vrlo tražena, a mnoge moje poznate klijentice preferiraju upravo takav izgled”, kaže nail artistica iz Londona Emily Rose Lansley. Za takav izgled noktiju ona preporučuje prirodne nijanse u mliječno bijeloj ili prirodnoj ružičastoj boji.
Osim toga, sve su popularniji i takozvani jelly nokti u Londonu. Metta Francis objašnjava kako postići taj izgled: “Klasična boja može se miješati s prozirnom za postizanje jelly efekta.” Ova tehnika može se primijeniti kako s klasičnim lakom tako i s gelom ili gel lakom.
Također, na tržištu su dostupni posebni jelly lakovi, koji se mogu kupiti u drogerijama. Ovi lakovi pružaju proziran i sjajan izgled noktiju, sličan želeu.
*Klikom na artikl bit ćete preusmjereni u trgovinu ili službenu stranicu proizvođača
Kromirani izgled noktiju dominira u Kopenhagenu
Žene u Kopenhagenu preferiraju manikure s kromiranim završnim obradama i eksperimentiraju s kombiniranjem različitih lakova i boja, otkriva Therese Niko Busch, voditeljica globalnog razvoja proizvoda za danski brend lakova za nokte Alûstre.
Therese ističe da je minimalizam temeljni dio skandinavskog stila, što se odražava i u trendovima manikure. Izuzetno su popularne prozirne i jedva vidljive nijanse, obogaćene top coatom visokog sjaja.
Osim kromiranih i minimalističkih manikura, u Kopenhagenu je sve više tražena i francuska manikura, ali u suptilnijoj varijanti. Umjesto klasične bijele, za vrhove noktiju koriste se mliječne nijanse, stvarajući klasičan i diskretan efekt.
*Klikom na artikl bit ćete preusmjereni u trgovinu ili službenu stranicu proizvođača
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
UCLA claimed its first women’s water polo title since 2009 with a 7-4 win over California on Sunday at Berkeley, completing its first undefeated season since 2008 to win the program’s eighth NCAA championship.
The Bruins (26-0) are the first team since USC in 2016 to complete a perfect season and only the fifth in NCAA women’s water polo history.
The title is UCLA’s 123rd overall in all sports, trailing only Stanford, which has 135.
After guiding the UCLA men’s program to four national titles in 15 seasons as the head coach, Adam Wright won his first NCAA championship at the helm of the women’s team. He took over both programs in 2017 after the women’s team had advanced to three national championship games in four seasons but had no trophy to show for it.
With the composure of a coach who has made the championship dive before, Wright took off his sneakers at the final horn and set them on the bench. He gathered several players and assistant coaches in a group hug on the pool deck, wrapped Cal head coach Coralie Simmons in a consoling hug then dove head first into the pool.
“Couldn’t be more happy for UCLA women’s water polo to be back on top,” Wright said on the ESPNU broadcast.
Freshman Lauren Steele anchored UCLA’s defense with 17 saves in the cage. The former Orange Lutheran star graduated from high school early to join the Bruins in December.
“Just an absolute stud,” Wright said. “Changed the complexion of UCLA women’s water polo.”
Standing in front of an oversized poster of the bracket, teammates waited for Steele to finish her on-camera interview before continuing the championship celebration. Steele did the honor of advancing the Bruins through the bracket, sticking UCLA’s blue badge on the national championship line.
A printed circuit board (PCB) is a panel of copper-clad laminate that contains electrical connections for components. It is a key component in electronic devices and appliances, from laptops to light bulbs. PCBs use metal traces to connect copper pads with the components and conductors. The copper pads and vias are etched from the dielectric substrate material, which is usually made of a glass-reinforced epoxy resin. The material choice determines the circuit board’s characteristics, including its dielectric constant and ability to withstand high-voltage electrical gradients. The thickness of the substrate also affects the circuit board’s mechanical strength and thermal stability.
FR-4 is the most common material for pcb board because it has good insulation properties and a low coefficient of expansion with temperature. It is available in several grades with different physical properties and cost-effectiveness. The FR-4 substrate is also a relatively strong material for its weight, allowing it to be cut and bent without damage.
Other popular PCB materials include FR-2 and FR-3, which are phenolic cotton paper impregnated with an epoxy resin, and Kapton, a polyimide foil that is useful for flexible circuit boards. These materials have lower moisture resistance and higher arc resistance than FR-4.
What materials are used in manufacturing PCB boards?
The copper traces are deposited on the board using either additive or subtractive methods. Subtractive processes begin with a bare copper laminate, which is then coated with a reverse mask and etched. The mask exposes only those areas of the copper that will be the traces. The copper is then plated with the desired amount of copper, typically in the range of 50 microns to 100 microns. A thin layer of solder mask is then applied to the plated copper, protecting it from accidental contact and oxidation during assembly and reflow soldering.
A legend (also known as silk screen) is then added to the surface of the PCB, which contains a list of component designations, switch settings and other indications helpful in assembling, testing, maintaining and servicing the product. The legend is usually printed with epoxy ink, and a liquid photo imaging process is increasingly being used to achieve better accuracy and a wide color range.
The plated holes on the circuit board are then soldered to the appropriate components. The components are inserted onto the pads with solder paste, which is a gel medium of small balls of solder suspended in a gel that can be applied with a stencil. The solder reflows during reflow soldering, creating mechanical and electrical connections between the pads and the component leads. The resulting joints are tested and verified by a tester that checks for proper voltage levels and current flows, signal integrity and more. The PCBs are then broken into individual units by milling or cutting along perforations on the panel. This is called depaneling and reduces stress on the fragile circuits, increasing the yield of defect-free units. Alternatively, the panels can be laser-cut, which eliminates the need for depaneling and improves the quality of the boards.
Stable housing costs shield homeowners from the vagaries of rental market fluctuations, facilitating better financial planning. (Representative image)
Real estate values tend to appreciate over time, positioning homeowners for potential wealth accumulation
In the never-ending debate of whether to buy a house or continue renting in India, the scales often tip towards the former for several compelling reasons. While renting offers flexibility, purchasing a home emerges as the superior long-term financial decision.
Primarily, homeownership in India presents a host of financial advantages. Real estate values tend to appreciate over time, positioning homeowners for potential wealth accumulation. Moreover, stable housing costs shield homeowners from the vagaries of rental market fluctuations, facilitating better financial planning.
Long-Term Impact
Manoj Gaur, president of CREDAI-NCR and CMD of Gaurs Group, “Beyond financial benefits, owning a home bestows a profound sense of ownership, stability, and pride. Unlike renters, homeowners have control over their living space, fostering a deeper sense of belonging and community. Furthermore, the absence of landlord worries translates into freedom and autonomy over property maintenance and customization.”
Sachin Gawri, founder and MD of RISE Infraventures, said renting offers immediate flexibility, allowing individuals to adapt quickly to changing circumstances, while buying a house in India yields various advantages over the long term.
“Homeownership provides not only a sense of stability but also potential for investment growth, as property values typically appreciate over time. Moreover, owning a home can lead to more predictable housing costs compared to fluctuating rental rates. Additionally, homeownership comes with tax benefits, such as deductions on mortgage interest and property taxes, which can contribute to overall financial well-being,” Gawri added.
In addition to it, there are various loan options, such as home loans provided by financial institutions, significantly facilitate the process of buying a house in India. These loans often come with favorable terms, including competitive interest rates and extended repayment periods, which can greatly enhance one’s purchasing power, he said.
Nayan Raheja of Raheja Developers said, “Crucially, buying a house early in life serves as a cornerstone for retirement planning, ensuring a mortgage-free retirement and securing a legacy for future generations. Emotionally, homeownership provides a sense of security and pride, positively impacting overall well-being.”
Tax Benefits
Experts say tax benefit is also an advantage in buying a home. With deductions on home loan interest and principal repayments offering significant savings. Additionally, homeownership opens doors to rental income and enables customization and renovation, enhancing both property value and quality of life.
Neeraj Sharma, MD of Escon Infra Realtor, said, “Multiple factors determine individuals’ choices between owning or renting a home. Since the pandemic, we’ve observed a notable shift in decision-making, with more people opting for ownership over renting. This change is influenced by several factors, including increasing rental yields in Delhi-NCR regions. Consequently, individuals are leaning towards investment choices that promise long-term wealth creation.”
Ultimately, the decision to buy or rent hinges on individual circumstances and goals. However, considering the myriad benefits of homeownership outlined above, purchasing a house emerges as a prudent choice for those seeking long-term financial stability and emotional fulfilment in India.
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
Apple iPad Pro, Air 2024: A newly released ad promoting Apple’s new iPad Pro has struck quite a nerve online. The ad, which was released by the tech giant Tuesday, shows a hydraulic press crushing just about every creative instrument artists and consumers have used over the years — from a piano and record player, to piles of paint, books, cameras and relics of arcade games. Resulting from the destruction? A pristine new iPad Pro.“The most powerful iPad ever is also the thinnest,” a narrator says at the end of the commercial.
Apple’s intention seems straightforward: Look at all the things this new product can do. But critics have called it tone-deaf — with several marketing experts noting the campaign’s execution didn’t land.“I had a really disturbing reaction to the ad,” said Americus Reed II, professor of marketing at The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. “I understood conceptually what they were trying to do, but … I think the way it came across is, here is technology crushing the life of that nostalgic sort of joy (from former times).”
The ad also arrives during a time when many feel uncertain or fearful about seeing their work or everyday routines “replaced” by technological advances — particularly amid the rapid commercialization of generative artificial intelligence. And watching beloved items get smashed into oblivion doesn’t help curb those fears, Reed and others note.
Several celebrities were also among the voices critical of Apple’s “Crush!” commercial on social media this week.“The destruction of the human experience. Courtesy of Silicon Valley,” actor Hugh Grant wrote on the social media platform X, in a repost of Apple CEO Tim Cook’s sharing of the ad.
Some found the ad to be a telling metaphor of the industry today — particularly concerns about big tech negatively impacting creatives. Filmmaker Justine Bateman wrote on X that the commercial “crushes the arts.”Experts added that the commercial marked a notable difference to marketing seen from Apple in the past — which has often taken more positive or uplifting approaches.“My initial thought was that Apple has become exactly what it never wanted to be,” Vann Graves, executive director of the Virginia Commonwealth University’s Brandcenter, said.
Graves pointed to Apple’s famous 1984 ad introducing the Macintosh computer, which he said focused more on uplifting creativity and thinking outside of the box as a unique individual. In contrast, Graves added, “this (new iPad) commercial says, ‘No, we’re going to take all the creativity in the world and use a hydraulic press to push it down into one device that everyone uses.’”In a statement shared with Ad Age on Thursday, Apple apologized for the ad. The outlet also reported that Apple no longer plans to run the spot on TV.
“Creativity is in our DNA at Apple, and it’s incredibly important to us to design products that empower creatives all over the world,” Tor Myhren, the company’s vice president of marketing communications, told Ad Age. “Our goal is to always celebrate the myriad of ways users express themselves and bring their ideas to life through iPad. We missed the mark with this video, and we’re sorry.” Cupertino, California-based Apple unveiled its latest generation of iPad Pros and Airs earlier this week in a showcase that lauded new features for both lines. The Pro sports a new thinner design, a new M4 processor for added processing power, slightly upgraded storage and incorporates dual OLED panels for a brighter, crisper display.
Apple is trying to juice demand for iPads after its sales of the tablets plunged 17% from last year during the January-March period. After its 2010 debut helped redefine the tablet market, the iPad has become a minor contributor to Apple’s success. It currently accounts for just 6% of the company’s sales.
Ten Nepali climbers reached the top of Mount Everest late Friday from its southern approach, opening the route for hundreds of summit hopefuls.
Nepal: Everest Spring climbing season begins, China reopens Tibetan route as record number of climbers expected (File Photo by Lakpa SHERPA / AFP)
Every year, the first summit of Everest is by a team from one of Nepal’s expedition organising companies, who prepare the way for paying clients to follow.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
“The rope-fixing team reached the summit this evening,” said Chhang Dawa Sherpa of Seven Summit Treks, which led the team, told AFP.
A statement issued from the field office of Nepal’s tourism department at the Everest base camp said that the team reached that summit at 8:15 pm (1430 GMT).
“Other teams are already moving… many are at Camp 2 to catch the first window” said Khim Lal Gautam, chief of the base camp field office.
“A good weather window has been predicted until May 14, it is possible we will see over a hundred summits by then.”
Nepal has issued 414 permits to mountaineers for this year’s spring climbing season, which runs from April to early June.
Most Everest hopefuls are each escorted by a Nepali guide, meaning more than 800 climbers will tread the same path to the top of the 8,849-metre (29,032-foot) peak in the coming weeks.
This year, China reopened the Tibetan route to foreigners for the first time since it closed in 2020 because of the coronavirus pandemic.
The northern summit route opened Monday, according to social media posts by expedition organisers.
Nepal is home to eight of the world’s 10 highest peaks and welcomes hundreds of adventurers each spring, when temperatures are warm and winds are typically calm.
Last year, over 600 climbers made it to the peak of the highest mountain in the world.
It also became the deadliest season on the mountain with 18 deaths.
A boom in climbers has made mountaineering a lucrative business since Sir Edmund Hillary and sherpa Tenzing Norgay made the first ascent in 1953.
PlayStation Plus Extra and Premium subscribers are just a few days away from finding out which games will be joining the service in May 2024. The next batch of PS Plus Extra games will be officially unveiled at 4.30pm BST UK time on the afternoon of May 15. The games will be available to download and play less than a week later, on the morning of May 21. The PS Plus Extra line-up consists of a number of PS4 and PS5 games, while the Premium selection is made up of a handful of retro releases. We’ve actually already had one game join PS Plus Extra this month, after critically-acclaimed platformer Animal Well joined the service on May 9. With the remaining games shrouded in mystery, PS Plus Extra subscribers have been attempting to predict the line-up ahead of the big reveal.
In a regular predictions thread over on Reddit, multiple PlayStation Plus subscribers believe Resident Evil Village will finally join PS Plus Extra in May.
Resident Evil Village launched almost three years ago to the day, so it feels like now would be a good time for the game to join PS Plus Extra.
The Capcom survival horror game is reminiscent of Resident Evil 4, taking place in an old-fashioned European village plagued by monsters.
It’s another fantastic entry in the long-running horror franchise, featuring excellent visuals, some memorable characters, and more than a handful of scares.
As an added bonus, Resident Evil Village is playable in virtual reality, supporting Sony’s PSVR 2 device.
Other Reddit users believe the Final Fantasy franchise will be represented in the May PS Plus Extra line-up.
With multiple Final Fantasy games leaving PS Plus Extra on May 21, some fans believe that Crisis Core Final Fantasy 7 Reunion could join the line-up, alongside the Pixel Remasters and perhaps even Final Fantasy 16.
While I definitely don’t think we’ll be getting Final Fantasy 16, the other games seem like solid choices to join PS Plus Extra.
There are also multiple picks for roguelike action game Hades, which would certainly make sense given the timing.
Hades 2 has just entered early access on PC, so there’s a lot of buzz surrounding the series. Making the original Hades available on PS Plus Extra would give PS4 and PS5 users the chance to experience the first game ahead of the sequel’s full release.
Other picks for PS Plus Extra in May include indie hit Cult of the Lamb, as well as Dead Island 2, a Call of Duty games, plus Like a Dragon Ishin!
Then there are the usual suspects like Sonic Frontiers, Forspoken and Nier Automata.
With Horizon Zero Dawn also scheduled to leave the service on May 21, some people think Sony will replace it with a different first-party blockbuster, specifically God of War Ragnarok.
Daily Express will be back with the official line-up on May 15.
Until recently in Australia, unlike almost every other country in the OECD, there was no incentive at any level of government to buy electric vehicles (EVs).
While the Federal Government has a higher threshold for green cars before it applied the Luxury Car Tax (LCT), this applies to any car with fuel efficiency below 7.0 litres per 100km, and can’t really be called an EV-specific incentive.
Update: This story originally ran in March 2022, but we’ve periodically updated it to reflect recent policy announcements.
However, over the last few years Australian state governments have announced measures to encourage the transition to EV ownership. Those lucky enough to live in the ‘right’ state can save thousands of dollars.
Below is a look at the consumer-oriented initiatives of each state, and the impact on the price of Australia’s most popular electric car.
MORE: Buy a car with CarExpert
Australian Capital Territory
The ACT has one of the most generous incentives in Australia, despite not offering a direct cash injection.
New EVs are exempt from stamp duty, equivalent to around $2900 for a $60,000 car that emits more than 221g of CO2 per km.
All electric cars, new or used, purchased in the ACT are also exempt from registration costs for two years.
The ACT also has a Sustainable Household Scheme which will provide zero-interest loans of between $2000 and $15,000 to eligible households to help with the upfront costs of investing in energy-efficient upgrades, including zero-emission vehicles.
In July 2022, the ACT announced it will end sales of new petrol and diesel vehicles by 2035 as part of a wide-reaching electric vehicle strategy.
MORE: ACT government moving public-servant fleet to EVs, will slash running costs MORE: All ACT new car sales to be zero-emissions by 2030 under ambitious plan MORE: ACT EV strategy revealed, new ICE vehicles banned from 2035
New South Wales
Unfortunately, NSW ended its EV incentives programs as of January 1, 2024.
New and used EVs with a price of $78,000 before on-road costs were previously exempt from stamp duty since September 2021.
A $3000 rebate was also available for the first 25,000 EVs priced up to $68,750 before on-road costs, however this was scrapped before the sales target was reached.
A total of $260 million will be invested as part of the 2023-24 NSW Budget into additional EV infrastructure for drivers in regional New South Wales, renters, and people who live in apartment, as well as other motorists who don’t have access to home charging.
MORE: NSW axing electric car subsidies, but pouring more money into charging
Queensland
Queensland has joined several other states in releasing a policy designed to increase the uptake of electric vehicles. It now has the most generous in the country, too.
From July 1, 2023, the Queensland Government doubled its household EV rebate from $3000 to $6000 and increased the price cap for new vehicles eligible under the scheme from $58,000 to $68,000 before on-road costs.
Applicants must have a combined household income of $180,000 or less to get access to the maximum rebate under the Zero Emission Vehicle Rebate Scheme.
The doubled rebate is exclusive to eligible households – meaning two individual rebates of $3000 – but individual buyers, as well as households, above the income threshold will still have access to the older $3000 discount.
Applicants who had applied and received a $3000 rebate under the earlier scheme, and who are under the total gross income threshold, are eligible for reassessment and additional payment of the $6000 rebate.
MORE: Queensland offering Australia’s most generous electric car incentives
Victoria
The Victorian Government ended its $3000 EV purchases subsidy on June 30, 2023 as a way to cut back on spending.
It was originally intended to end no sooner than May 2024, unless all 20,000 subsidies were exhausted before then.
Although there is no stamp duty exemption, Victoria does have a flat stamp duty for electric cars regardless of purchase price. Electric vehicle owners pay $8.40 per $200 market value, the same as internal-combustion cars under $71,849.
Buyers of combustion-powered luxury vehicles pay up to $18 per $200 market value if they are over $150,000.
You could say this qualifies as an incentive, but only if you are lucky enough to be choosing between a Porsche Taycan and a Panamera.
Finally, all EVs registered in Victoria will also receive a $100 discount in their annual registration.
Unlike all the other states, Victoria had already started to make EV drivers pay a road-user charge. However this was struck down by the High Court and repealed in 2023.
As it currently stands, Victorians are no longer required to pay an upcoming ZLEV related invoice or provide a vehicle odometer reading.
MORE: Victoria shocks by ditching $3000 EV subsidy ahead of schedule MORE: High Court forces Victorian government to repeal electric car tax
South Australia
South Australia ended its $3000 rebate for new EVs and plug-in hybrids under $68,750 before on-road costs on January 1, 2024 – well before 30 June, 2025 when it was originally due to conclude.
However, it still provides a three-year registration exemption, available to any eligible new EVs valued below $68,750 and first registered between October 28, 2021 and June 30, 2025.
MORE: South Australia electric car subsidy dead for 2024
Tasmania
Tasmania‘s EV incentives recently lapsed, however the state government says further incentives are on their way.
From July 1, 2021 until June 30, 2023, buyers who purchased an electric vehicle (EV) or a hydrogen fuel-cell electric vehicle (FCEV) were exempt from stamp duty.
MORE: Tasmania preparing new electric car incentives
Northern Territory
The NT Government announced measures in 2021, which took effect from July 1, 2022 to promote EV uptake.
EVs and plug-in hybrids valued at up to $50,000 receive a $1500 stamp duty discount until June 30, 2027. Any amount over this price cap continues to attract 3.0 per cent stamp duty.
There’s also free registration up to June 30, 2027, including for used EVs and those brought in from overseas or interstate.
The NT Government has also introduced a grant scheme for EV chargers.
This consists of 100 residential grants of $1000, plus 80 business grants of $2500, intended for the purchase and installation of EV chargers. They’re available on a first-come, first-serve basis.
MORE: Northern Territory introduces new EV incentives
Western Australia
The Western Australian State Government offers $3500 rebates for buyers of new EVs priced up to $70,000.
To be eligible, vehicles must have a maximum dutiable value of $70,000 or less, have a gross vehicle mass (GVM) under 4.5 tonnes, and must be brand new or never previously registered here or overseas.
Hydrogen fuel-cell electric vehicles (FCEVs) are eligible, but hybrids and plug-in hybrids aren’t.
Since May 2022, the WA Government says more than 5900 rebates have been approved, with EV sales increasing nearly fourfold since June 2022.
WA in 2021 announced a 45-station, $21 million EV charging network stretching from Kununurra in the north down to Perth, and out to the regional centres of Esperance and Kalgoorlie.
MORE: WA government releases $3500 EV rebate, 2027 road-user charge MORE: Western Australia pours more money into EV rebates
What does Australia’s most popular electric car cost in each state?
What does all this mean for the bottom line?
Below are ‘drive away’ figures (including any rebates) for the top-selling Tesla Model Y SUV in its least expensive RWD configuration.
The biggest variable behind the differences in the states (after any rebate) is the amount of stamp duty.
For context, the Tesla Model Y starts from $60,900 before on-road costs and options.
State/Territory
Drive-away price
New South Wales
$66,092
Victoria
$66,379
Queensland
$64,714
Western Australia
$67,847
South Australia
$66,097
Tasmania
$65,837
Australian Capital Territory
$63,339
Northern Territory
$65,330
The above figures are drive-away, and include all the relevant rebates and stamp duty reductions. Some rebates may need to be claimed after purchase.
XRP pumps 2% in a week, and experts expect it to spike further in May.
Wormhole climbs 19% in a week, and analysts foresee more gains by month’s end.
Rebel Satoshi’s $RECQ is poised to jump further after surging 85% thus far.
Top altcoins like XRP (XRP) and Wormhole (W) have performed well as the broader crypto market recovers. These gains have left investors considering investing in these tokens. However,Rebel Satoshi’s $RECQ token has become the center of attention after promising colossal presale gains.
Why are XRP and Wormhole investors eyeing $RECQ? Continue reading to find out!
XRP Gains 2% in a Week: More Growth in Store?
XRP has performed decently over the past seven days. On April 28, XRP was changing hands at around $0.5185. Following days of experiencing wild price swings due to turbulence in the broader crypto market, XRP gained momentum on May 2 after Ripple Labs’ CEO, Brad Garlinghouse, announced the XRP Las Vegas event would start on May 3.
As the event proceeded, XRP continued pumping and climbed as high as $0.5400 on May 4. However, the excitement about this news faded, and XRP began pulling back. By May 5, XRP had stabilized at around $0.5303. This price represents a 2.28% jump in a week.
Moreover, experts believe XRP will continue its uptrend. Specifically, experts believe XRP will climb to $0.5730 by the end of May. This forecast makes XRP a top crypto to buy. Experts base this prediction on XRP attracting more investors after RippleX developers proposed XLS-66d, a protocol that seeks to revolutionize blockchain lending, on May 2.
Wormhole Surges 19% in a Week: Will Bulls Press On?
Wormhole has performed exceptionally well over the past seven days. On April 28, W was hovering around $0.62. After days of range-bound trading, W gained traction on May 2 after Wormhole announced the start of the Algorand Hackathon 2024 competition, which promises the top three projects a 16,000 USDC prize pool.
W’s gains intensified after Arkham integrated with Wormhole on May 3 to introduce its labels to Wormhole’s cross-chain explorer, Wormholescan. The resulting uptrend saw W soar as high as $0.77 on May 4. By May 5, W had stabilized at around $0.74. This price means W has gained 19.35% in a week.
Furthermore, experts believe W will continue growing to hit $0.79 by the end of May. This forecast makes Wormhole a good crypto to buy. Experts base this prediction on W getting more adoption after becoming available in SPL format on Solana and ERC-20 format on Ethereum and EVM L2s on April 25.
Rebel Satoshi’s $RECQ Fascinates Investors After Gaining 85%!
Rebel Satoshi, an up-and-coming meme coin project that draws inspiration from Satoshi Nakamoto and Guy Fawkes, has become a top choice among investors. The alluring traits of Rebel Satoshi are its unique mission to fight centralization in the crypto industry and its dual-token ecosystem.
Investors are rushing to join Rebel Satoshi because its ecosystem features an NFT marketplace, an arcade, and a staking program. This ecosystem depends on two tokens to run effectively. These are $RBLZ, Rebel Satoshi’s membership badge, and $RECQ, the ecosystem’s base currency.
By May, $RBLZ had launched on four renowned exchanges after surging 150% during its presale. On the other hand, $RECQ was continuing with Stage 1 of its ongoing public presale as of May. Investors that join $RECQ’s presale during this stage can purchase it at $0.0037.
Notably, $RECQ’s Stage 1 price represents an 85% jump from the Early Bird Round price of $0.0020. When $RECQ soars to its launch price of $0.0125, Early Bird Round investors will get a 525% ROI, while Stage 1 investors will enjoy a 237.84% ROI. These huge returns make $RECQ the best crypto to invest in now!
For the latest updates and more information, be sure to visit the official Rebel Satoshi Website or contact Rebel Red via Telegram
The Indian School of Business (ISB) Campus in Hyderabad
| Photo Credit:
NAGARA GOPAL
The Indian School of Business (ISB) has launched a programme for upcoming and promising entrepreneurs, called I-Venture Immersive (ivi) to be run by its entrepreneurship arm, I-Venture@ISB
The programme encourages keen innovators from across the country to pursue their passion with or without any formal educational qualification beyond Class 12.
Beyond degrees
“In India’s vibrant startup ecosystem, where talent often surpasses formal education, the inclusive approach of ivi holds significant importance in fostering innovation and driving economic growth. By embracing individuals without college degrees, ivi ensures that every potential entrepreneur has the opportunity to thrive, thus contributing to a dynamic and inclusive future for Indian entrepreneurship,’‘ Professor Bhagwan Chowdhry, Faculty Director, I-Venture@ISB told businessline.
The first round of admission for ‘ivi’ is now underway, for the founding cohort starting in October. The six-month immersive experience – billed as ‘more than an incubator, more than a school’ – will be conducted full-time on the Hyderabad campus of ISB. Designed to provide budding entrepreneurs with transformative support, ‘ivi’ will also provide funding support for promising cohort members to bring their innovative ideas to life.
The programme is designed to cater to a diverse group of aspiring innovators, including recent graduates eager to launch disruptive startups; tech professionals seeking to infuse entrepreneurial thinking into their careers; and next-generation family business owners who are eager to launch ventures beyond their legacies.
It will also welcome women entrepreneurs navigating unique challenges in the competitive market and armed forces veterans looking to apply their leadership skills to entrepreneurial pursuits.
“Our pursuit is to empower individuals from all walks of life to follow their entrepreneurial aspirations, and we are focused beyond the usual big cities, with an inclusive focus on all tiers and towns,’‘ Chowdhry said.
Selection
The application and selection process will involve the candidate uploading videos explaining their motivations – a method of selection that is not bound to grades and marks.
In its delivery, the ‘ivi’ programme emphasises problem-solving through innovative methods, including AI, machine learning, and data analysis. Additionally, students will acquire proficiency in accounting skills.
The marketing segment will focus on branding, customer-centricity, and go-to-market strategies. Further, the ‘ivi’ curriculum will pivot towards Lean Startup entrepreneurship and Design Thinking principles. Finance fundamentals for personal and corporate finance, negotiation enhancement, and supply chain management, are among the other subjects covered, using an immersive experience and hands-on training methods.
Pearls, it is said, represent purity. They may soon stand for something else: business dynamism. In Greenville, South Carolina, two locals have created earrings that look like jewels, but contain a cluster of microelectronics to track body temperature, heart rate and even the wearer’s menstrual cycle. Incora Health was established in 2022. It plans to start selling its earrings, currently in clinical trials, in a few months. “We’re first-time founders in a small city trying to change women’s health care, and that’s not lost on us,” says Theresa Gevaert, a co-founder. But the audacious young firm is part of a wave of startups that have been launched in America over the past few years. Many will fail. Some will succeed. Together they suggest profound change is afoot.
Although America has a deserved reputation as a country at the cutting-edge of innovation, fuelled by entrepreneurial vim, in recent years some economists have worried that this reputation no longer holds true. Startups have formed a smaller and smaller portion of the business landscape: in 1982 some 38% of American firms were less than five years old; by 2018, 29% were that young. The share of Americans working for startups likewise fell. Silicon Valley sizzled with high-tech wizardry, but its giant companies hoarded the best researchers, leading to a slower spread of new ideas throughout the country. Researchers, including at the Federal Reserve, pointed to this decline in dynamism as a cause of weaker productivity growth.
A New Jersey mom had just given birth when she received a life-changing cancer diagnosis — and her biggest fear was she wouldn’t be able to have more children.
When Kelly Spill first started experiencing bleeding, her doctors chalked it up to pregnancy and childbirth, especially given her young age of 28.
But then came the weight loss, fatigue and loss of appetite. “I knew deep down that it was cancer,” she told Fox News Digital.
TRAGIC CANCER LOSS INSPIRES NEW YORK TECH ENTREPRENEUR TO ADDRESS ‘URGENT MEDICAL NEED’
After a colonoscopy, Spill’s fears were confirmed: She had stage 3 colorectal cancer.
Her baby boy, Chase Bonito, was just a month old.
Kelly Spill of New Jersey was a new mom with a 1-month-old son (shown at left) when she was diagnosed with stage 3 colorectal cancer.(Kelly Spill)
The original plan was to check out three hospitals to get treatment options and gauge their level of comfort, she said.
The first stop, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center in New York, ended up being their last.
“They checked all the boxes,” Spill said.
“I would most likely never be able to carry another baby again.”
“The original plan was to get chemotherapy, radiation and surgery,” Spill told Fox News Digital.
“But that would have meant I would most likely never be able to carry another baby again — and that’s really hard to hear at just 28 years old,” she said.
Cancer treatment and fertility
Traditional cancer treatments are known to impact a woman’s ability to have children, according to Amanda Schwer, M.D., a radiation oncologist at City of Hope Orange County Lennar Foundation Cancer Center in Irvine, California.
“Radiation targeted at, or absorbed by, a woman’s reproductive organs can affect fertility, as can chemotherapy, which may cause women to lose fertility-related hormones,” Schwer, who was not involved in Spill’s care, told Fox News Digital.
Madhu Shetti, a radiation oncologist and founder of skincare company Balmere in California, noted that certain chemotherapy drugs can shift the hormone levels in a pre-menopausal woman into menopause, making it difficult to conceive a child.
The original plan was for Spill to have chemotherapy, radiation and surgery — which would have impacted her ability to have additional children. Spill is pictured here with her first child, a son named Chase Bonito.(Kelly Spill)
“Ultimately, every woman should speak with her care team to understand her individual risks, benefits and alternatives,” said Shetti, who did not treat Spill, in a statement to Fox News Digital.
An unexpected new treatment
Just before she scheduled her first day of chemo, Spill was presented with a new treatment path.
Based on her biopsies, doctors told Spill she was a match for a new clinical trial run by the SU2C Colorectal Cancer Dream Team, a research team at Memorial Sloan that is committed to improving access to alternative cancer care.
WHAT IS COLORECTAL CANCER? SIGNS, SYMPTOMS, RISKS AND MORE OF THE GLOBAL HEALTH CONCERN
The trial would test an immunotherapy drug — dostarlimab — as a first-line treatment in lieu of grueling rounds of chemo, radiation and surgery.
“All I knew at that time was that the side effects of this immunotherapy would be a lot less harsh on my body than chemotherapy, and I would have a chance of a better quality of life — and maybe even another baby,” Spill said.
“We know that immunotherapy success rates may differ, and not every patient responds or has a lasting response to it.”
Immunotherapy works by activating the patient’s own immune system to attack the cancer cells, Schwer said.
“It is an important cancer treatment breakthrough and there have been many advancements in this field,” she said.
WHY IMMUNOTHERAPY IS EMERGING AS THE ‘FOURTH PILLAR’ OF CANCER TREATMENTS, EXPERTS SAY
“However, it is still evolving. We know that immunotherapy success rates may differ, and not every patient responds or has a lasting response to it.”
Age, lifestyle factors and other existing medical conditions can all impact the effectiveness of immunotherapy treatments, Schwer added.
Spill, pictured with her son and husband, underwent immunotherapy infusions as an alternative to chemo and radiation.(Kelly Spill)
“Genetic testing may help detect treatments that are more effective for patients, but more research is still needed in this field.”
‘All about timing’
After talking with her care team and weighing the risks and potential benefits, Spill decided to proceed with the clinical trial.
“I decided to go for it. For me, it was all about timing.”
Spill was just the fourth person in the country to participate in the trial.
She received dostarlimab via infusion every three weeks for six months.
“One of the hardest parts about cancer is coming out of survival mode, and realizing you’re a human again and taking on life again.”
Although side effects are a possibility with immunotherapy, Spill said she only experienced fatigue — “which sometimes I think it was mostly from motherhood.”
At her fourth treatment, Spill was told that her tumor had shrunk in half.
“By the ninth treatment, my tumor had completely disappeared, which was extremely exciting,” she said.
New chance at life
Before starting treatment, Spill and her husband had frozen some embryos as a safety measure.
After she was declared cancer-free, her first desire was to become pregnant again.
PATIENTS WITH METASTATIC COLORECTAL CANCER COULD FIND HOPE IN NEW FDA-APPROVED TREATMENT
“But my doctor advised me to wait at least two years, because if the cancer was going to come back, it would most likely be in that time frame,” Spill said.
That was difficult for her to hear, she said — but now she sees it as a smart decision.
“One of the hardest parts about cancer is coming out of survival mode, and realizing you’re a human again and taking on life again,” Spill said.
During those two years of waiting, she took some emotional intelligence courses to help her process what she had been through.
“By the ninth treatment, my tumor had completely disappeared, which was extremely exciting,” Spill told Fox News Digital.(Kelly Spill)
“I came out a much better person than who I was prior,” Spill said.
In July 2023, she gave birth to her second child, a healthy baby girl.
“Her name is Maya Grace, and she’s an angel,” she told Fox News Digital.
IN POTENTIAL CANCER BREAKTHROUGH, NEWLY FOUND ‘KILL SWITCH’ TRIGGERS DEATH OF CANCER CELLS: ‘ONE-TWO PUNCH’
Today, Spill remains cancer-free.
She has gone in for scans and biopsies every six months, and just got the approval to move to yearly scans.
Spill said her son, pictured with his newborn sister, loves being a big brother.(Kelly Spill)
Spill and her husband are already talking about a third baby, she shared.
To others facing a new diagnosis, Spill’s advice is to “feel your feelings.”
“Feel anything that you are feeling at that time, because it’s important,” she said.
“It helps you understand what you are going through.”
After she was declared cancer-free, Spill said her first desire was to become pregnant again, but doctors advised her to wait two years. She is pictured here with her son.(Kelly Spill)
Spill also emphasizes the importance of being your own advocate.
“You don’t like an answer? Keep searching. You know your body best.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Anyone who is interested in exploring immunotherapy should consult with their health care provider, experts advise.
“It is important to speak with your oncologist to understand your individual risks, benefits and alternatives,” said Shetti.
Spill, pictured with her daughter, remains cancer-free. She has gone in for scans and biopsies every six months, and just got the approval to move to yearly scans.(Kelly Spill)
Women who are considering having children should ask their provider about the potential impact of any treatment, added Schwer.
“If you are facing cancer, thinking about starting or growing a family right now can add to the sense of feeling overwhelmed,” she told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Remember, you are not alone — and you will benefit from talking to your physician about your concerns and the fertility preservation options that are best for you.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Melissa Rudy is health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
If you like Mediterranean cuisine, you must have developed a special liking for this one ingredient, which is present in almost every Mediterranean meal. We are talking about olives. Olives are tiny fruits that are found on olive trees Olea Europaea. These little round fruits lend a certain degree of saltiness and sourness to a dish making it more palatable. We have mostly seen the green and black varieties in our pizza toppings, sandwiches, tacos and, of course, salads. The best meal to have on a weight loss diet is undisputedly a bowl of fresh salad. Raw veggies and fruits with their maximum nutritive value are perfect additions to a healthy diet. And, the addition of olives takes the nutrition quotient of the salads a notch higher. Salad with olives is what you should definitely include in your weight loss diet.
Also Read: Olives For Skin Care: This Is How You Can Improve Your Skin And Hair
Olives are a great source of dietary fibre, which keeps the stomach full and prevents unnecessary eating. Olives are also loaded with vitamin E, iron, copper and disease-fighting antioxidants. The fact that olives are low in cholesterol makes it a great food for heart health.
Here are some great recipes of salads made with olives that will amp up your weight loss process.
1. Fusilli, Black Olive and Feta Pasta Salad
Black olives are combined with cherry tomatoes, fusilli and feta cheese, and topped with balsamic vinaigrette dressing to make this flavoursome meal.
View Full Recipe Here
2. Tomato Olive Salad
This 2-ingredient salad of cherry tomatoes and olives is easy and quick to make. Alternatively, throw in some onions, basil leaves, black peppercorns and salt, and sprinkle balsamic vinegar; you’ll get a light yet nutrient-dense bowl of salad.
View Full Recipe Here
Tomato olive salad
3. Olive and Peppers Salad
This Greek-style salad is a melting pot of flavours and nutrients from various foods. Olives and red bell peppers are the highlights of this salad. The addition of cucumber and capsicum adds some more flavours. A dash of lime juice brings some freshness to this nutritious meal.
Read Full Recipe Here
4. Watermelon, Olive and Feta Salad
A super refreshing salad made of an assortment of watermelon, olives and feta cheese garnished with toasted pumpkin seeds. This one is a must-try to satisfy your hunger pangs.
View Full Recipe Here
Also Read: Weight Loss: This High-Protein Salad Is Ideal For Dieters
Watermelon, olive and feta salad
5. Cucumber, Black Olive and Mint Salad
Spanish olives tossed with cherry tomatoes, mint leaves and cucumbers make for an appetising meal for a light dinner. The smattering of black olive sauce adds a pungent flavour and rich texture to the dish.
View Full Recipe Here
Salads are not always boring, definitely not the ones listed above. Make these salads with olives to savour tasty meals on your weight loss diet.
Disclaimer: This content including advice provides generic information only. It is in no way a substitute for qualified medical opinion. Always consult a specialist or your own doctor for more information. NDTV does not claim responsibility for this information.
In 2012, not long after he decided to dedicate his professional life to 18th-century wares, Casey Samson spent a weekend at a colonial-era fair in Bardstown, Ky., selling leather mugs out of a tent.
On his first night there, Mr. Samson sat alone by a crackling campfire, smelled the wood smoke and felt as if he had been transported to a different time. He knew then, he said, that he had made the right choice.
Today, Mr. Samson and his wife, Abbie, own and operate Samson Historical, a three-story business that doubles as a pseudo-museum on the downtown square in Lebanon, Ind., about 30 miles northwest of Indianapolis.
On a recent morning, Mr. Samson, 32, walked into a small warehouse tucked behind the retail space and waxed poetic about the shop’s “great wall of waistcoats.” But there was more: “These are original sugar dippers.” And: “One of Abbie’s passions is clay pipes.” And: “All right, so: gun flints.”
There were breeches and bonnets, frocks and cloaks, candles and lanterns, hip kidneys (for extra support) and bum rolls (for that perfect silhouette). And while Samson Historical has 10 full-time employees and manufactures its own merchandise, it also works with about 40 artisans from trades that are teetering on the edge of extinction: blacksmiths, woodworkers, glass blowers, horners. A fifth-generation pipe maker from Germany handcrafts the store’s pipes.
“A lot of what we do,” Mr. Samson said, “is trying to help keep these things alive.”
In addition to feeding the sartorial appetites of colonial-era re-enactors, Samson Historical finds itself at the nexus of growing interests in “history bounding,” a trend that incorporates period fashions into everyday wear, and “cottagecore,” which celebrates the supposed simplicity of pastoral life. The twin concepts blossomed during the tedium of the pandemic.
“There’s definitely an interest in homesteading and the old-fashioned ways,” said Justine Teresa Dorn, an early 19th-century re-enactor who, in October 2020, launched her own YouTube channel, Early American, which has more than 1.2 million subscribers.
Ms. Dorn, 30, who owns a number of garments from Samson Historical, including dresses and bodices, said: “It just makes you feel so much more put together than modern clothes do. I honestly think a lot of women are sick of wearing jeans, sweatpants and T-shirts all the time.”
The Samsons spend parts of the year on the road with their 30-foot, company-branded trailer, visiting festivals and re-enactments with their 8-year-old daughter, Payton, a home-schooled second grader with freckles and an exhaustive mind for trivia.
“Did you know that George Washington’s teeth weren’t wooden? They were hippo!” Payton said of the president’s dentures, which were made from, among other things, hippo tusks. “I’m a big George Washington fan, and I’m also a big Alexander Hamilton fan. If you ask me to sing the whole——”
“Please don’t,” her mother said.
For Payton’s 8th birthday, her parents told her that they were taking her to Chicago so that they could visit a museum. They surprised her instead with tickets to “Hamilton,” the award-winning musical, along with a bespoke birthday gown that the staff at Samson Historical had fashioned after Eliza Hamilton’s gown in the show. The entire family dressed in period clothing for the performance.
“My gown didn’t have buttons on it, though,” Payton said, “because that’s not historically correct.”
While the popularity of “Hamilton” and the presence of a seemingly unlimited number of period dramas in film and on television have helped expose the masses to colonial-era history and style, another event on the near horizon could boost interest even more: the United States’ semiquincentennial in 2026, the 250th anniversary of American independence.
The Samsons sensed more excitement than usual about a year-and-a-half ago at the 245th anniversary of the Battle of Brandywine outside of Philadelphia.
“Everything,” Mr. Samson said, “is gearing up already.”
Finding Their Path
For Mr. Samson, a professional obsession with another era runs in the family. In the late 1970s, his father and grandfather produced leather mugs — a popular item in the 16th and 17th centuries — which they sold at events like the Feast of the Hunters’ Moon, a fall festival at Fort Ouiatenon, a former fur-trading outpost in Lafayette, Ind.
Growing up, Mr. Samson would tag along, and said the experiences filled him with a passion for history. He cited the release of “The Patriot,” the 2000 film that stars Mel Gibson as a former soldier drawn back into service in the Revolutionary War, as another formative moment. Mr. Samson recalled watching it at a drive-in movie theater.
“My dad actually preferred the French and Indian War,” he said.
Mrs. Samson, 31, recalled camping and visiting historic homes with her family when she was young, but it was not until she started dating Mr. Samson when they were in high school that she was exposed to re-enactment festivals. “I found I really enjoyed it,” she said.
In 2012, Mr. Samson, who was then a firefighter and emergency medical technician, decided that he wanted to turn his family’s part-time business into a full-time pursuit. A few years later, Mrs. Samson left her corporate job so that she could work with her husband.
Like many businesses, Samson Historical struggled in the early parts of the pandemic. Mr. Samson said he and his wife had big plans for 2020. By February of that year, they were preparing to mail 30,000 copies of their new catalog, which they had spent about $40,000 to produce. They also were loading their trailer full of merchandise for a trip to Michigan for the Kalamazoo Living History Show.
A few days before they were set to depart, however, the show was canceled because of the pandemic. Thousands of copies of the Samsons’ new catalog collected dust for two months before they were delivered.
And shoes. So many unsold pairs of shoes.
“That was the same year we launched all of our women’s shoes,” Mr. Samson said.
It got grim in a hurry for the Samsons. Sales were so poor, they reduced their staff to a rotation with people working every other day. They spent long hours working on jigsaw puzzles and fretting about their future.
“We were this close to losing everything,” Mr. Samson said.
Facing a dire situation, the Samsons “extremely reluctantly and somewhat reluctantly” started a GoFundMe campaign, Mr. Samson said. (“Our community really stepped up,” he said.) They also secured loans worth about $25,000 from the federal Paycheck Protection Program.
But perhaps most important, at a time when many people were stuck at home in front of their computers, Samson Historical went online in a big way. The Samsons revamped their website to maximize search traffic, and new customers — many of whom discovered hobbies like history bounding during the pandemic — arrived, at least virtually, in big numbers.
Mr. Samson acknowledged the strange interplay at work. A business rooted in the 18th-century was now thriving because of modern technology. And after nearly destroying their business, the Covid shutdown wound up playing an unexpected role in ensuring its future.
Samson Historical leaned into the times. “We started writing blogs about survivalists and how to go out into the woods, because that’s what people were doing,” Mr. Samson said.
Since 2020, he said, sales have increased by about 30 percent annually. Last year, Samson Historical started a children’s clothing line. Payton helped with quality control.
“She tested a lot of the shoes,” Mr. Samson said.
Details Matter
On a recent afternoon, Kris Byers, 36, and two colleagues — Isabella Campins, 25, and Molly Scherrer, 21 — were stitching garments on the second floor of the shop. As Mrs. Byers glanced at her to-do list, which included a customized petticoat, she recalled wading into the world of historical clothing as a teenager, when she helped a friend who was working as a vendor at the Feast of the Hunters’ Moon.
It turned out to be Mrs. Byers’s gateway into a kaleidoscopic world of linen caps, silk stockings and half-boned stays. She joined Samson Historical as a seamstress in 2021 after seeing a job posting.
“My husband basically said, ‘If you don’t go over there and talk to Abbie, I’m going to go over there and talk to her for you,’” Mrs. Byers said. “So we came in to get our kids fitted for shoes, and I asked for an application. It just kind of went from there.”
Samson Historical might be rooted in the past, but it is always evolving, Mr. Samson said. You can always do more research, he said, “to find the next big thing we didn’t know existed — or improve it.”
Take the woolen frock coat, a longtime staple of the men’s collection with its buttonless cuffs and scalloped pocket flaps. Yet Mr. Samson was convinced that they could enhance the design to make it more accurate. They based an updated version on a pair of surviving garments, one from the 1780s that is a part of a private collection in Rhode Island and another from the 1770s that has been preserved by the Connecticut Museum of Culture and History.
“So, we said, ‘Let’s reconstruct it,’” he said. “Now, you look at it and go, ‘OK, that’s 18th century.”
Sometimes, their research leads them down novel paths. Not long ago, when Mrs. Samson was interested in learning more about 18th-century shoehorns, she reached out to Dr. Forest Tennant, a former mayor of West Covina, Calif., and the self-described “docent” of the Tennant Shoehorn Museum, which has a collection of more than 3,000 of the devices. After hearing from Mrs. Samson, Mr. Tennant sent her his book, “The Art and History of Shoehorns.”
“Making those kinds of connections is invaluable,” Mrs. Samson said. “If you ask questions, people want to talk about what they know. Especially when not many people want to know about your shoehorns.”
The details matter, Mrs. Samson said. One might assume, for example, that the walls in their retail space are merely gray and white. But there is more to the story, because there always is more to the story at Samson Historical. The paint colors are reproductions of those that were used in Colonial Williamsburg.
“Our whole house is about to be remodeled using these colors,” Mrs. Samson said.
The details also matter with their catalog, a 162-page smorgasbord of “18th-century clothing, accessories, accouterments and living history supplies.”
In their own small way, Mr. Samson said, they want the catalog — and, of course, the clothes they produce — to address popular misconceptions. Among them: that everyone, back in the day, dressed like the cast of “Gone With the Wind,” the Civil War-era film.
Much of this country’s history, of course, is fraught with atrocities committed against Black people and Native Americans, an issue that has occasionally ensnared the re-enactment community. (As Ms. Dorn, of Early American YouTube fame, put it: “Revolutionary War re-enactors don’t let friends do Civil War re-enactments.”) With that in mind, Mrs. Samson said it was important that the catalog reflect “a variety of social stations,” and that they highlight diversity among their models.
With some exceptions: The children they use are largely from re-enactor families because the kids from those families are more comfortable in the older style clothes.
In contrast, the Samsons seem more than at home with garments of the distant past. But asked if he ever felt as if he had been born in the wrong era, Mr. Samson was adamant.
“No,” he said. “I have a passion for the 18th century, and I could talk about it for days. But I also really like technology — and indoor plumbing. I also think that if you were born in that era, you would just yearn for something even earlier.”
From Big Pharma to biotech—and a globe-spanning journey along the way—Yvonne Greenstreet, this year’s Healthcare Businesswomen’s Association Woman of the Year, is right where she wants to be: leading efforts to advance “bold ideas” in RNAi therapeutics into life-changing gains for patients.
As AI continues to evolve and become more integrated with the pet health and care industry, we decided to put this new technology under the microscope and investigate. Can AI be a helping hand in the veterinary field and improve the lives of vets, pets, and pet parents, or are storm clouds of misuse, misinformation, and misdiagnosis brewing?
We spoke with several of the veterinarians on the Catster team about their insights into the opportunities, challenges, and ethical considerations linked with the integration of AI in veterinary practice. We also consulted different reports and studies on its current uses in the industry to get a better understanding of its impact on the future of animal care.
Where Is Artificial Intelligence Being Used in the Pet Care Industry Today?
Artificial intelligence is used across the pet care industry, with home pet care and veterinary care being the two primary drivers of the greater industry.
AI in the Home Pet Care Industry
AI is currently used in most areas of the manufacturing, marketing, and distribution of pet care products and services, with pet wearable technology being the fastest-growing AI niche in the industry.
Pet Wearable Technologies
Pet wearable technology includes GPS collars, RFID tags, and various sensors that track a pet’s whereabouts, level of activity, vital signs, hydration, bathroom habits, how they’re feeling, and more.
How popular are tech wearables with pet owners?
In 2022, the pet wearable market in the United States was valued at USD $800 million. (Grandview Research)
By 2030, the pet wearable market in the United States is estimated to grow by 12.9%. (Grandview Research)
Part of the reason the demand for pet wearables has grown is people have more disposable income. In 2021, pet parents spent approximately USD $123.6 billion on pet products. (American Pets Products Association)
Demand for pet wearables that track a pet’s activity and health is increasing and is expected to have a compound annual growth of 15%. (Grandview Research)
Pet wearable technology gives the user more control and greater flexibility, allowing them to make smarter, quicker decisions when problems arise and provide peace of mind that a pet is safe and happy. They can alert potential health issues, and changes in pet behavior and normal routine, which gives pet parents the heads up early, so they can get veterinary care sooner, with higher chances of recovery.
AI in the Veterinary Industry
You are free to use this image, but please link back to Catster.com for attribution
Veterinarians are using artificial intelligence in hospitals, clinics, and research in various ways. Here are some recent statistics:
In 2023, the largest regional market, when it came to AI in the veterinary industry, was North America, at 37.8%. (Market.us)
The companion animals segment makes up almost 74% of automated technology use. (Market.us)
As of 2020, over 97% of vet professionals are using AI-based applications, products or services (Gitnux)
The number of pet owners who use AI-powered veterinary care has increased by 63% from 2019 to 2021 (Gitnux)
At this time, 39.2% of vets are using AI technologies in some way in their practices. (Digitail)
26.5% of vets use artificial intelligence weekly or daily. (Digitail)
Data Management segment had the largest share of the AI in Veterinary market in 2020 at 40% (Gitnux)
In 2020, Image Scanning held the second-largest share in AI in veterinary market (Gitnux)
Detection, Diagnosis, and Treatment
Artificial intelligence (AI) is a valuable tool in veterinary medicine, particularly when aiding in diagnosis and treatment. However, most veterinarians (ours unanimously) agree that it cannot replace human veterinary care.
“AI has its place [in veterinary care]; analyzing data sets, pattern recognition, and looking for potential drug applications are appropriate ways for it to be used. It may be useful as an additional resource for vets working up a case, but it should not be diagnosing or making treatment plans for pets. It should not become the sole source of information and decision-making for vets, and it should not be doing our thinking for us.”
–Dr. Karyn Kanowski, BVSc MRCVS
Electronic communication and automated algorithms can be used by vets to assist in diagnosing and treating pet illnesses and injuries more swiftly and accurately than before.
For instance, automated algorithms excel at analyzing medical images like CT scans, X-rays, and MRIs, aiding in the early detection of conditions such as canine hip dysplasia and cancerous tumors.
Vets from UC Davis have developed an AI algorithm that analyzes blood work, accurately identifying complex patterns to detect diseases like leptospirosis and Addison’s in canines.
AI microscopy, such as Heska’s Element AIM, automates disease detection in urine and fecal samples, making rapid diagnosis possible and facilitating informed treatment decisions.
While AI enhances veterinary care by enabling faster disease detection, it is most effective when used as a supportive tool by human veterinarians, allowing pet parents to make timely decisions for their pets’ well-being.
Drug Discovery and Development
Artificial intelligence has become crucial in the discovery and development of medications for our pets.
“One ability of AI that’s often overlooked, in my opinion, is that it makes traceability much easier. AI is an amazing tool for any part of veterinary medicine that does not involve analyzing a biological system but rather involves quick calculations.”
–Dr. Luqman Javed, DVM
AI’s ability to quickly sort and analyze large datasets from clinical trials, scientific literature, and health records has proven to be more efficient and accurate in identifying correlations, patterns, and potential therapeutic targets.
In the past, researchers had to sort through vast datasets themselves. These traditional methods were prone to oversight and human error, but AI minimizes these and speeds up the screening process, leading to both cost and time savings.
Once data has been analyzed, this technology can help researchers develop predictive models and hold virtual screenings of drug compounds to identify potential drug candidates more efficiently. This brings veterinary medicine one step closer to finding the best treatments for pet illness and disease.
How Do Our Veterinarians Feel About AI in Pet Care?
We surveyed several vets on Catster’s team about their views on artificial intelligence in veterinary practice.
Opinions varied on many questions we asked, but six key points were unanimously agreed upon:
Replacing humans with AI in medicine is dangerous, ineffective, and not possible.
AI is extremely beneficial as veterinary support.
It lacks the tailored vet care that humans provide.
AI simplifies time-consuming or tedious tasks.
AI lacks human empathy and reasoning skills.
Vets support using AI in the pet care industry, but stress tech limitations and precautions.
Our veterinarians vary in their views on AI applications in vet practice, but most vets agree AI will play a part in pet care and is beneficial if used correctly.
“Resisting will only prove useless, and it’s best to figure out the ways we can use it to improve our current capacity.”
–Dr. Paola Cuevas, MVZ, Behaviorist
In general, our vets see AI aiding in tasks like drug research and pattern recognition. While recognizing AI’s limitations, they emphasize its clear benefits. Vets stress that AI can’t replace humans entirely in diagnosis due to lacking essential human qualities. Despite potential challenges, they embrace AI’s role in improving patient care with more tools at their disposal.
You are free to use this image, but please link back to Catster.com for attribution
Do Vets Think AI Could Ever Replace Them?
All the vets we spoke to said artificial intelligence could not replace actual veterinarians (so you don’t need to worry about your cat or dog being seen and handled by a robot any time soon!).
“Medicine is not an exact science. Each clinical case is different, each patient and each family has their own particularities, and all these variables are taken into account by the veterinarian in order to treat and improve the patients’ lives. There is no way AI could ever replace this. Studies have shown how empathy is essential to having a trusting relationship with the patient/pet parents and thus improving clinical outcomes.”
– Dr. Marta Vidal-Abarca, BVSC GPCERT (OPHTHAL) MRCVS
Essentially, veterinarians agreed that people and animals cannot be entirely reduced to algorithms and data, and replacing vets with robotization would be detrimental to patients.
However, Dr. Kanowski said, “My concern is that, with large corporations buying veterinary practices and making decisions about how those practices are run, we will see more and more decisions based on profits rather than on patient care or staff development and well-being.”
Pros of AI in Pet Care According to Vets
AI brings significant advantages to veterinary care, like improving diagnostic accuracy through image analysis and enabling continuous patient monitoring. It also simplifies tasks such as checking drug databases and monitoring illnesses, contributing to better patient outcomes.
Pros of AI in veterinary medicine:
Providing tools for labs, pharmaceuticals, food formulation, etc.
Enhancing surgeons’ control, visibility, and precision, reducing complications
24/7 patient monitoring
Aiding vets in identifying environmental management, prevention, diet, etc.
Rapidly checking drug databases and identifying interactions
Monitoring illnesses like diabetes
Creating personalized pet meal plans
Providing detailed sample and result analysis
Tracking subtle changes in farm animal behavior and performance
Offering accessible healthcare information for pet owners
Enhancing communication between veterinarians and pet parents
One widely agreed-upon benefit amongst our veterinarians is its ability to analyze large amounts of data and recognize patterns.
“Analyzing large data sets to find solutions, patterns, and side effects, bringing together written resources, removing bias from decision making, and so on, will be an incredible research tool and will speed up tasks, reports, and analysis.”
–Dr. Lorna Whittemore, MRCVS
The sky’s the limit when it comes to the ways AI can benefit the veterinary field. However, that doesn’t mean there aren’t potential downsides to veterinarians using this advanced technology.
Image Credit: NMStudio789, Shutterstock
Cons of AI in Pet Care According to Vets
When considering the drawbacks of AI in veterinary medicine, several concerns arise.
Cons of AI in veterinary medicine:
Dependence on technology may reduce a vet’s clinical skills and judgment
Data bias and quality issues can lead to inaccurate predictions
Ethical concerns arise regarding accountability for errors
Privacy and security risks accompany access to sensitive data
Implementation costs may limit access to AI-driven care
Loss of personal connection between veterinarians and clients is possible
Robotization in veterinary care can create mistrust among pet parents
One con mentioned several times was the use of robotization, which could lead to mistrust from pet parents, especially those unfamiliar with AI. Relying on automation too much during diagnosis and treatment can make pet parents lose confidence in vets. If vets solely depend on the technology without double-checking, it could lead to significant errors, further eroding the trust.
Similar to human medicine, where humans prefer human doctors, pet owners may doubt AI’s ability to understand their pet’s unique needs. Depending too heavily on the technology, like strictly following a textbook for diagnosing and treating pets, may not recognize the nuances and subtleties of a pet’s condition, affecting the care.
Excessive reliance on AI may lead to vets losing certain skills, as some tasks become automated, potentially impacting overall care quality.
“We used to have a laboratory machine software that allowed automatic analysis and interpretation of urine sediment slides by recognizing various cell types and urinary crystals, and it allowed us to save some time not looking at the slides manually. As much as this helped manage our time more effectively, by just providing us with the printout of the final results, it has also led to the loss of a particular skill set and confidence when interpreting slides manually. Being able to recognize cell types, the presence of bacteria, crystals, or even artifacts, is crucial in establishing an accurate diagnosis, as sometimes machines break or are not available.”
–Dr. Maja Platisa, DVM, MRCVS
Finally, AI in the pet care industry may discourage pet parents from seeing a vet until it’s too late. With more of this type of technology around, pet owners may think they can diagnose their pets on their own and treat them accordingly, and that would be disastrous.
Dr. Whittemore says, “It may be that animal guardians delay seeking advice and hands-on care as they would rather follow advice from AI in the comfort of their home. Only to reach out for veterinarian help when the situation worsens.”
Where Will AI Be Used in the Pet Care Industry in the Future?
As you can see, AI is already prevalent in a few areas of the pet care industry, so you can imagine it will only be more so in the future. But what areas of the pet care industry will most likely see an influx of automatic technology?
Well, here’s what we know about it in the current market:
In 2022, machine-learning hardware (such as pet wearables) accounted for 63.40% of the revenue share for the market. (Grandview Research)
Artificial intelligence software (such as services and deep learning devices) is expected to grow the quickest, at 20% by 2030. (Grandview Research)
AI diagnostics in 2022 accounted for 50% of revenue share. (Grandview Research)
In 2023, pets accounted for 73.9% of the market share when it came to using AI. (Market.Us)
It seems that the software and diagnostics portions of the AI market will continue to grow rapidly, even as the hardware segment grows.
Image Credit: NMStudio789, Shutterstock
How Are Vets Currently Making Use of AI in Their Clinics?
When asked about their current or prospective use of AI in veterinary practice, onlyDr. Javed indicated he is currently using AI; his practice has incorporated it to help design custom meal plans for cats and dogs based on their needs.
Some vets had prior experience with advanced technologies, such as a veterinary radiology service with AI assistance with human oversight, and Dr. Platisa utilized AI for automated urine sediment analysis.
The veterinarians not currently using AI said they see its potential applications for research, data processing, analysis, or booking.
While AI appears limited among our surveyed vets, its presence in veterinary clinics, as attested by the 39.2% of vets utilizing it (Digitail), suggests diverse applications within the industry.
Final Thoughts
Our veterinary experts offer diverse perspectives on the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) in pet care. While some anticipate its potential to enhance veterinary practice and healthcare, others harbor concerns.
Dr. Vidal-Abarca says, “AI is here to stay, but I hope it is regulated properly and does not flood our lives and jobs,” and emphasizes that the regulation should prevent AI from overshadowing the vital role of veterinary professionals.
Our veterinarians unanimously agree that AI should complement rather than replace human expertise, recognizing that biological systems are nuanced, highly individual, and complicated, which makes humans more capable of understanding them than artificial intelligence.
Dr. Javed sums up, “Remember that veterinarians are not anti-AI. We are pro-animal care and welfare. When AI is used in an attempt to replace us, it tends to become anti-animal care and welfare. When it helps us, though, we, in turn, provide better care for all animals and people as well; after all, public health is a huge part of veterinary care as well.”
Some vets worry that AI integration in vet clinics could accelerate corporatization, potentially diminishing empathy and personalized care. They fear that prioritizing profitability may lead to reduced staffing, as technology doesn’t require salaries.
As Dr. Platisa says, “Like anything in life, it’s important to gather enough information and verified facts, and understand why and when certain technologies can be good in particular situations and what their limitations are, while understanding the importance of a human in the process.”
Balancing the ethical considerations and practical implications of AI in pet care is crucial. While the future remains uncertain, ensuring artificial intelligence is used appropriately in the pet care industry will go a long way in boosting its usefulness
As many as 449 infrastructure projects, each entailing an investment of ₹150 crore or above, were hit by cost overrun of more than ₹5.01 lakh crore in March 2024, an official report stated.
According to Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MoSPI), which monitors infrastructure projects worth ₹150 crore and above, out of 1,873 projects, 449 reported cost overrun and 779 projects were delayed.
“Total original cost of implementation of the 1,873 projects was ₹26,87,535.69 crore and their anticipated completion cost is likely to be ₹31,88,859.02 crore, which reflects overall cost overrun of ₹5,01,323.33 crore (18.65 per cent of original cost),” the Ministry’s latest report for March 2024 said.
Also read: Lenders and infra players push for linking project status to loan financing norms
According to the report, the expenditure incurred on these projects till March 2024 is ₹17,11,648.99 crore, which is 53.68 per cent of the anticipated cost of the projects. However, the number of delayed projects decreased to 567 if delay is calculated on the basis of the latest schedule of completion, it added.
Further, it said that for 393 projects neither the year of commissioning nor the tentative gestation period has been reported. Out of the 779 delayed projects, 202 have overall delays in the range of 1-12 months, 181 have been delayed for 13-24 months, 277 projects for 25-60 months, and 119 projects have been delayed for more than 60 months.
The average time overrun in these 779 delayed projects is 36.04 months.
Also read: RBI’s provisioning hike proposal ‘can dampen infra project lending’
Reasons for time overrun, as reported by various project implementing agencies, include delay in land acquisition, obtaining forest and environment clearances, and lack of infrastructure support and linkages.
Delays in tie-up for project financing, finalisation of detailed engineering, change in scope, tendering, ordering and equipment supply, and law and order problems are among other reasons.
The report also cited State-wise lockdowns due to Covid-19 (imposed in 2020 and 2021) as a reason for the delay in the implementation of these projects.
It has also been observed that project executing agencies are not reporting revised cost estimates and commissioning schedules for many projects, which suggests that time/cost overrun figures are under-reported, it added.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
U SVIJETU luksuznih satova noviteti su često rezultat dugogodišnjeg promišljanja i inovacija. Međutim, povremeno se pojave novi brendovi, kao što je Toledano & Chan, koji uzburkaju industriju jedinstvenim pristupom i svježim idejama. Osnivači Phillip Toledano, umjetnik iz New Yorka, i Alfred Chan, dizajner satova iz Hong Konga, brzo su privukli pažnju svojim nekonvencionalnim pristupom.
Zanimljivo je da su svoj brend Toledano & Chan započeli bez jasnog poslovnog plana. Umjesto toga, njihov rad na prvom satu B/1 proizišao je iz zajedničkih razgovora i strasti prema dizajnu. Obojica dijele ljubav prema brutalističkoj arhitekturi i vintage satovima iz 1970-ih, što je vidljivo u dizajnu njihovog prvog sata.
Inspiracija su Rolex Midas i brutalistička zgrada Marcela Breuera
B/1, izrađen od 904 nehrđajućeg čelika, karakterizira oblik inspiriran prozorima na brutalističkoj zgradi Marcela Breuera u New Yorku na 945 Madison Avenue, bivšem domu Whitney muzeja, te dizajnom Rolexovog King Midasa.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Sat također sadrži neke neobične značajke, poput krunice smještene na lijevoj strani, što je tipično za satove namijenjene ljevorukim osobama. Brojčanik izrađen od lapis lazulija, dragocjenog plavog kamena, daje satu luksuzan izgled.
Kućište sata ima poseban oblik koji se prema rubovima sužava, dajući mu diskretan, no upečatljiv izgled. Uz mehanizam Sellita SW100 izrađen u Švicarskoj, koji omogućava satu da radi 42 sata bez potrebe za ponovnim navijanjem, B/1 kombinira vrhunsku preciznost izrade s modernim dizajnom.
Sat stiže u prodaju za četiri dana, bit će dostupno samo 175 primjeraka, a cijena mu je 3769.95 eura. Više o satu možete vidjeti na službenoj stranici.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
I had asked Connor Clift, a senior catcher for the USC baseball team, about the Trojans’ trying season.
“We play Mafia for hours,” Clift said.
It’s a video game.
“You have a sheriff, and you have townies, and the mafia tries to kill the townies, and the sheriff tries to catch the mafia,” he said. “Nobody knows who is who, and then you fight it out.”
The Trojans play for hours, because they ride the bus for hours. They are a team without a home.
They practice half an hour from campus — an hour, with traffic. They play most of their home games an hour from campus — two hours, with traffic.
The most distinguished team in college baseball history is homeless. The 12-time NCAA champion Trojans cannot play on campus because of construction that includes upgrades to Dedeaux Field and new facilities for the USC football team.
When USC hired Andy Stankiewicz as its new baseball coach two years ago, he said had been assured whatever construction would take place would displace the team for the 2028 season.
The Great Park in Irvine is a 1,300-seat facility the Trojans have used for the bulk of their home games this season. “This was the best option on short notice,” said Rock Hudgens, USC director of baseball operations.
(Allen J. Schaben / Los Angeles Times)
“That’s it. One year,” he told The Times then. “When it’s over, we’re going to be in a gorgeous, brand new Dedeaux.”
That timeline changed last summer. The baseball team had to vacate last fall — and for two years, not one.
“That was a little bit of a surprise, honestly,” Stankiewicz said. “You have to learn to make the adjustment on the fly and keep going.”
Coaches and administrators scrambled. Baseball teams long have been barnstormers, but the Savannah Bananas do not have to worry about classes.
For fall practices, the Trojans bused to El Camino College in Torrance. The community college had priority for the baseball field in the afternoon, so the USC players shifted their classes to the afternoon and departed for El Camino as early as 7 a.m.
On occasion, Stankiewicz said, the Trojans would get there and the gates to the field would be locked, and the team would have to wait for campus security officers to come by and open up.
To leave El Camino at 11 a.m. and get to class at USC at noon, Overn said, could mean rushing to get in a shower and a couple bites of lunch in between.
Bobby and Blaire Burkitt, and their children Tre, 8, Nicholas, 6, watch USC warm up before a game at the Great Park in Irvine on May 3. Admission is free for the Trojans’ games in Irvine.
(Allen J. Schaben / Los Angeles Times)
“It was,” he said with a smile, “a little fast for me.”
The Trojans already had their 2024 schedule. No school would displace its own team so USC could play there. And, as USC associate director of operations and event management Garrett D’Angelo said, “We wanted one spot that was home.”
In Irvine, on the site of the former El Toro Marine base, voters rejected a proposed international airport two decades ago. Since then, a community sports mecca dubbed the Great Park has blossomed there, surrounded by thousands of homes. The NHL’s Ducks built themselves a practice rink there, not far from a stadium used by a minor league soccer team.
That is where USC found its home away from home, at a sparkling 1,300-seat ballpark designed to host championship games of youth tournaments. The ballpark is surrounded not by campus landmarks, but by an iconic orange balloon on one side and a water park on another side.
No one expected students would show up, but USC has a robust alumni base in Orange County.
“This was the best option on short notice,” said Rock Hudgens, USC director of baseball operations.
The Trojans built their own locker room, because the one in Irvine had 12 lockers and USC needed 40. They rented an ice machine and arranged for regular deliveries of ice.
The ballpark did not include a batter’s eye. The Trojans contracted with an event production company to deliver one, and so the makeshift batter’s eye is framed in the same way a concert stage would be.
The Great Park in Irvine did not include a batter’s eye. The Trojans contracted with an event production company to deliver one, and so the makeshift batter’s eye is framed in the same way a concert stage would be.
(Allen J. Schaben / Los Angeles Times)
To make the place feel like home, they wrapped ballpark columns and draped railings with USC decor. They used Velcro, because the wraps and drapes come off when the stadium is used by others — including the weekends USC had to rent fields at Loyola Marymount and UC Irvine because the ballpark already had been reserved.
At the start of May, when USC had its finals week, players normally would have walked to class Thursday and Friday and taken their exams. Instead, because USC had a home game Friday night in Irvine, the players bused to Orange County Thursday afternoon and took finals in a hotel Friday morning.
The Trojans have fallen on hard times since the glory days of Tom Seaver and Fred Lynn, Mark McGwire and Randy Johnson, Barry Zito and Mark Prior. They have not won an NCAA championship in 26 years.
Over the past 18 seasons, they have posted three winning records and made one postseason appearance.
The Southland is not exactly a hotbed for college baseball — Cal State Fullerton and Long Beach State aside — but the Trojans have not averaged even 1,000 fans for years. In 2015, the last time USC posted a winning record, the average attendance was 826.
Josh Boatright, 14, shows off his autographed baseball before the USC-Cal game on May 3. Boatright said he’s been to a few games this season but doubts he would go if the Trojans played on campus as opposed to his neighborhood.
(Allen J. Schaben / Los Angeles Times)
That is what makes this home-away-from-home season such a pleasant surprise. The students may not be here, but admission is free, and youngsters playing on adjacent diamonds stop by with their families.
Josh Boatright, 14, rode his bike past the ballpark one day and checked out a few innings. He has been back three times, although he admits he would not be as interested in the Trojans if the team played at Dedeaux Field instead of in his neighborhood.
“If I go all the way to L.A.,” he said, “I’d probably go for a Dodger game.”
The Trojans have averaged 740 fans at the Irvine ballpark this season, more than they averaged at Dedeaux Field last season, even for a team with a losing record. USC has three games left in Irvine this season.
“I feel like, as of now, it’s a home,” Overn said. “For the most part, I feel like we’re here all the time.
“It’s a home. It’s obviously not the home we were expecting this year.”
And, after we talked, Overn walked into the Friday night — not to a dorm room or an apartment or a fraternity, and not to a campus party, but to a bus that would take him to a Marriott hotel within walking distance of an outdoor mall that celebrates “life at its most stylish, delicious and exciting.”
India’s forex reserves had hit an all-time high of $648.562 billion during the week ended April 5, following multiple weeks of increases.
Gold reserves decrease $653 million to $54.88 billion during week ended May 3, special drawing rights rise $2 million to $18.051 billion
After three consecutive weeks of drop, India’s forex reserves jumped $3.668 billion to $641.59 billion for the week ended May 3, according to the latest RBI data. The overall kitty dropped $2.412 billion to $637.922 billion for the previous week ended April 26.
For the week ended April 5, the reserves had hit an all-time high of USD 648.562 billion, following multiple weeks of increases after breaching the previous high of September 2021 in March this year.
Sanjeev Agrawal, president of PHD Chamber of Commerce and Industry, said, “Prudent policy reforms and strategic monetary policy measures are consistently boosting India’s Foreign Exchange Reserves. The strengthened foreign reserves, at the level of $641 billion, will boost India’s standing in the global economic ecosystem.”
He added that India’s strong forex reserves will provide greater flexibility to the Reserve Bank of India in the management of the currency, given the geopolitical headwinds and volatility in global commodity prices.
For the week ended May 3, the foreign currency assets, a major component of the reserves, increased by $4.459 billion to $564.161 billion, the data released on May 10 showed.
Expressed in dollar terms, the foreign currency assets include the effect of appreciation or depreciation of non-US units like the euro, pound and yen held in the foreign exchange reserves.
Gold reserves decreased $653 million to $54.88 billion during week ended May 3. The special drawing rights (SDRs) were up $2 million to $18.051 billion, according to the latest RBI data.
India’s reserve position with the IMF was down by $140 million to $4.499 billion in the reporting week, the data showed.
(With PTI Inputs)
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
National Technology Day 2024: National Technology Day is observed every on May 11 in India. The day commemorates the successful nuclear tests conducted in Pokhran in 1998. This day holds significance as it is a tribute to all the people who work day and night to bring technological developments that ultimately make things easier for the common man. Tech leaders feel that the next decade will be marked by unparalleled technological progress in several sectors including AI, cloud, and connectivity where India will play a major role.
National Technology Day 2024: Theme
The theme for National Technology Day 2024 is ‘From schools to start-ups: Igniting minds to innovate.’
National Technology Day 2024: Quotes of tech leaders
Anku Jain, Managing Director, MediaTek India
“India’s IT industry has emerged as a thriving force, driving the country’s GDP, employment opportunities, and overall growth of the economy. We foresee a smarter future in which digital technologies have the ability to transform how people do business in an increasingly interconnected world. Organizations must focus on upskilling and reskilling the workforce to enable them to develop competencies and tap into significant development opportunities across different sectors.”
Tarun Chhabra, Country Manager, Nokia India
“National Technology Day is a celebration of innovation and contribution of the youth for driving the same. India has already positioned itself as one of the key economies in the world driven by technological innovation over the last few years. We believe that the next decade will be marked by unparalleled technological progress in AI, cloud, and connectivity presenting new opportunities for India to strengthen its foothold in the global technology landscape.”
Agendra Kumar, Managing Director, Esri India
“India’s tech sector is expected to clock 3-5 per cent growth in FY25. A crucial facilitator of this growth will be the higher adoption of cutting-edge technologies like GIS, GeoAI, and IoT by the government, academia, and the private sector to address mission-critical challenges and build applications that can be collaboratively used by a large number of people in the organizations. Young minds, equipped with geospatial thinking and the relevant skillset will be the key driving force behind this development.”
Pankaj Goel, Chief Technology Officer, BharatPe
“On National Technology Day, we celebrate the profound impact of science and technology on society. In recent years, technological advancements have been pivotal in driving India’s economic growth, with startups leveraging innovation to address diverse challenges across sectors such as finance, education, agriculture, and healthcare. Within the fintech realm, groundbreaking technologies have led to the development of disruptive products, reshaping the landscape of financial transactions. It’s also a moment to recognize the success of initiatives like UPI, which has played a pivotal role in promoting financial inclusion and showcasing India’s commitment to innovation on a global scale.”
Harsha Solanki, VP GM Asia, Infobip
In the constantly evolving global technology landscape, India stands out as a hub of innovation and opportunity. The country has emerged as the driving force through significant technological advancements across sectors like semiconductor manufacturing, space exploration missions, defence capabilities and telecommunications. These achievements have contributed to the Indian economy’s growth to 10% from 4-5%. In fact, the government is targeting technology and innovation to make up 20 per cent of the total GDP by 2025-26. With tech like AI, 5G, machine learning and cloud technology transforming lives, the participation of women, who comprise 29% of India’s tech employees, brings a diverse pool of innovators and developers to design, develop and apply these solutions.
Rahul Garg, Founder & CEO, Moglix
“This National Technology Day, we honour the profound impact of technology, which is revolutionizing every domain. Whether it’s AI and ML optimizing manufacturing processes, data analytics fostering innovation in supply chains, blockchain bolstering security in e-commerce, or technology materializing ideas into viable startups, we are amidst a remarkable technological evolution.”
Dinesh Kumar Poobalan, CEO & CTO, Greatify
“We believe that innovation begins with understanding existing systems and asking critical questions about how they can be improved. From schools, where future leaders and innovators are nurtured, to start-ups, which have the potential to become unicorns through groundbreaking ideas, we envision a community fueled by the passion for innovation. In the education space, technology has opened numerous avenues from bringing interactive learning platforms and virtual classrooms to adaptive assessment tools and AI-driven tutoring systems. By embracing innovation, educators can cater to diverse learning styles, foster creativity and cultivate a lifelong love for learning among students. It’s a great opportunity to reflect on the importance of continuing to improve education through technology. Moving forward, we see immense potential in how technology can enhance education and extend beyond. Together, let’s spark innovation, inspire transformation, and lay the foundations for a brighter future for our community and the generations ahead.”
Chitranshu Mahant, CEO & Co-Founder, Primebook
This National Technology Day, we honour the visionaries driving India’s technological evolution, whose unwavering dedication has propelled our nation to new heights. When we examine these last few years for Artificial Intelligence, it is evident that AI has transformed the technological space, empowering businesses to compete globally with precision, efficiency, and cost-effectiveness. By embracing AI’s capabilities, we are unquestionably moving towards sustainable growth, promising innovation and opportunity for all industries. In 2024, technology is bound to take over every facet of our lives, revolutionizing industries from businesses to education. The post-pandemic surge in EdTech has witnessed an increase in personalized learning platforms and the emergence of specialized education laptops, further establishing the role and power of technology in shaping the future of learning.”
Ashish Saraf, VP and Country Director, Thales in India
“National Technology Day serves as a powerful reminder of India’s unwavering commitment to technological progress, and Thales stands proudly by its side as a trusted partner in this remarkable journey. With our global expertise, we support India’s vision of Atmanirbhar Bharat and actively collaborate with local industry and academia to develop advanced solutions under Make in India. Our robust capabilities in Defence, Aerospace, Cybersecurity and digital identity, combined with R&D efforts in Open Hardware Research play a key role in advancing the country’s growth in these critical domains. We nurture a highly skilled workforce, fuelling cutting-edge innovation from our engineering competence centres in Bengaluru and Noida. We firmly believe that technology holds the key to unlocking India’s boundless potential, and we tirelessly strive to drive transformative change through innovation.”
Harshit Jain, Co-Founder and CEO, OnePlay
“In the last decade, India has moved forward in leaps and bounds to establish itself as a major player in the global technology landscape. With the spirit of innovation and technology getting stronger, more and more startups are cropping up to solve genuine problems and enhance the quality of life. In the gaming world, we are witnessing new games, developments and technologies that push the boundaries to deliver something new and extraordinary. As we commemorate National Technology Day, let’s recognize the role of technology in building India’s limitless potential for innovation, growth, and transformation in the days to come.”
Eight more Chinese cities have joined a scheme allowing their residents to travel to Hong Kong on their own, rather than as part of a tour group, as part of efforts to boost Hong Kong’s economy.
Tourists take photos in front of Victoria Harbour, in Tsim Sha Tsui, in Hong Kong, China. Hong Kong tourism boost: Eight more Chinese cities join solo travel scheme (REUTERS/Tyrone Siu/File Photo)
Hong Kong is battling to revive its economy following a national security crackdown and Covid-related controls, which led to many local and expats leaving the city and caused tourist numbers to dwindle to a fraction of pre-pandemic levels.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
The “Individual Visit Scheme” (IVS) began in 2003 as part of a cooperation agreement between mainland China and Hong Kong to boost the city’s economy by allowing Chinese residents to apply for individual travel, rather than in a tour group.
Fifty-one cities have already joined the programme and will be joined by Taiyuan in Shanxi Province, Hohhot in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, Harbin in Heilongjiang Province, Lhasa in Tibet Autonomous Region, Lanzhou in Gansu Province, Xining in Qinghai Province, Yinchuan in Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region and Urumqi in Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region.
Hong Kong city leader John Lee said: “These eight cities are all provincial capital cities with large populations, significant economic growth and high spending power”.
Although recent official figures showed the territory growing 2.7% in the first quarter compared with the year before, local businesses have described shopping malls as “dead”, with low foot traffic and shops covered with “for lease” or “coming up soon” signs.
One lawmaker recently told the city’s legislature that more than 20,000 companies had deregistered in the first quarter of 2024, up more than 70% from the same period last year.
China imposed a sweeping national security law in 2020 after months of pro-democracy protests in 2019. In March, authorities enacted another set of security laws that some foreign governments say further undermine rights and freedoms.
The Hong Kong and Chinese governments have repeatedly said the security laws have brought stability.
ALOK has worked with everyone from Ed Sheeran and Dua Lipa to RAYE, and now he is collaborating with one of the UK’s brightest rising stars. In the end of year musical Hunger Games reckonings for 2023, the Brazilian superstar had more monthly Spotify listeners on Tik Tok than Pharrell, Jason Derulo or (listen up, Eurovision fans) ABBA.
ALOK is the fourth-biggest DJ in the entire world with a staggering 6.5 billion streams, so he knows a little about talent and was ager to work with Allegra on her latest track Love You Right Back.
He said: “I first discovered Allegra through Tiesto’s remix of her track Round & Round, and I have been following her ever since. When she reached out to me about remixing her latest single, I was thrilled at the opportunity to collaborate with such an amazing artist. She is extremely talented, and it has been an absolute pleasure to collaborate with her.”
An insider told The Express: “ALOK is convinced that Allegra’s ability to create mesmerising melodies over infectious beats will make her a ‘major star’.”
Allegra told The Express: “I’m beyond excited to continue pushing boundaries and reaching new heights in my music career. Collaborating with ALOK on the remix of ‘Love You Right Back’ was a truly amazing experience and he breathed new life into the song, making it even more incredible than I could have imagined. It’s just the beginning of what’s to come. It’s all about going bigger and bolder from here on out. I hope this electrifying song will fill out dance floors all summer long.
“Getting the opportunity to work alongside ALOK has been one of my proudest accomplishments in my music career so far. I’m so excited for my fans to hear it, and catch a glimpse of what’s next up my sleeve…”
A classically trained singer and violinist, Allegra was lured to pop in her teens after growing up listening to Rihanna and Beyonce. She was signed at 14, and spent years honing her sound and training her singing voice for the dance floor.
Her debut single All About You was released five years later in 2021 peaking at Number 7 on America’s Billboard Dance Chart and Number 2 on Music Week’s Club Chart, as well as notching up official chart placements across Europe and worldwide. She has subsequently delivered six more Top 3 singles.
With more than eleven million plays on Spotify and ten million plus TikTok views, this is only the beginning.
Alok’s remix of Allegra’s is available Love You Right Back on all streaming platforms now.
With wait times of upwards of nine months, the Hyundai Kona Hybrid is perhaps one of the most in-demand electrified small SUVs in Australia right now.
The new-generation Kona Hybrid has been lauded for its efficient electrified powertrain, which is part of the reason why there’s such a long queue to get one – along with its price tag of $36,000 to $46,500 before on-road costs.
If you’ve got itchy feet and can’t wait that long, there are a range of alternatives in Australia at around the same price and size.
Here are the CarExpert team’s picks on what you should consider buying if you don’t want to hold out for a Hyundai Kona Hybrid.
MORE: Buy a Hyundai Kona
James Wong: Kia Niro HEV ($44,930 to $50,580 before on-road costs)
If you’re set on a Kona Hybrid (HEV) but can’t wait for a new one, then the Kia Niro Hybrid is effectively the same car from another showroom.
Compact Toyota hybrids are likewise in hot demand, and Kia’s boxy electrified crossover tends to be overlooked – largely due to its premium RRP positioning.
The Niro may be a little more expensive, but shop around and you might find yourself a deal. It offers similar levels of space and tech to the Kona in GT-Line trim, and arguably has more premium finishes.
My main gripe about the Kia, however, is the lofty service costs. Otherwise, it’s a funky and efficient crossover that’s well sized for city use and capable on the open road.
MORE: Buy a Kia Niro
Jordan Mulach: Toyota Corolla Cross Hybrid ($36,480 to $50,030 before on-road costs)
In both size and capability, one of the Hyundai’s rivals has to be the Corolla Cross, given the best-selling RAV4 is slightly too large for a direct comparison.
Hyundai has well and truly closed the gap to Toyota in terms of how efficient its hybrid systems can be, reflected in the fuel consumption claims between the Kona and Corolla Cross hybrids which are split by just tenths of a litre per 100km.
While Toyota’s cabins can sometimes feel a bit outdated, the Corolla Cross is one of its newest models on sale, and offers features to rival the Hyundai in its flagship Atmos AWD guise.
Perhaps one thing to consider is that this grade slots between the RAV4 Cruiser AWD Hybrid and Edge AWD Hybrid in price, which both offer more space.
MORE: Buy a Toyota Corolla Cross
Scott Collie: Honda ZR-V e:HEV ($54,900 drive-away)
Australians have an attachment to the Honda HR-V, and the CR-V. But what about the ZR-V?
This in-between SUV is neither as small as the four-seat HR-V, nor as chunky as the CR-V. Instead, it’s aimed at filling the Goldilocks zone in between.
With ample interior space, it’s still a practical option for small families. But it’s not difficult to park in tight spaces, and drives even better than the already nimble CR-V.
Throw in a punchy, efficient hybrid drivetrain that’s more fun than what Toyota, Hyundai, or Kia has to offer, and you’re onto a winner.
MORE: Buy a Honda ZR-V
William Stopford: Honda HR-V ($43,900 drive-away)
Looking at rivals to the Kona Hybrid, I’m reminded just how compelling a package the Hyundai is.
Toyota’s C-HR has similarly funky styling to the Kona but is also quite a bit more expensive, while the Nissan Qashqai e-Power is sadly available only in top-spec Ti trim.
The smart money is on the Toyota Corolla Cross, but I’d suggest checking out the Honda HR-V as well.
It’s frustrating that it has only four seats, because otherwise this is one sweetly packaged vehicle – spacious and versatile, yet with a small exterior footprint. The hybrid powertrain is also nice, though it does feel a little out of breath on steeper grades.
MORE: Buy a Honda HR-V
Max Davies: Toyota Corolla Cross Hybrid ($36,480 to $50,030 before on-road costs)
At pretty much the same price point, the Toyota is definitely worth a look as a Kona alternative.
It has more power (albeit a slightly worse claimed fuel efficiency), a spacious interior, solid driving dynamics, smooth acceleration, and a sense of familiarity that means you’ll know what to expect when you get in – even if it is a hybrid.
The Corolla Cross’ improved GXL variant still matches the higher-spec N-Line hybrid for price, but unlike Hyundai, Toyota does offer an all-wheel drive hybrid in case you need to do a spot of light off-roading. All for less than $45,000 before on-roads, too.
As Bitcoin and Ethereum, the two behemoths of the cryptocurrency world, stage a remarkable recovery, a renewed sense of optimism permeates through the market. Against this backdrop of revitalized confidence, Furrever Token, an endearing newcomer to the crypto scene, steps into the spotlight with an exciting announcement. The project has unveiled a captivating competition, offering participants the chance to vie for a substantial $20,000 prize pool. This convergence of market resurgence and innovative community engagement underscores the dynamic nature of the crypto landscape, where established giants and emerging projects intertwine to shape the future of decentralized finance.
Bitcoin’s Price Correction Sparks Debate: Is the Bull Run Over?
Despite the initial hopefulness surrounding a potential surge in positive market sentiment following the halving event, Bitcoin is presently encountering hurdles in establishing momentum, leading to a reconsideration of earlier upbeat predictions. A prominent figure, Robert Kiyosaki, recognized for his work “Rich Dad Poor Dad,” alongside other financial figures, had envisaged Bitcoin’s journey to extraordinary levels, with forecasts extending as high as $100,000 or even $1 million.
Nevertheless, prevailing market dynamics indicate a departure from these optimistic predictions. Bitcoin’s current valuation is undergoing a descending trajectory, conforming to a wedge pattern that anticipates a probable zenith near $54,000. Analysts anticipate an additional decline to this threshold by June should prevailing trends persist.
Nevertheless, a subset of analysts retains a guarded optimism, perceiving each decline as a plausible entry point for investment. Nonetheless, seasoned trader Peter Brandt presents a divergent viewpoint, cautioning against a possible plummet towards the $40,000 to $50,000 spectrum. Brandt’s prognosis is rooted in a descending triangle pattern, compounded by Bitcoin’s inability to reclaim its pre-halving and ETF-induced peaks.
Should Bitcoin breach the lower trend line of this triangle, a plunge to $48,550 could ensue, representing a significant downturn from current levels. Technical indicators further accentuate the uncertainty, with the weekly Relative Strength Index (RSI) dipping below its overbought threshold and veering away from a long-standing ascending trend line.
Analysts, referencing past market fluctuations, caution of a possible pullback towards the 50-week Exponential Moving Average (EMA) standing at $46,110, while also highlighting the potential for further downside towards the 200-week EMA, positioned at $32,410. This scenario indicates a significant decline of 58% from present price levels.
Despite its recent price increase to around $3,033.59, Ethereum’s Ether (ETH) is deemed to have “underperformed” compared to Bitcoin, with new holders potentially facing losses. According to Glassnode’s latest newsletter, Ethereum speculators are on the verge of panic amidst recent downside price action.
While both Bitcoin and Ether have experienced setbacks following Bitcoin’s block subsidy halving in April, Ethereum’s performance has been notably more subdued over the past two years, with its deepest drawdown of the cycle reaching -44%, twice as severe as Bitcoin’s at -21%. This discrepancy underscores Ethereum’s relative underperformance and is reflected in its weaker ETH/BTC ratio.
Despite a decline in the extent of ETH price drawdowns, short-term holders (STHs) are now hovering close to breakeven, with an aggregate cost basis of $3,000. Glassnode’s analysis suggests that a further market drop could trigger panic among these entities, given the slight premium at which STH-MVRV is trading.
Conversely, holders who have maintained their Ethereum positions for the long term (LTHs) are exhibiting a hesitancy to engage in widespread selling at present valuations, hinting at a desire for more favorable profit-taking conditions. Amidst anticipation for regulatory guidance from US authorities concerning the future of spot Ether exchange-traded funds (ETFs), Ethereum’s durability and investor sentiment are subject to scrutiny amid the persistent fluctuations in market conditions.
Furrever Token Ignites Crypto Enthusiasm with $20,000 Giveaway Competition
Furrever Token, the charming newcomer to the cryptocurrency realm, is making a significant impact with its recent revelation of a $20,000 giveaway competition. As the current price of FURR stands at $0.000648, showing a consistent upward trend, the project’s success is evident, having amassed over $1 million during its pre-sale phase in just two months. The anticipation mounts as Furrever Token prepares for its highly awaited launch on DEX (PancakeSwap), further enhancing excitement within the community.
This rewarding competition stands as evidence of Furrever Token’s dedication to involving its users and nurturing a feeling of togetherness within its delightful cat-themed environment. With an emphasis on crafting an entertaining and pleasant journey for its users, Furrever Token persistently establishes its presence in the cryptocurrency realm, providing both amusement and financial prospects to its expanding group of supporters.
Furrever Token’s $20,000 giveaway competition aims to captivate both enthusiasts and community members, offering enticing rewards over 18 days from May 9 to May 27, 2024, at 12:00 UTC +0. Participants are invited to partake in a thrilling buying adventure, with the top 10 buyers sharing the generous prize pool. Winners will receive:
1st Place = $5,000
2nd Place = $4,000
3rd Place = $3,000
4th Place = $2,000
5th to 10th Places = $1,000 each
To emerge victorious, participants must accumulate the highest total buys in ($) amount, showcasing their dedication to Furrever Token. Beyond mere rewards, the competition aims to nurture a vibrant and engaged community centred around the charming world of cute kitties. As FURR advances towards its goal of crafting a whimsical crypto ecosystem, the competition underscores its commitment to delivering a unique and enjoyable experience. Prepare to embark on the ultimate buying adventure and secure your place as one of the ultimate Furrever Buyers!
Your lack of social media guidelines could discourage employees from becoming brand advocates and even applicants from joining your company. I speak from personal experience.
When I first joined LinkedIn, my profile said I worked for a “Bay area Fortune 500 financial services company” instead of noting its name and linking to the company page. Soon, many of my colleagues’ profiles said the same thing.
You see, our organization was trying to figure out its social media policies within the confines of a highly regulated industry. It blocked access to any website with a social component — including YouTube. When employees were asked about using social media on their own time and devices, the company’s initial guidance was they didn’t want them using social media at all.
Well, that wasn’t going to happen. Instead, thanks to lengthy conversations with my legal and compliance colleagues, I hit upon a solution: I scrubbed any mention of my employer in all my public profiles.
Why employee social advocacy matters
Why do employee brand advocates matter? Because people are increasingly wary and distrustful of brand and government claims and prefer input from their peers.
The Edelman Trust Barometer underscored this message. In its 2024 iteration, it found people were concerned that the media (64%) and business leaders (61%) are purposely trying to mislead people by saying things they know are false or gross exaggerations.
This shift in trust becomes a competitive advantage for brands that cultivate thousands of eager brand ambassadors, but this requires documented employee social media guidelines to not only allow your team members to thrive on social but to protect your brand from legal risks.
Take a responsible approach to workplace social media policies
Whether you like it or not, employees will talk about your company on social media, and it’s their federally protected right to do so.
Many businesses react with fear and develop extensive restrictions around what employees can or cannot say online in their company social media guidelines. They require employees to agree to a list of don’ts and end the conversation.
However, innovative companies increasingly prioritize employee advocacy, seeing both employee retention and bottom-line advantages. A recent case study showed tech leader Salesforce activated about a third of its 73,000-person employee base as brand advocates, resulting in a 2,000% ROI on its social ambassador program.
Social media guidelines for employees serve as guardrails for online activity and show employees you want them to be engaged online, helping to build on your company’s social media success.
Follow the essentials for your guidelines
The length of your company’s social media guidelines is less important than their accessibility and quality. Ensure any employee can understand the guidelines. Create one-pagers or cheat sheets for specific activities, like training or unique campaigns.
At a minimum, all employee social media guidelines should include the following elements:
Brand’s purpose on social media — Document the brand’s purpose for each social platform. Whether for recruitment, content amplification, customer advocacy, etc., the guidelines should explain why the company exists on each channel and how employees can support that purpose.
Company style guide — List any trademark needs and spelling of company products and services so that employees correctly present the brand. You should also define your brand personality and any language considerations.
Access to shared brand asset folder — Create a central folder employees can access for company logos, how-to’s, shared FAQs, branded profile headers for social sites, and more. Consider creating a list of preferred hashtags and their purposes, especially with company hashtags such as Dell’s #IWorkForDell or IBM’s #ProudIBMer. Keeping this information in one place increases the likelihood that employees will stay on brand.
The stakes can be high for enterprises when employees use their social media channels in unapproved ways, and savvy companies know the importance of developing extensive social media guidelines.
Get ahead of potential issues and address these all-too-common social media pitfalls in your employee social media guidelines:
Legal concerns — Make it incredibly clear at the start of all projects what is and is not approved for social sharing. Also, while many people differ on the use of “views-are-my-own” disclaimers, large enterprises should discuss whether they want employees to have such a clause on their accounts.
Unsanctioned brand accounts — When your company spans your country or the globe, employees may create localized accounts. Address this by listing all official corporate accounts in your social guidelines and asking team members to use only those for brand-related matters.
Consider having a social media request form that allows employees to suggest new accounts or content. This way, their enthusiasm can be better harnessed with a conversation versus an email request to delete the rogue account.
Departed employees — As employees move on to different career opportunities, they may forget to update their profiles to note they are no longer with your company. This could cause confusion when they start posting content about their new companies or when customers search LinkedIn for staff. While you cannot force individuals to change their social account information, you can at least make the request a part of the exit or off-boarding process.
Enterprise social media guidelines examples
Many brands make their company’s social media guidelines public. These examples can serve as great models for your company’s guidelines. Keep in mind, though, that these are just public-facing documents. The organizations may have more expansive guides for internal audiences.
Each of these three examples has unique elements, but they boil down to address the same point — not everyone knows how to act online.
Stanford University: These extensive guidelines have a small yet informative section on an individual employee’s social media use. The main points cover how employees are responsible for what they say on social and how they should think about how their social engagement may affect the organization’s reputation. While this may seem general, the policy also links to the university’s information security and privacy policies. What truly sets this social policy apart is its thoroughness in discussing using social on behalf of the organization.
IBM: What stands out in this guide (no longer available on IBM’s public site) is that employees are clearly encouraged to engage in industry conversations online and have their own blogs. “Bring your own personality to the forefront” is part of the company’s guidelines, with the necessary caveat to not use offensive or harmful language.
Dell: This policy is distilled into five easy-to-digest bullet points for employees and directs them to the Dell social media team email for additional questions. It tackles the issue of rogue accounts, noting that an account created for Dell may be considered Dell property and that accounts cannot be created to ride on the success of Dell’s corporate accounts.
Educate employees on the social media guidelines
As part of every employee’s onboarding, a member of the social team should discuss the company’s social media policies and guidelines and help any new hires set up their channels in a brand-relevant way.
To maintain and grow awareness of the company’s social media policies, get creative:
Host lunch-and-learn conversations. These informational meetings allow employees to enjoy their food while you discuss topics relevant to your company’s social media channels. If your company has multiple offices, hold a video meeting. Record the conversation to provide a playback file for those who cannot attend.
Post social media office hours. If employees are hesitant to ask questions during meetings or regular day-to-day operations, give them a safe place for in-depth, one-on-one time by hosting regular social media office hours. This strategy establishes your social team as a helpful resource rather than the brand police.
Send social media amplification emails. Email employees regularly to share content you want them to amplify. Include suggested text for easy plug-and-play for busy employees. You cannot rely solely on email, though, as internal emails have an average open rate of 76%.
Create a social media Slack or Teams channel. If Slack or Microsoft Teams is where work happens in your organization, share all your social content there as well.
Hold employee meetings. Create regular update/reminder slides employees can include in presentation decks during company all-hands, all-team meetings, or individual group or office meetings.
Use the company intranet. An intranet can be a great resource for increasing productivity and distributing information to employees. Share updates to the social media policies and use it as a hub for all your social resources.
Develop training videos. With more internal resources available, enterprises can explore using video to educate employees on topics related to social. Research has found that viewers retain 95% of a message when they watch it in a video compared to just text, so the time commitment to create a video could pay off in message retention.
Continue success with employee social media guidelines
In addition to the core company social media guidelines, ensure that employees can access the brand voice so they can mirror your brand’s language and engage with content that you think best emulates what you want to see your employees doing on social media platforms.
Ongoing monitoring and education are the keys to getting the most out of your guidelines. But with an eager brand advocate base on your side, you’re more likely to see the social ROI you need to achieve your goals.
Updated from a January 2020 article.
Bring your team to Content Marketing World this October for inspiration, ideas, and actionable advice on developing and executing a strategy that drives profit for your business. Group rates are available. Register today.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Edtech firm Think and Learn — owner of Byju’s brand — has slashed course subscription fees by 30-40 per cent and hiked sales incentives by 50-100 per cent, according to sources.
Byju’s Founder and CEO Byju Raveendran, who has started handling the company’s daily operations, in a meeting with 1,500 sales associates and managers, has announced change in sales strategy inclined towards scalability and flexibility.
“The annual subscription for the Byju’s Learning App is now available at a yearly early price of ₹12,000 (inclusive of taxes), while Byju’s classes and Byju’s Tuition Centres (BTC) are priced at ₹24,000 and ₹36,000, respectively, for a complete year of classes,” sources privy to the development said.
This is almost a 30-40 per cent reduction in rates, they said.
Also read: Byju’s implements revenue-linked compensation for sales team amid financial challenges
Byju Raveendran has also promised to settle all dues of the sales team with higher incentives.
He announced that Byju’s sales associates will receive 100 per cent incentives for the closed sales directly into their accounts the next working day, while managers will receive 20 per cent of the same from the company.
“The average sales salary is ₹40,000 per month. So, close a couple of sales, and you can get not just your salary but also clear your arrears. You can earn many multiples of your CTC through this model,” Byju said.
He said the company has transitioned from a push-based to a pull-based sales model, which is driven by love for learning rather than the fear of missing out.
Also read: Troubles mount for Byju’s as OPPO files insolvency plea, NCLT admits case
Byju has instructed managers to act as coaches, focused on supporting and enabling the sales team rather than enforcing strict call quotas.
“Associates will have the flexibility to work on their own terms, with no tracking of the number of hours spent on calls,” a company source said.
Byju’s has asked employees to report any ill treatment, forced sales or rude behaviour of managers directly to him.
A query sent to Byju’s seeking a comment on the development did not elicit any reply.
In 2020, when BBVA and Sabadell abandoned merger discussions, it was difficult to find investors with anything positive to say about European banks. A decade of near-zero interest rates, stiff regulation and anaemic economic growth had made them unprofitable and unattractive. The two Spanish lenders were no exception. BBVA had a market value of €26bn ($32bn), less than 40% of its 2007 peak. At €2bn, Sabadell was worth only a fifth of the accounting (“book”) value of its equity.
The use of generative AI may not be helpful in reducing burnout in health care, new research suggests.
Previous research indicated that increased time spent using electronic health record (EHR) systems and handling administrative responsibilities has been a burden on doctors.
So some people had heralded artificial intelligence as a potential solution — yet recent investigations by U.S. health systems found that large language models (LLMs) did not simplify clinicians’ day-to-day responsibilities.
WHAT IS ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (AI)?
For instance, a 2023 observational study at Brigham and Women’s Hospital in Boston, Massachusetts, examined the impact of using AI for electronic patient messaging.
Researchers prompted a large language model to respond to simulated questions from cancer patients — then compared its output to responses from six board-certified radiation oncologists.
Medical professionals then edited the AI-generated responses into “clinically acceptable” answers to send to patients.
New studies suggest that generative AI might not help burnout among physicians, as had been previously thought.(iStock)
The study, published in The Lancet Digital Health, found that the LLM drafts posed “a risk of severe harm in 11 of 156 survey responses, and death in one survey response.”
“The majority of harmful responses were due to incorrectly determining or conveying the acuity of the scenario and recommended action,” the researchers wrote.
FIRST-EVER AUGMENTED REALITY ABDOMINAL SURGERY PERFORMED IN CHILE: ‘A REVOLUTION’
The researchers concluded that LLM-assisted results (those edited by physicians) displayed a “best-of-both-worlds scenario” — reducing physician workload while ensuring that patients get accurate information.
“These early findings … indicate the need to thoroughly evaluate LLMs in their intended clinical contexts, reflecting the precise task and level of human oversight,” the study concluded.
Researchers concluded that LLM-assisted results displayed a “best-of-both-worlds scenario,” reducing physician workload while ensuring consistency of responses and improving the education of patients.(iStock)
Medical billing codes
Another study from New York’s Mount Sinai Health System evaluatedfour different types of large language models for performance and error patterns when querying medical billing codes.
GOOGLE BARD TRANSITIONS TO GEMINI: WHAT TO KNOW ABOUT THE AI UPGRADE
The research, published in the journal NEJM AI, found that all tested LLMs performed poorly on medical code querying, “often generating codes conveying imprecise or fabricated information.”
The study concluded, “LLMs are not appropriate for use on medical coding tasks without additional research.” The study was funded by the AGA Research Foundation and National Institutes of Health (NIH).
One study found that all tested LLMs performed poorly on medical code querying — and that the issue needs further research. (iStock)
Researchers noted that although these models can “approximate the meaning of many codes,” they also “display an unacceptable lack of precision and a high propensity for falsifying codes.”
“This has significant implications for billing, clinical decision-making, quality improvement, research and health policy,” the researchers wrote.
Patient messages and physicians’ time
A third JAMA Network-published study, from the University of California San Diego School of Medicine, evaluated AI-drafted replies to patient messages and physicians’ time spent editing them.
CHATGPT FOUND BY STUDY TO SPREAD INACCURACIES WHEN ANSWERING MEDICATION QUESTIONS
The assumption was that generative AI drafts would lessen a physician’s time spent doing these tasks — yet the results showed otherwise.
“Generative AI-drafted replies were associated with significantly increased read time, no change in reply time, significantly increased reply length and [only] some perceived benefits,” the study found.
Researchers suggested that “rigorous empirical tests” are needed to further assess AI’s performance and patients’ experiences.
In the UC San Diego study, generative AI was found to cause “increased read time, no change in reply time [and] significantly increased reply length” in patient messages.(iStock)
Doctor’s thoughts on AI
David Atashroo, M.D., chief medical officer of Qventus, an AI-powered surgical management solution in Mountain View, California, reacted to the research findings in an interview with Fox News Digital. (He was not involved in the research.)
“We see an immense potential for AI to take on lower-risk, yet highly automatable tasks that traditionally fall on the essential yet often overlooked ‘glue roles’ in health care — such as schedulers, medical assistants, case managers and care navigators,” he said.
“It’s crucial to set realistic expectations about [AI’s] performance.’
“These professionals are crucial in holding together processes that are directly tied to clinical outcomes, yet spend a substantial portion of their time on administrative tasks like parsing faxes, summarizing notes and securing necessary documentation.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
In automating these tasks, Atashroo suggested that generative AI could help improve the efficiency and effectiveness of clinical care.
“When considering the deployment of generative AI, it’s crucial to set realistic expectations about its performance,” he said.
“The standard cannot always be perfection, as even the humans currently performing these tasks are not infallible.”
“The standard cannot always be perfection, as even the humans currently performing these tasks are not infallible,” an AI expert said.(iStock)
In some scenarios, he suggested, AI could help serve as a “safety net” to catch any oversights of team members.
Tasks may sometimes go unaddressed “simply because there isn’t enough time to tackle them,” Atashroo noted.
“Generative AI can help manage cases more consistently than our current capacity allows.”
“When considering the deployment of generative AI, it’s crucial to set realistic expectations about its performance.”
Safety and efficacy are “paramount” in AI applications, the doctor also noted.
“This means not only developing models with rigorous quality checks, but also incorporating regular assessments by human experts to validate their performance,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“This dual-layer verification ensures that our AI solutions are both responsible and reliable before they are scaled.”
Atashroo also noted that “transparency in the development and implementation of AI technologies is essential in building trust among hospital partners and patients.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle writer for Fox News Digital.
Mother’s Day, celebrated this year on May 12, 2024, is a day for children to give that extra love and thankfulness to their moms by appreciating them in their own ways. It is mom’s powerful love that makes her children feel extra special — no matter where they go, who they become or how much older they get. There is an unmatchable warmth and care in mom’s big hugs and kisses, and the million things she does for her children. One of these things is mom’s delicious cooking that we grew up eating. It may not be wrong to say that ‘mom’s cooking’ is a separate cuisine altogether, one made with love as the foundational ingredient. This Mother’s Day, NDTV Food asked people what makes ‘maa ke haath ka khaana‘ special for them. Here’s what they have to say:
Mayanka Palashya, 25, English Professor at Vikram University, Ujjain:
“Mumma gleefully talks about her food, how she grows most of what she cooks, it’s clean and organic and goes on and on about everything food. The one thing that she claims is her biggest cooking achievement is when you can follow the scent of her cooking and it brings you to the kitchen where mumma is cooking. When I go home, my mornings are filled with the aroma of the food prepared in the kitchen, air thick with love, nostalgia and lots of garam masala.
“She loves her food as much as I do. Everything I know about cooking comes from my mumma. As a grown woman living on my own, preparing for the most basic food items comes with a pang of nostalgia.
“Ever since I was a child, my mother always asks, “How will you know the food is made by me? Can you recognise your mumma’s cooking?” I would gleefully answer, “Yes! Of course”. I didn’t know how until I grew up and started cooking on my own. I copy her exact recipes and measurements and yet the food comes slightly different than hers. Turns out all the mummas have their particular magic ingredient. Maybe it is love or it’s being a mother.”
Photo Credit: iStock
Rishi Deswal, 32, Senior Section Engineer, Ministry of Railway:
“Since I have started living away from home, now any food which is cooked by my mother is my favourite. Earlier it was ‘kadi chawal’, ‘dum biryani’, ‘sarson ka saag’, ‘bajre ki roti’ and most special ‘Desi ghee ka Churma’. There is an essence in the food cooked by your mother. With all the ingredients, she puts in one special ingredient which is love. When you eat it, you feel all of it. Believe me, you can get a taste anywhere but the essence of love is only in the food cooked by your mother.”
Akshat Nandwani, 14, a student at Delhi International Public School:
“The key ingredient in ‘maa ke haath ka khaana‘ is the love and effort that they put in. After a tiring day, all you need is a meal which makes the day worth it. No matter how good the restaurant is, it can’t beat the meal made by a mom with love and care.” Also Read: Best Way To Start Mother’s Day 2024: Surprise Your Mom With These Yummy Breakfast Spreads
Mayank Kumar, 28, based in Lucknow and studying in Delhi:
“Maa ke haath ka khaana is sukoon (solace). It is not always what she makes but how she does. Always adds a little extra filling in the aloo paratha because that’s her way of adding love. Making pakodis a little extra crispy or chai kadak with two types of tea and ginger because that’s the way I like it.
“Maa would prepare my favourite foods, and ask, “What should we have next, beta?” I would reply, “Anything you feel like, maa.” And the next meal again would be one of my favourites.
“Ever since I’ve started living away from her in Delhi, every time I visit home, I’m greeted with a warm hug, and accompanying that is the aroma of freshly cooked aloo parathas. That’s maa’s way of welcoming me home.”
Photo Credit: iStock
Suni Taneja, 59, Homemaker:
“On Mother’s Day, I want to send my love to my mother by appreciating her most amazing food. Although she is not able to cook now because of old age, the taste of her food is still fresh in my mind. It will stay there forever.
I remember as a child, my friends used to eagerly wait for me to open my lunchbox so that they could enjoy her melt-in-mouth food. If you ask me my favourite, I would say the mutton made by her. I and my siblings used to encircle the kitchen again and again till it got ready in an open big pot (not in a pressure cooker). Imagine the mouth-watering, melting mutton made by a pure vegetarian person. Isn’t it miraculous? She is the best cook who puts passion first and then all other ingredients in a dish.” Also Read: Mother’s Day 2024: An Easy All-Day Itinerary To Make Your Mom’s Sunday Memorable
Vaani Goel, 10, a student at Maxfort School:
“Food that my mom makes is better than any restaurant food. She may not be the best chef but in our food, along with some spices, she mixes the energy of her laughter, sweetness and love. That is why ‘maa ke haath ka khaana‘ is famous all over the world.”
What is your favourite thing about your mom’s cooking? Share with us in the comments section. Happy Mother’s Day 2024!
A strange thing happened a few years ago when Christine Longnecker, who teaches horseback riding in and around Erie County, Pa., brought her new rescue dog, Miles, to a class. Instead of waiting quietly with the other non-horses in the barn, Miles suddenly sprinted into the ring and bounded over the fences himself.
“He looked so excited,” Ms. Longnecker said. “And then he turned and barked as if to say, ‘This is how you do it.’”
That was the beginning of Miles’s career as an agility dog — the sort of dog you might see sprinting over and through obstacles while its owner frantically rushes around, yelling commands. On Saturday, he is scheduled to compete for the second time in the agility competition at the Westminster Kennel Club Dog Show, which will be held in Flushing, Queens.
The agility competition might be the rhythmic gymnastics of Westminster, derided as less than by traditionalists, but it’s a growing sport with meritocratic principles and an air of antic fun in its favor. While Tuesday’s classic dog show finals, with best in show on the line, are open only to good-looking purebred dogs — never mind if they’re indolent, overbred or a couple of biscuits short of a box — the agility competition rewards speed, intelligence and enthusiasm. Any dog can compete, no matter who its parents are.
Miles is an All-American dog, the American Kennel Club’s name for mutts. He looks vaguely Doberman-y, with a partially black, shiny coat and a long snout, but he’s actually 40 percent cattle dog, 23 percent Labrador, 10 percent Border collie and 27 percent mélange of hound, according to an Embark dog DNA test commissioned by Ms. Longnecker.
He is also an unlikely success story: a once virtually unadoptable rescue dog who now competes against the top agility dogs in the country.
“Miles is proof that you can overcome anything with a little bit of belief and a lot of love,” Ms. Longnecker said. “You don’t need a ‘well-bred dog’ to have a best friend to play in dog sports with. You can find one right down the street at your local shelter.”
At the age of 7 or so, Miles is currently working toward his third MACH, or Master Agility Championship. He has competed twice in the agility nationals — an annual competition separate from Westminster — finishing as the top All-American dog in his category each time. Ms. Longnecker said that Miles had little expectation of beating all the entrants in his category, which is often won by Border collies and other dogs bred for speed, but that it was a thrill to have come this far.
At its heart, agility is a partnership between owner and dog, and Ms. Longnecker, 33, said that the minute Miles stops having fun, they will stop competing.
“If we weren’t here, the dogs wouldn’t band together among themselves and go to agility competitions,” she said. “They’re doing it for us, and we have to make sure they’re happy.”
Miles, who was known as Tank at the time, had a skull-and-crossbones collar and a tendency to snarl and growl from his bed in an uninviting manner. Once, he ripped a hole in the sleeve of the sturdy Carhartt jacket worn by the shelter’s volunteer coordinator, Becky Mancini.
“To say he wasn’t receptive to new people is an understatement,” Ms. Mancini said.
But when Ms. Longnecker arrived, Miles walked quietly to the front of his kennel and sat down. “And then he looked me straight in the eye and said, clear as day, ‘I just want to be a good boy,’” she recalled.
“All of a sudden this overwhelming sadness washed over me, the sense of his not being able to prove himself because he’d been told that he was a bad dog,” Ms. Longnecker continued. “My heart broke into a million pieces.”
The shelter workers were incredulous. “It was love at first sight,” Ms. Mancini said. “We all stood there open-mouthed as she loaded him into the car.”
At first, Miles was a mess — shaking, panting, his tail between his legs. Every time he got out of the car, he threw up, thinking he was returning to the shelter. “When we turned on the garbage disposal, he ran upstairs and hid for three hours,” Ms. Longnecker said.
But gradually Ms. Longnecker, who is known among her friends in the dog and horse worlds for her ability to communicate with animals, convinced Miles that he was safe, even away from the house. “At first he didn’t believe me,” she said. “The way I ended up having to express it was to say that you’re part of my pack and my pack travels in a car. He jumped right in the car, and since then he’s been fine.”
Ms. Longnecker enrolled Miles in a class at Countryside Agility, the center of Erie’s agility community, and the two began competing — first locally, then regionally and nationally. “It started as this incredibly fun thing to do, and then it turned out he was awesome at it,” Ms. Longnecker said. “He was racking up points.”
Miles’s growing enthusiasm for agility coincided with a newfound sense of purpose in other aspects of his life, especially when he appointed himself to an auxiliary role in Ms. Longnecker’s riding lessons.
His main job is to make sure the horses are jumping correctly.
“When the horses are jumping and knock over a rail, Miles gets really upset,” said Anna Buhl, 16, one of Ms. Longnecker’s students. First he registers his dismay by barking. “Then he’ll go jump the jump, to show the horses what to do,” Anna said.
Maddy McLaughlin, 20, another student, described Ms. Longnecker as “good cop” and Miles as “bad cop,” albeit one who is more critical of the horses than of the riders. “It’s always been a running joke that he coaches more than she does,” she said. (Recently some of Ms. Longnecker’s clients made him a little “Assistant Coach Miles” canine T-shirt.) “When she gives us pep talks, he comes and licks our faces.”
Once, Anna fell off her horse.
“Miles came running,” she said. “He was the first person there to make sure I was OK.”
The animal whisperer
Agility competitions are high-intensity undertakings. After Miles returned exhausted from nationals in Ocala, Fla., in 2022, Ms. Longnecker hired a personal trainer who decreed that he should focus more on his core. In the regimen: doggy burpees and a balancing exercise involving four uneven pillows and some mindful paw-lifting.
He’s now in peak physical condition and ready for Westminster. On Monday, he and Ms. Longnecker drove to their weekly class at Countryside Agility, a vast facility in a converted department store on a commercial strip, for a final pre-competition session. Among the other participants: a Portuguese water dog named Avery; a goldendoodle named Nittany and an Australian shepherd named Emmy.
Emmy’s owner, Jen Niebauer, is part of a four-human entourage planning to travel to New York for Saturday’s competition. “We’re going to support Miles,” she said. As always, Ms. Longnecker will be in the ring with Miles, but the group will take along a photo of Carol Maxwell, Miles’s coach, affixed to a piece of cardboard — so that Flat Carol, as they call her, can stand in for the real thing.
Ms. Maxwell, 79, was in the arena on Monday for a final coaching session. “Dogs need a job, and it’s really good exercise,” she said of agility. A former nurse anesthetist who started teaching agility when she was 65, Ms. Maxwell said that strictly speaking, she’s Ms. Longnecker’s coach, teaching her the correct hand movements, body language and verbal cues to help Miles master the course.
“She really understands animals, and she communicates with him so well,” Ms. Maxwell said.
Ms. Longnecker has a reputation here not just as Miles’s owner, but also as an expert in animal communication — meaning that she helps humans find out what is going on with their pets. Almost everyone she knows seems to have sought her help. Ms. Maxwell once enlisted her to find out why one of her dogs, a young Doberman pinscher, had become dispirited.
Ms. Longnecker said the dog wanted to spend more time in the water. “I said, ‘No, Dobermans hate water,’” Ms. Maxwell recalled. Then she found a video on her phone showing the dog happily playing in a creek in the background, and she realized Ms. Longnecker was right. “She didn’t want to get in the pool,” Ms. Maxwell said. “She just wanted to splash a bit.”
Ms. Longnecker says that animals send images to her, which she then translates into language. She likes to know as little as possible before a session so she comes to the problems fresh. “I always want the animal to talk first and say what is most important to them,” she said.
She charges $50 for a 35-minute session, more if there are multiple animals. Business is booming. Among her recent cases: an elderly Betta fish that said it was not afraid of dying, and that it had found joy in watching its 11-year-old owner dance around and do her homework when she returned from school each day; a bird that said it was pulling out its feathers in anxiety because it was too cold (the owner solved the problem by moving the cage away from the air-conditioner); and a snake that said it resented being cooped up while the cats in the house roamed free. (The snake seemed to have an ulterior motive, Ms. Longnecker said, and the owner decided not to let it out of its cage.)
Asked by her mother to interpret the motivations of a squirrel that looked intently at her when she doled out peanuts in the backyard, Ms. Longnecker said the squirrel wished it could have walnuts instead. When Ms. Longnecker’s mother offered it a choice of nuts, the squirrel chose the walnuts and ignored the peanuts.
“It feels like there’s a universal energy stream that I’ve been able to tune into,” Ms. Longnecker said. “It’s like calling someone on a cellphone, but it’s in my brain. And I know that sounds wonky. I’m very scientifically motivated and I like things to make sense, but the stuff I get is absolutely bananas. I hope that science catches up with this one day.”
‘Under Miles’s thumb’
Ms. Longnecker said that Miles was the first animal she truly communicated with. But no matter what is actually going on, one thing is clear: When he’s not working, Miles is a big, spoiled, cuddly baby. In a crowded house — he shares it not just with Ms. Longnecker and her housemate, Abby Sorensen, but also with two other dogs and two cats — he exudes main-character energy.
“Everybody lives under Miles’s thumb,” Ms. Longnecker said.
Allowed to select his own toys at the store, Miles always goes for the sparkliest plush unicorns. Reclining on the sofa, he covers himself in blankets, with only his snout visible. Riding in the car, he snuggles with the nearest available passenger. (It is admittedly difficult to maintain a professional journalistic distance from a subject who has jumped onto your lap and is licking your face.)
Ms. Longnecker’s bedroom is decorated with blown-up photos of Miles, and its walls are covered with his ribbons, alongside her equestrian prizes. Miles sleeps on her bed, using her legs as a pillow and courteously scooching over for her boyfriend of three years, a dentist.
“He and Miles are obsessed with each other,” Ms. Longnecker said of the boyfriend, who is part of the Team Miles entourage headed to Westminster. “He jokes that he’s dating me so he can be with Miles.”
“They say you save a rescue, but a rescue saves you,” she added. “Miles is the best thing to ever happen to me.”
In this Pharmaceutical Executive video interview, Panna Sharma, CEO, Lantern Pharma, discusses how LP-284 uniquely addresses unmet needs compared to existing or emerging treatments for relapsed/refractory lymphomas and solid tumors.
We give the Austin Air HealthMate a rating of 4.8 out of 5 stars.
Effectiveness: 5/5
Build Quality: 5/5
Options: 4/5
Value: 4.9/5
There’s nothing better than snuggling with your kitty after a long day. Unless, of course, you happen to be allergic to that loveable feline.
For every cat owner out there whose love of kitties is at odds with their immune system’s disdain for cat hair and dander, I give you the Austin Air HealthMate.
This medical-grade air purifier was made for homeowners who are serious (and I mean SERIOUS) about clean air. And for cat owners who happen to be allergic to cats, it may just be the remedy you didn’t know you needed.
With a particulate prefilter, true medical HEPA filter, and carbon and zeolite biofilter, this purifier can handle more than cat hair. It’s also been proven to remove over 99% of all airborne particulates, including viruses, bacteria, allergens, and VOCs.
I, thankfully, am not allergic to my cat, but I do have an incredibly reactive respiratory system made worse by all the colds my daughter brings home and any impurities in the air. That’s why I wanted to try out the HealthMate.
Keep reading to find out how this supercharged air purifier helped me and to see my full Austin Air HealthMate review.
About Austin Air
Austin Air got its start decades ago when founder Richard Taylor set out to help his wife with her chronic respiratory symptoms. Drawing on the fact that his wife only felt relief when in her hospital room, Richard designed a home air purifier with the same medical-grade filters used in hospitals.
Austin Air was born after Richard saw how much relief this home air purifier offered his wife. Now, over thirty years later, millions have benefited from these purifiers and half a dozen clinical studies have proved their effectiveness.
Where Are Austin Air Purifiers Manufactured?
Austin Air boasts the largest air purifier manufacturing facility in the world. Every one of their air purifiers is made in-house in their Buffalo, New York, facility. The company controls the manufacture of all parts of the units, including the filters and finish paint.
Who Will Benefit Most from Austin Air’s HealthMate?
Austin Air’s purifiers are the only clinically proven air purifiers available for home use. Their powerful filter is effective against 99% of airborne contaminants under 0.1 microns and even more effective against larger particles like cat hair and dander.
All this is to say that this powerful machine is perfect for anyone who is dead-set on improving their air quality. Whether you have a cat you’re allergic to, want relief from chronic respiratory infections, or just want to vastly improve the air quality in your home, this unit is an excellent choice.
HealthMate Overview
Here’s an overview of Austin Air’s most popular air purifier, the HealthMate. We’ll look at what’s inside this unit, the different settings, the technical specs, maintenance costs, and your ordering options.
The Filter
Each HealthMate unit contains a massive, cylindrical filter with three primary layers.
The first is a prefilter meant to capture any large particles that make it through the metal grate on the outside of the unit. This filter removes things such as cat hair, dander, dust, and any other visible particles in the air.
The second layer is made up of a mix of carbon and zeolite. These two biological materials actively capture and absorb gasses, odors, and chemicals in the air.
The innermost layer consists of a true medical-grade HEPA filter. This powerful filter captures 99.97% of particles over 0.3 microns and 99% of particles down to 0.1 microns. It effectively removes bacteria, viruses, and other microscopic allergens and pathogens in the air.
Austin Air’s filters have been clinically tested with some amazing results. For example, one trial done by the Cincinnati Children’s Hospital showed that using a HealthMate air purifier in the bedrooms of asthmatic children overnight reduced hospital visits by 20%.
Settings
To call the HealthMate “simple to operate” would be an understatement. This purifier has only four settings: high, medium, low, and off.
The single dial on the front controls the speed of the motor. There are no auto settings, filter reminders, or other fancy settings you’re likely to find on other home purifiers.
For those looking for a purifier that knows a lot of tricks, this is not the unit for you. But if you’re serious about cleaning your air, the downsides of the HealthMate’s simplicity are easily overshadowed by the air-cleaning power it delivers.
Technical Specifications
The HealthMate is a beast among home air purifiers. It’s made entirely of powdered coated steel and weighs a hefty 47 pounds. It’s about as durable an air purifier as you’re likely to find.
At 14.5″ long by 14.5″ wide and 23″ tall, this is a sizable unit. But none of that space goes to waste. The intake vent extends over all four sides of the base and the filter inside is large enough to thoroughly clean every molecule of air that’s sucked inside.
The unit sits on four sturdy castors so it can easily be rolled around as needed. The high-efficiency motor is extremely powerful, a fact that is obvious the second you turn this beast on high.
Maintenance Costs
One thing you must always consider before purchasing an air purifier is the maintenance costs associated with it. This means taking a hard look at both the cost of running the unit as well as the cost of replacing the filter.
I tested my unit using an electricity usage meter. Here are my readings and cost calculations (based on the national average cost of electricity):
Low
Medium
High
Watts
54.63
68.33
85.60
Cost to run 8 hours per day
$0.05 per day; $1.57 per month; $19.14 per year
$0.07 per day; $1.97 per month; $23.94 per year
$0.08 per day; $2.47 per month; $30 per year
Cost to run 24 hours per day
$0.16 per day; $4.72 per month; $57.43 per year
$0.20 per day; $5.90 per month; $71.83 per year
$0.25 per day; $7.40 per month; $89.98 per year
The average air purifier costs about $10 a month or $120 per year to run 24/7. Considering this, the HealthMate is actually very cost-effective to use. This is true even if you crank it up to high and leave it running all day and night.
Another place where the HealthMate shines in terms of value is in the filter replacement department.
The massive cylindrical filter on this unit lasts 5 years. This kind of lifespan is unheard of in the air purifier world. Most filters for home use only last 3 to 9 months.
When it’s time to replace this filter, you will have to fork over some cash. The HealthMate series filters cost about $290 each.
However, if you break this down by cost over time, you’d be paying less than $15 every three months. Considering the average cost of a three-month air purifier filter is about $30, this filter is actually fairly affordable.
Options
The HealthMate model is available in four colors: white, black, sandstone, and midnight blue. I opted for the midnight blue option and it matches the accents in my home perfectly.
If you’re looking for a unit that’s a little smaller or one that has an even more powerful filter, Austin Air offers some additional options in other models.
The HealthMate Plus model does everything the original does plus it better captures chemicals like formaldehyde thanks to the addition of potassium iodide. This option is a great choice for those affected by wildfires and airborne toxins.
For those with intense allergy issues, Austin Air’s Allergy Machine might be the best option. This unit improves upon the base design of the original with increased airflow to reduce airborne allergens in half the time.
Lastly, Austin Air offers all of their HealthMate units in the “Junior” size. These purifiers are about 7 inches shorter and less than half as heavy as the originals.
Pros & Cons
Pros
Clinically proven effectiveness
Powerful motor
Effectively removes large and small particles
Filter lasts five years
Cost-effective to run and maintain
Cons
Limited settings
Fairly large
Noisy
Key Features
Clinically Proven Air Cleaning Abilities
Many air purifier manufacturers claim their units are effective at cleaning the air, but only Austin Air has the clinical trials to prove it.
Through six different clinical trials the HealthMate has been shown to reduce asthma and COPD symptoms, effectively clean air in homes with smokers, and reduce pollution associated with airplane traffic.
Simple Functionality
When allergies are ruining your life, you don’t have time for fancy settings and a long list of features. What you need is powerful filtration that works fast without all the glimmer and glam. And that’s what the HealthMate delivers.
With three speeds and no additional buttons, this machine was made to be turned on to quickly and effectively clean the air.
Cost Effective
Given how powerful this machine is (and, yes, you can hear that power the moment you turn it on), you might be surprised to find out it’s also impressively cost-effective to run and maintain.
Even on the highest setting, this unit only costs about 25 cents per day to run nonstop. On the lowest setting, it will only cost you 5 cents per day to run overnight. Just as impressive, the filter lasts five years and costs about half as much to replace as the average home air purifier filter, when you take lifespan into account.
Is the HealthMate a Good Value?
The HealthMate is a sizeable investment, with new units costing just over $700. However, if you compare it to the competition and consider the performance and power of this model, it’s an impressive value.
Not only does it deliver better performance than most purifiers in this price range, but the maintenance costs are much lower. Most competitor purifiers feature filters that last only 9 months or less and cost, on average, about $100 to replace each time. The HealthMate, by comparison, has a filter that lasts five years and costs only $290 to replace (this equates to about $44 every nine months).
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
In general, the square footage rating of the HealthMate is about 1500. However, Austin Air doesn’t like to look at performance in terms of square footage or CADR since there are too many variables that affect these numbers. They suggest using the HealthMate in large bedrooms and spaces and the Junior model in small bedrooms and offices.
Does the HealthMate produce any harmful substances?
No, the HealthMate does not use any chemical or ionizing filters and therefore does not release any ozone, ions, or toxins.
How noisy is the HealthMate?
Short answer, fairly noisy. On high it produces a considerable amount of noise (about 60.5 decibels according to my measurements). On low, it has a nice white noise sound and puts out about 37 decibels. This level is not too noticeable but it is noisier than most home air purifiers set to the lowest setting.
Our Experience With Austin Air’s HealthMate
I have reviewed a lot of air purifiers throughout my career. I’ve tested everything from itty bitty countertop units to purifiers made to combat chemical warfare toxins.
One look at the HealthMate and I knew I was dealing with a unit closer to the latter end of the purifying spectrum.
This thing is a beast. The full-steel body and massive filter make clear this unit is built for powerful air purification. In my opinion, this is a good thing, though it did leave me wishing my bedroom was on the first floor!
While I don’t have any allergies to my cat, Makoa, or the other pets in my house, I do have chronic respiratory issues. I have something called “reactive airway,” a type of asthma with no clear cause. Mine seems to be most affected by viruses, but any irritant in the air can make my symptoms worse.
And that’s why it was worth it to haul my HealthMate up the stairs to my bedroom.
This powerful purifier filters not just cat dander and other allergens, but also 99% of pathogens like viruses and bacteria. I hoped that the unit would help reduce my exposure to everything and hopefully improve my chronic cough and congestion.
I have been using the unit nightly for the last week and have already noticed improvement. Most specifically, I’ve woken up consistently with less stuffiness and have slept more soundly through the night with fewer cough attacks.
I use the low setting most of the time. It has a pleasing, though not entirely quiet sound. My husband loves it and uses it in place of our white noise machine at night.
The higher settings are loud enough that they make it hard to watch TV, but I rarely have to use these settings. I typically only crank the unit up after cleaning the cat box, vacuuming, or doing anything else that kicks up a lot of dust. After about fifteen minutes on high, the air quality noticeably improves.
As far as Makoa, my kitty, is concerned, this metal box is a mystery. However, he does seem to enjoy sticking his face in front of the air outlet and letting his whiskers blow in the breeze. For me, though, this purifier is life-changing.
It has already helped reduce my respiratory symptoms and I’m hopeful it can help prevent me from catching every single virus my kindergartener brings home. I also really love the blue color!
Conclusion
Whether you’re allergic to your cat or just want your kitties and the rest of your family to enjoy better quality air, the HealthMate from Austin Air delivers.
This powerful air purifier is clinically proven to reduce respiratory symptoms and clean household air of pathogens, pollutants, and allergens. It’s far more utilitarian than your average household purifier but also more effective while still being affordable to run and maintain. For anyone serious about seriously clean air, the HealthMate is worth a look.
DLF Ltd, the country’s largest real estate company, on Thursday said, ‘DLF Privana West,’ — its latest luxury residency project — has achieved a sell out valued at ₹5590 crore “within 3 days”.
Located in Gurgaon, the high rise and adjoining facilities cover 12.5 acres and 116.2 acres respectively.
“This milestone follows the earlier triumph of DLF Privana South’s sellout in January 2024,” it said in a statement.
Also read: As it turns net debt positive, DLF to focus on high margin projects
Comprising 795 residencies across five towers, DLF Privana West will include 4BHK apartments and penthouses.
According to Aakash Ohri, Jt. Managing Director and Chief Business Officer, DLF Home Developers Ltd., post the success of DLF Privana’s inaugural project DLF Privana South, ‘DLF Privana West’ emerges as the next chapter in this story,
“A substantial portion of buyers comprise NRIs.,” he said.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
SHEIN, online trgovac brzom modom, proglašen je najuspješnijim startupom desetljeća prema The Startup Success Indexu koji su razvili programeri Ventiona, tvrtke koja se bavi softverskim inženjerstvom.
Analizom je obuhvaćeno 1220 startupa koji su potom ocjenjivani u kategorijama kao što su tržišna vrijednost, percepcija javnosti na temelju volumena pretraga na internetu, koliki su rast doživjeli u posljednjih deset godina i broj zaposlenika, pri čemu je maksimalan broj bodova po startupu iznosio 100.
Shein, čija se vrijednost procjenjuje na 66 milijardi dolara, se u svim kategorijama pozicionirao među top tri, osvojivši ukupno 87.12 boda. Slijedi ga ByteDance, vlasnik TikToka, s 83.57 boda, i najvećom tržišnom vrijednošću među analiziranim tvrtkama koja iznosi 225 milijardi dolara, prenosi The Business Manual.
Na trećem mjestu nalazi se OpenAI, tvrtka koja stoji iza ChatGPT-a, s 76.56 bodova. Na čelu s izvršnim direktorom Samom Altmanom, tvrtka se odlikuje drugom najvećom tržišnom vrijednošću, 80 milijardi dolara.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Shein, ByteDance i OpenAI postigli su značajan uspjeh”
“U proteklom desetljeću mnogi startupi istaknuli su se zahvaljujući iznimnoj profitabilnosti i dominaciji na globalnom tržištu,” izjavio je Marc Karasu, direktor marketinga u Ventionu. “Shein, ByteDance i OpenAI postigli su značajan uspjeh zahvaljujući kombinaciji inovativnih poslovnih modela, strateških partnerstava i napredne tehnologije.”
Ispod su navedene tvrtke koje su se plasirale među prvih deset na Startup Success Indexu:
Shein – 87.12
ByteDance 83.57
OpenAI – 76.56
Strip – 67.72
Databricks – 60.82
Revolut – 60.15
Canva – 56.09
Epic Games – 53.29
Miro – 52.84
Chime 47.92
O Sheinu
Shein je osnovan 2008. godine u Nanjingu u Kini, a svoje poslovno putovanje počeo je kao mali lokalni trgovac koji je svoje proizvode nabavljao na veliko iz Guangzhoua. Tijekom godina, razvio je vlastiti sustav opskrbnog lanca i do 2023. godine izrastao u najvećeg svjetskog trgovca odjećom.
Uspjeh Sheina može se pripisati njegovim povoljnim cijenama koje privlače ciljanu publiku, kao i širokoj dostupnosti proizvoda potrošačima diljem svijeta. Shein također bilježi impresivan mjesečni volumen pretrage od 62 milijuna na globalnoj razini, što dodatno potvrđuje njegovu popularnost i prisutnost na tržištu.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
Miguel Berry’s goal deep in stoppage time Saturday gave the Galaxy a 2-2 tie with Real Salt Lake before a sellout crowd of 25,220 at Dignity Health Sports Park.
Berry came off the bench in the 69th minute, then 25 minutes later banged in a cross from Riqui Puig on the final touch of the game to rescue a point. The Galaxy’s other score came from Gabriel Pec, whose low left-footed shot deflected off RSL keeper Zac MacMath early in the second half to snap the team’s 269-minute scoreless streak dating to April 21.
Cristian Arango got RSL’s two scores in a 21-minute span of the first half. Even with the late score RSL (6-2-4) extended its MLS-best unbeaten streak to eight games and its lead atop the Western Conference table to two points over Minnesota United, the Galaxy’s next opponent.
The Galaxy (5-2-5), winless in their last three, remained third in the standings.
The Galaxy were on the front foot from the start, outshooting RSL 9-0 in the first 19 minutes. But the visitors made their first shot count, with Arango beating defender Maya Yoshida to a high cross in the center of the box, then heading it past former LAFC teammate John McCarthy in the 21st minute.
Arango beat McCarthy from the center of again 21 minutes later, this time with his right foot, one-timing home a nifty pass from Andrés Gómez. That goal was Arango’s 11th of the season, tying him with DC United’s Christian Benteke and Inter Miami’s Luis Suárez for the MLS lead.
Galaxy forward Miguel Berry celebrates his game-tying goal against Real Salt Lake Saturday in Carson.
(Ryan Sun / Associated Press)
Pec pulled that back after an RSL turnover 10 minutes into the second half.
Winger Joseph Paintsil wound up with the loose ball and sent it on to Riqui Puig, who dribbled across the top of the box before right-footing a soft feed in front of a hard-charging Pec on the left wing. After the goal, his third of the season, Pec lifted the bottom of his jersey to show a message on his white undershirt that dedicated the goal to the people of Rio Grande do Sul, his home state in southern Brazil, which has been devastated by recent floods.
Puig also assisted on that goal and leads the team with seven. More importantly, however, the score gave the Galaxy life and they pushed hard for the equalizer, outshooting RSL 23-12 and putting six shots on target. They also had 10 corners to RSL’s four.
But MacMath was stout in goal until the final seconds, making five saves, before Berry finally got a right-footed shot past him for his first score with the Galaxy.
The Department of Telecommunications launched the Chaksu portal two months ago to handle telecom cyber fraud-related grievances.
The Department of Telecom (DoT) has ordered telecom operators to block 28,200 mobile handsets for their alleged link with cyber crimes. It has also directed the telecom operators to carry out the immediate verification of 20 lakh mobile connections, according to an official statement on Friday, April 10. To protect citizens from digital threats, DOT, Home Ministry and State Police have joined hands to stop the misuse of telecom resources in cyber crimes and financial frauds.
“This collaborative effort aims to dismantle the networks of fraudsters and protect citizens from digital threats,” DOT said in a statement. An analysis carried out by MHA and state police has revealed that 28,200 mobile headsets were misused in cybercrimes. “The DoT further analysed and found that a staggering 20 lakh numbers were used with these mobile handsets.” read the statement.
Subsequently, DoT issued instructions to TSPs to block 28,200 mobile handsets and disconnect 20 lakh mobile connections linked to these mobile handsets if they fail to re-verify. The Department of Telecommunications launched the Chaksu portal two months ago to handle telecom cyber fraud-related grievances. It is an online service which allows citizens to report suspected cyber frauds.
Since the launch of the portal, the department has blacklisted 52 entities which were involved in sending malicious and phishing messages. They have blocked 348 mobile handsets across the nation and fagged 10,834 suspected mobile numbers for re-verification. Along with this, DOT has blocked 1.58 lakh unique mobile device identification numbers IMEI due to its involvement in cyber crimes and financial frauds. It also involves mobile connections taken on fake or forged documents
As per the official data, DoT disconnected 1.66 crore mobile connections, of which 30.14 lakh were disconnected based on users’ feedback. Whereas, the 53.78 lakh mobile connections were blocked for exceeding individual limits to buy new SIM cards.
Last year, DoT developed the AI-powered tool ASTR which helped them to detect dubious mobile connections. It detected 40.87 lakh fraud mobile connections and has blocked more than 30 lakh connections. As per DoT’s data, West Bengal had the largest number of SIMs disconnected in May last year.
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings …Read More
National Technology Day 2024: As India celebrates National Technology Day this year, it’s crucial to shine a spotlight on the thriving ecosystem driving technology innovation across the nation. India’s future is digital, transforming how its citizens learn, work, and connect.
India has become world’s 3rd largest startup ecosystem and also reached the 40th position in the Global Innovation Index (GII) in 2023 as compared to its 81st rank in 2015.
Indian startups have emerged as the vanguards of change, eagerly embracing emerging technologies to propel economic growth. In this transformative journey, venture capital firms played a pivotal role, acting as the nurturing force behind these entrepreneurs, providing guidance, support, and crucial funding to fuel their success.
At the heart of it all lies that one transformative idea capable of reshaping industries and societies. Thousands of such brilliant and path-breaking ideas remain unexplored because they didn’t get the right support, the right mentorship or the funds required for them to grow, ultimately slowing down the country’s progress.
India has developed some of the finest digital public goods infrastructure which could change lives the world over. The next in line could be its Open Network for Digital Commerce which currently is in its nascent stage of adoption. Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) is aimed at promoting open source networks for all to exchange goods and services on the internet, and most importantly it is independent of any specific platform.
India has taken the path of building public digital infrastructure for serving citizens and UPI, and Jan Dhan, Aadhar and CoWin are some of the examples.
Coming to UPI, India’s flagship instant payment solution, its adoption has grown leaps and bounds. Payments through digital means in India are hitting fresh highs, as its citizens are increasingly adopting the emerging modes of transacting on the internet. UPI is India’s mobile-based fast payment system, which facilitates customers to make round-the-clock payments instantly, using a Virtual Payment Address (VPA) created by the customer.
UPI is India’s mobile-based fast payment system, which facilitates customers to make round-the-clock payments instantly, using a Virtual Payment Address (VPA) created by the customer.
A key emphasis of the Indian government has been on ensuring that the benefits of UPI are not limited to India only; other countries, too, benefit from it. So far, Sri Lanka, Mauritius, France, UAE, and Singapore, among others, have partnered or intending to partner with India on emerging fintech and payment solutions.
The share of UPI in digital payments in India has reached close to 80 per cent in 2023. Today, India accounts for nearly 46 per cent of the world’s digital transactions (as per 2022 data).
One of the Arab world’s last holdouts to global vacationers is slowly opening up, as a new Algerian visa program gives more outsiders the chance to take in the lunar landscapes and prehistoric art of its vast Sahara desert.
Discover Algeria’s hidden treasures: New visa initiative paves way for adventurous travellers in Sahara (Photo by Twitter/chimran55)
Unlike Egypt, Tunisia and Morocco, Africa’s largest country hasn’t prioritised tourism despite its proximity to Europe. It may sport majestic Roman ruins, picturesque Mediterranean cities and soaring Atlas mountains, but this fiercely independent energy exporter has mostly kept its treasures to itself.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
That won’t change overnight — Algeria is still a challenging place for most foreigners to bag a visa. But an initiative rolled out in January 2023 has eased the process for adventurous travellers who don’t need maximum comforts to tour the stark southern deserts that make up 80% of the country, and it’s starting to gain traction.
“It’s for people who want to discover the grandeur of nature,” Tourism Minister Mokhtar Didouche said in an interview in the capital, Algiers. “To tourists looking for a five-star hotel, I say in the Sahara you have a million stars!”
For sure, it remains a minority pursuit — Didouche says 10,000 visas have been issued to visit the Sahara in the year to February 2024. Still, overall Algeria tourist arrivals hit 3.3 million over those 12 months, fueled largely by people visiting friends and family in the country; it’s a level Didouche said was previously “quite unthinkable.” There’s a target of 10 million by 2030.
“At the most, you have a week to 10 days to process your visa,” Didouche said of the latest initiative, significantly shorter than previously when permission was granted via consulates.
Trips have to be booked through approved travel agencies in Algeria and visitors typically have security escorts. In addition to exploring the desert, some tour operators report they are able to take their groups to sites in the north too, although it’s not clear how widespread the practice is.
An average week-long trip organized by local operators involving offroad vehicles and no-frills camping typically costs up to €800 ($863) euros per person, not including international and domestic flights, according to Algerian travel agents. Terres d’Aventure, a French agency that works with Algerian counterparts, lists tours that start from nine days for €1,850, including flights.
The slow-motion change comes after Saudi Arabia took the historic step of welcoming tourists in 2019, leaving the North African nation as one of the broader region’s last frontiers for adventure travel. Foreign dollars may also help Algeria’s plans to diversify an economy that’s long practiced protectionist policies and is still hugely reliant on the oil and gas reserves it began tapping in the 1950s.
Arrivals didn’t exceed 2.7 million per year over the past decade and the industry contributes just 2% to the country’s gross domestic product, according to Didouche. The majority of recorded visitors are from the diaspora with family links to Algeria, as these visitors are allowed easier entry.
There are plans to extend the speedier visa-for-the-Sahara policy to the whole country “soon,” the minister said, without providing additional details.
In Algeria’s north, where the vast majority of its 47 million people live, attractions include a 1,200-kilometer (746-mile) coastline and Unesco world heritage sites such as the Roman ruins of Tipasa, Timgad and Djémila as well as the sprawling hillside alleys of the Kasbah in the heart of Algiers.
In February, the capital inaugurated a new Grand Mosque — billed as the world’s third-largest such religious complex, and a landmark visible from anywhere in the city.
But if Algeria wants to bring in the tourists, it may need another building spree.
Didouche said there are currently 1,600 hotels offering services appropriate to international travelers, with a capacity of 150,000 to 160,000 beds. “That’s not enough to accommodate a large influx of tourists,” he said.
Authorities are now taking the next step of making land available to investors in the tourism sector, with 58,000 hectares countrywide being earmarked, the minister said. While land was previously granted as a form of concession, under new laws the ownership will be transferred to investors after the project is completed.
Authorities need “to raise the profile of Algeria as a destination,” Didouche said. “We want to show international opinion that we have a quality destination and that we are a people with a history, traditions, heritage, gastronomy and craftsmanship.”
Nintendo has given retro gaming fans a nice surprise this week, after announcing Nintendo World Championships: NES Edition for the Switch. Launching in July, the upcoming game features over 150 speedrunning challenges from 13 classic Nintendo Entertainment System games. Nintendo Switch players will attempt to earn the fastest time possible in challenges such as collecting coins in Super Mario Bros, to reaching the gate in the original Metroid. Your best times can be shared with the world, as part of weekly competitions that aim to replicate the thrills and excitement of the actual Nintendo World Championships from 1990, 2015 and 2017.
The announcement trailer immediately conjured up memories of NES Remix for the Wii U, which was one of my favourite games for the system.
NES Remix – which was followed by a sequel and 3DS port in 2014 – tasked players with completing bite-sized challenges from classic NES games.
However, many of the iconic NES games were tweaked to provide an additional challenge. In one instance you’d be playing a Donkey Kong stage as Link (who can’t jump), followed by another in which Mario had to navigate a level with invisible platforms.
I couldn’t get enough of NES Remix and its sequel, and was always disappointed that Nintendo didn’t follow-up with a SNES Remix for the Switch.
Ten years later and Nintendo World Championships: NES Edition looks like it will scratch my itch for some more retro gaming challenges.
According to Nintendo, the upcoming release will feature speedrunning challenges from the likes of Balloon Fight, Donkey Kong, Excitebike, Ice Climber, Kid Icarus, Kirby’s Adventure and Metroid.
That’s on top of the Holy Grail of Super Mario Bros, Super Mario Bros. 2, Super Mario Bros. 3, Super Mario Bros. The Lost Levels, The Legend of Zelda and Zelda II: The Adventure of Link.
You can check out the gameplay by watching the announcement trailer below.
In the official description, Nintendo confirms that the World Championships: NES Edition will contain a single-player speedrun mode for players to unlock new challenges and in-game pins.
The game will also support up to eight players in local multiplayer via the hugely chaotic Party Mode.
If you’re a Nintendo Switch Online members, then you can enter World Championships Mode to submit your best times in five challenges that rotate each week.
Nintendo World Championships: NES Edition has a July 18 release date on Nintendo Switch. The game will launch alongside a Collector’s Edition, containing art cards, a replica NES cartridge and more.
Cupra is still a newcomer to Australia’s fiercely competitive new car market, but it’s already gearing up to give its best seller an overhaul.
The updated Cupra Formentor will hit Australia in the first quarter of 2025 with a more aggressive look, new interior technology, and an updated range of engines.
Some buyers will want to wait, but if you’re in desperate need of a new set of wheels the start of next year is too far away – that’s where the Formentor you see right here comes in.
Although there are changes coming, the new model is an update rather than a total overhaul – and we’ve previously found plenty to like with the current version.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the Formentor VZx
Is the base 2024 Cupra Formentor V worth snapping up now? Read on to find out.
How does the Cupra Formentor compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Cupra Formentor against similarly sized vehicles.
Cupra
Formentor
How much does the Cupra Formentor cost?
The Cupra Formentor V was hit with a $2000 price hike for 2024, in line with the broader Formentor range. It has picked up extra equipment for that extra spend, however.
To see see how the Formentor shapes up against the competition, use our comparison tool.
What is the Cupra Formentor like on the inside?
The Formentor shares a lot of its styling and technology with the smaller Leon hatchback inside, but it also feels like a much bigger car.
Even the base V has excellent fundamentals, with the driver and passenger sitting in excellent bucket-style seats which neatly balance comfort and bolstering.
You don’t get the slick petrol blue leather offered higher in the range, but the leather-style bolsters and cloth inserts on this model aren’t what you’d call cheap and nasty. Also conspicuous by their absence are the Audi R8-style start and drive mode buttons on the steering wheel.
The fundamentals are solid, too. Tall or short drivers will be able to get comfortable, and it’s easier to climb in here than to the lower, smaller Leon if your knees are creaky and old.
As you’d expect of a modern Volkswagen Group car, screens are the showpiece here.
The touchscreen is a 12-inch unit running Cupra’s take on the software in the Volkswagen Golf and Skoda Octavia, along with touch sliders below for volume and temperature control.
Points to Cupra for allowing owners to drop a widget on the home screen to control fan speed for the air-con, and for making shortcut buttons prominent, but it’s still fiddly at times. A new 12.9-inch unit is coming to the Formentor in 2025, complete with backlit touch sliders and a fresh interface.
The digital cockpit is handsome, and features unique graphics in keeping with Cupra’s sportier remit. It’s excellent.
Wireless smartphone mirroring is reliable, although the wireless phone charging pad at the base of the dashboard doesn’t love phones with big camera bumps or chunky phone cases. You’re better off using one of the two USB-C ports if you want a charge.
Rear seat space is surprisingly good. The Formentor looks quite compact on the outside, but it has enough headroom for 6’7 me to sit without my hair on the roof.
Some cars sacrifice practicality in the search for sportiness, but this is an eminently usable SUV.
Legroom behind normal-sized drivers is impressive, and the air vents and dual USB-C ports make it quite child-friendly – although the rising belt line limits outward vision relative to the more upright Tiguan.
Air vents with temperature controls feature, along with ISOFIX points on the outboard rear seats and a trio of top tethers.
If you’re planning to regularly use the rear seats, it’s also worth looking at a Volkswagen Tiguan R with its bigger, boxier rear doors – they’re better suited to regularly loading kids into car seats.
There’s also a fold-down central armrest with a ski port back there. The bench folds 60/40, expanding boot space from 420 litres to accommodate bigger items.
What’s under the bonnet?
Power in the Formentor comes from a 2.0-litre turbocharged petrol engine, mated with all-wheel drive.
Model
Cupra Formentor V
Engine
2.0-litre 4cyl turbo
Power
140kW
Torque
320Nm
Transmission
7-speed dual-clutch automatic
Driven wheels
All-wheel drive
Weight
1618kg (tare)
0-100km/h
7.1 seconds
Fuel economy (claim)
7.0L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
N/A
Fuel tank size
55L
Fuel requirement
95 RON
To see how the Cupra Formentor lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
How does the Cupra Formentor drive?
The 140kW 2.0 TSI engine in the Formentor V is shared with plenty of cars in the Volkswagen world, from sensible family four-wheel drives to semi-sporty cars like the Formentor.
Formentor VZe pictured
Although it doesn’t pack the knockout punch you get in the more expensive VZ or the VZx, it’s still a punchy engine that makes the Formentor feel more special than some of its medium SUV rivals.
It fires with a subtle flourish, and in normal mode has a raspy bark that lets you know when you’ve put your foot down.
It’s a smooth mover in the city, where the dual-clutch transmission is decisive and it gets off the line without any awkward hesitation or jerking, and there’s always enough punch under your right foot to squirt into gaps in traffic.
The DSG is comfortable holding a taller gear when you squeeze the accelerator, but really put your foot down and it kicks down one, two, three gears quickly to drop you into the torque band.
When you aren’t in a hurry, the Formentor is easy to drive in the city. The steering is light, its exterior is deceptively compact, vision out the angular body is good.
Ride quality is also significantly better than you’d expect of a car with a sporty bent.
It doesn’t float like a butterfly over scarred city streets, but it does do an admirable job keeping them on the outside in Comfort mode. Adaptive dampers don’t make much of a difference in some cars, but they really do give the Formentor an impressive range of abilities.
Under the skin, the Formentor is a version of the Leon… which is a Golf. In the real world, that plays out in an SUV that’s easy to drive in town.
It’s also incredibly grown up on the highway, save for the road noise. It’s a common complaint about European performance cars – some of which are significantly more expensive than the Cupra – but it also stands out here, because the rest of the package is so polished.
The Formentor V is better than the VZx with its bigger wheels and stickier tyres on the open road, but the white noise on coarse-chip highways will have you cranking up the radio, and it does get tiresome on long drives.
The driver assists work smoothly and smartly though, and there’s no shortage of punch from the 2.0-litre engine for overtaking on undivided country highways.
This is an SUV you can push hard and it doesn’t fall over, with a keen front end and plenty of grip allowing you to carry more speed than you’d expect through corners before the turbocharged engine slingshots you out the other side.
What do you get?
The Formentor V is the entry-level grade in the Spanish crossover’s lineup.
Formentor V highlights:
18-inch black-and-silver alloy wheels
Heated, power-folding exterior mirrors
LED headlights, daytime running lights
Auto headlights
Auto high-beam
Fog lights with cornering function
Rain-sensing wipers
Rear privacy glass
Adaptive dampers
10.25-inch digital instrument cluster
12-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Satellite navigation
Wireless Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
Wireless phone charging
2 x front, 2 x rear USB-C ports
Cloth upholstery
Tri-zone climate control
Leather-wrapped, heated steering wheel
Paddle shifters
Keyless entry, start
DAB+ radio
Hands-free power tailgate
Leather and Camera Package: $2800 (V, VZ, VZe)
Nappa leather sports bucket seats
Heated front seats
Power driver seat incl. memory
Mirror memory function
Top View Camera (360 degree)
Panoramic glass sunroof: $2150
Premium metallic paint: $490
Desire Red (N/A VZx), Graphene Grey
Is the Cupra Formentor safe?
The Formentor wears a five-star ANCAP safety rating, based on Euro NCAP tests conducted in 2021.
It scored 93 per cent for adult occupant protection, 88 per cent for child occupant protection, 68 per cent for vulnerable road user protection, and 80 per cent for safety assist.
Standard safety features include:
AEB with Pedestrian, Cyclist detection
Adaptive cruise control incl. stop/go
Travel Assist
Adaptive cruise control
Active lane centring
Driver fatigue monitoring
Emergency Assist
Lane departure warning
Lane keep assist
Blind-spot monitoring
Rear cross-traffic alert
Front, rear parking sensors
Reversing camera
Safe exit warning
Formentor VZx adds:
You can also add the surround-view camera system as part of the optional Leather and Camera Package on the V, VZ and VZe.
How much does the Cupra Formentor cost to run?
Cupra covers its line-up with a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
Warranty
5 years/unlimited kilometres
Service intervals
12 months/15,000km
Capped price servicing
5 years
3-year service pack
$990
5-year service pack
$1990
If you opt for the five-year package, you also get access to Cupra’s Concierge Service benefits, which covers pick-up and drop-off of your vehicle for the five scheduled services provided your address is within 10km of an authorised Cupra Service Partner.
CarExpert’s Take on the Cupra Formentor
Cupra is a young brand, and it’s moving quickly – the updated Formentor looks like a pretty meaningful upgrade over the current car, which itself isn’t particularly old.
Should you wait? There’s still not much wrong with the current model, especially in base V guise.
It’s practical enough to pass muster as a runabout for a small family, but blends that practicality with a stylish exterior and a sporty drive.
At $56,490 drive-away for the base model it’s not quite the knockout value proposition it was at launch, but there’s still enough equipment for the money to keep your practical side happy.
Click on the images to view the full gallery.
MORE: Buy a Cupra Formentor MORE: Everything Cupra Formentor
The post Long-term Bitcoin Holders Stop Selling Amid Sales Peak At $73K Level! appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The long-term holders (LTH) of the BTC token are holding on to their assets amid increased price volatility in the crypto industry. Moreover, the 7-D LTH shows a liquidity of $1.3 Million for the long-term holders with the supply experiencing a significant drop. This highlights a high possibility of a bullish rebound in the coming time as the Long-term holders are waiting to stack up more Bitcoins at its local bottom.
Content marketing teams rarely talk about efficiency.
You frequently discuss quality, conversions, and brand alignment. Your primary concerns center around the awesomeness of what you do and the results of that work. Any talk of systems and processes usually takes a back seat.
However, for more marketing teams, the system conversation is moving into the front seat because a system can direct you to do the right work at the right time with as little waste as possible.
We at AgileSherpas did a 2024 survey (registration required) that found huge growth in understanding the need for marketing process optimization and facilitating business agility in general. Eighty-six percent of marketing organizations say they plan to transition some or all their teams to Agile ways of working this year.
Note: CMI uses Agile (capital A) to describe the process and agile (lowercase a) to describe the general idea of moving quickly and easily.
Interest in Agile marketing is one thing, but a full-scale transformation can overwhelm. To help, consider these most popular Agile practices. You can apply them quickly together or separately and boost your marketing efficiency to maximize its awesomeness.
1. Plan in iterations
The planning process is often far from efficient, especially in larger organizations. Mapping content marketing execution in excruciating detail for the coming year is an old-school and still widely adopted approach. It’s one of the main culprits of inefficiency.
In theory, a year-long plan gives direction to your content marketing strategy, but in practicality, it breaks down under changing circumstances. When unplanned barriers appear, most (if not all) elements of the original plan must be changed to account for the new reality.
Not only does this create chaos and uncertainty within your team, but revising your plan documentation generates administrative overhead. It wastes time that could have been spent on execution.
Innovative marketing leaders experiment with an Agile approach to plan in short-term iterations. They create a shared understanding around the long-term goal while allowing the team to figure out the details along the way. Whereas traditional planning is done annually, rigid, and can become irrelevant, planning in iterations is short term, flexible, and relevant.
How an Agile-based plan works
To illustrate the difference between traditional and iterative approaches, let’s use a typical content marketing plan.
Traditionally, a content marketing plan would document 12 months of content assets to create and deliver, including titles, target keywords, campaigns to support, publishing dates, authors, and as many other details as you could collect.
In Agile planning, you start with the desired results from your content marketing strategy for the year (e.g., generate 2,000 marketing-qualified leads from the blog). Then, you anticipate the effort to achieve those results (e.g., publish three SEO-optimized blog posts per week and actively promote each for three weeks on social media).
In Agile, you don’t waste time detailing the blog posts and their titles, nor do you schedule posting dates on the social media calendar. Instead, after agreeing on the deliverables, you lay out the specifics for the next month’s blog posts and keep your social media calendar flexible. If something happens that makes the planned content irrelevant, you can respond swiftly and act decisively.
Repeat this process monthly to remain agile and account for changing circumstances.
2. Implement user stories
When embracing flexible planning, you should ensure that the content benefits your target audience and provides real value at the right time. Focus your efforts on creating impact, not just creating as much new content as possible.
Agile content marketers rely on user stories that capture the target audience, what they’re searching for, and what they intend to do with the information.
You can capture the key guidelines for creating impactful content by filling in the blanks in this single sentence:
As a __________, I would like ________ so I can _________.
If you targeted marketers, the user story might read like this:
As a marketer, I would like to read an article about global marketing successes so I can apply them to my own local marketing campaigns.
Applying user stories before working on any piece of content enables you to boost the quality of the work and save time by deprioritizing work that isn’t valuable at all or at that moment.
3. Improve estimation
Humans are terrible at realistically estimating the time and effort to complete a project.
Realistic estimates are foundational to content marketing efficiency and easily overlooked when teams focus on releasing new and more work to keep stakeholders satisfied.
However, consistently biting off more than you can chew leads to roadblocks and burnout that can plummet efficiency in the long term.
To avoid that and facilitate content marketing efficiency, you can follow some fun Agile ways of estimating work. These focus on effort rather than required time, as traditional estimates do.
For example, use T-shirt sizing as an analogy. It will identify a high-level, comparative estimate. Here’s a simple scale to illustrate how this approach can be applied:
XS: Write a social media post.
S: Prepare a newsletter.
M: Create a 500-word landing page.
L: Draft 2,000-word blog post.
XL: Create a downloadable e-book.
When you size up your work this way, it becomes easier to mind your capacity and be realistic about how much you can tackle within a time frame. It also lets you prioritize work more effectively and boost efficiency in delivering great content marketing.
4. Visualize your work process
Even flawless planning doesn’t guarantee perfect execution by the team to deliver the desired results. Unfortunately, ad-hoc tasks often derail the planned work and require marketers to multitask, increasing the time it takes to finish everything.
By visualizing the process step by step, you shed light on your team’s day-to-day activities and draw attention to undesired scope creep, which usually goes unnoticed or distracts from lower-priority ad hoc tasks.
Workflow visualization is fundamental in Agile methodology because it provides transparency and creates a bridge between your team and other marketing stakeholders.
You can put a Kanban board in an accessible place in your office or set up a digital project board with a tool like Trello. When work-in-progress and backlog assignments are visible to everyone in the company, prioritization becomes easier.
Frequently updating the visualization on your team board also gives an instant progress report. It eliminates the need to schedule unnecessary meetings with stakeholders or prepare long status updates. Also, if an ad-hoc request arrives, you can quickly compare its importance to current assignments and act accordingly to keep your efficiency high.
Visualizing the workflow also allows everyone to see the big picture, which helps them focus their efforts on where they have the most impact.
5. Limit work in progress
Humans are good at starting new work but not so good at pushing it past the finish line. That’s why marketers often find themselves working on five or more projects simultaneously. Despite everybody working like crazy, little gets done.
To put it simply, the more you try to do at the same time, the longer it all takes. This Kanban board without work-in-progress limits illustrates how projects get stuck in copy and design phases, with few making it to the publish stage and even fewer to the done stage.
To make matters worse, switching from one context to another frequently results in poorer quality work and requires additional time to rework the less-than-desirable deliverables.
To avoid these problems, marketing leaders embracing Agile have found a simple solution: Limit the amount of work in progress at the same time.
This answer might seem counterintuitive because of the cult of multitasking. However, limiting work in progress (WIP) allows individuals to boost productivity significantly by protecting their time. On the team level, it prevents distractions and allows members to quickly finish what was started. It forces the team to work to reduce the waiting time for tasks in the process.
In this Kanban board image, when work-in-progress limits are implemented, eight projects are in the done phase, with only five in the copy phase, three in design, and two in publish.
When you start a task, then put it on hold to work on another assignment, then go to another assignment — and repeat this several times — multiple work items are not progressing. As a result, they end up taking a lot more time to be delivered.
Applying WIP limits allows team members to deliver value more often at a higher quality because they can focus their efforts and avoid switching contexts frequently.
6. Keep your meetings short
Marketing professionals are prone to attend a lot of meetings even when they don’t provide much value. Their role’s importance is equated to the number of calendar invites. It leaves little time to sit down and focus on value-adding work.
In fact, long meetings without a clear agenda are among the biggest time wasters. They easily go off track and produce little to no value for the organization while hindering the efficiency of the team.
Forward-thinking marketing leaders host daily stand-up meetings. Forty-four percent of those surveyed in the 2024 report say they use this Agile practice. These gatherings are short, on point, and on foot … literally.
The stand-up meeting efficiently gathers your team to communicate progress and workflow impediments. As the name suggests, everybody stands, which contributes to the brevity of the conversation.
During the meeting, with the project board in view, everybody answers three questions:
What did I do yesterday?
What am I planning to do today?
Am I blocked by anything?
You can use different questions. At AgileSherpas, we focus more on collaboration and team spirit:
What’s my priority for the day?
Are there challenges that I’m facing and/or need help with?
Are there big wins that I want to share with the team?
Are there any dependencies that I need to flag?
What else does the team need to know?
The goal is to meet for less than 15 minutes. If further discussion is necessary, the affected team members can discuss it after the stand-up meeting. If the concern is a big issue that requires a dedicated meeting, it is scheduled for another time.
7. Do frequent retrospectives
You should dedicate a separate meeting to revisit your team’s work process frequently and identify room for improvement. This meeting is known as retrospective or retro.
The team members discuss only three fundamental topics:
What should you start doing?
What should you stop doing?
What should you keep doing?
Retrospectives are extremely important for continuously improving the performance of your team, sharing new knowledge, and encouraging innovation.
You can hold retros in cadences determined by how your team works. For example, if you’re practicing Scrum, the retrospective should happen after each sprint. If you’re working in a continuous delivery workflow, schedule a weekly or biweekly retro. The goal is to frequently how you work and inspire process ownership within your team.
TIP: Stakeholders and company leaders should not be invited to retros. To facilitate the desired spirit of innovation and participation, team members should feel safe to open up about problems they experience and propose creative solutions without worrying about ruffling anyone’s feathers outside the team.
Introduce other business departments to Agile
Marketing is a linchpin function in departments like sales, finance, and human resources. Even if you apply all the Agile practices in this article, you can’t expect efficient collaboration with other teams if they don’t understand how you work.
When marketing follows Agile practices, it can unlock the process for the entire organization. You can introduce other departments when you collaborate on projects. You can share the value you see from implementing practices like workflow visualization, limiting WIP, and others. Then, you will contribute not only to improving marketing efficiency but the efficiency of the whole business.
Putting marketing agility into action
Adopting Agile marketing doesn’t have to be an intimidating process. By planning differently, visualizing your work on a Kanban board, limiting the amount of work in progress, and managing the process with stand-ups and retrospectives, you stand to gain huge process efficiencies.
These straightforward steps can help you join the ranks of Agile marketers who already enjoy efficiency, quality, and business alignment.
Updated from a September 2022 article.
All tools mentioned in this article were suggested by the author. If you’d like to suggest a tool, share the article on social media with a comment.
Register to attend Content Marketing World in San Diego. Use the code BLOG100 to save $100. Can’t attend in person this year? Check out the Digital Pass for access to on-demand session recordings from the live event through the end of the year.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
In February, amidst bold promises for transforming education, Education Minister, Dharmendra Pradhan, unveiled the Automated Permanent Academic Account Registry (APAAR) under the National Education Policy (NEP) 2020. This initiative aimed to establish a unified student identification system under ‘One Nation, One Student ID’.
Also read:‘Education is now being taken over by private sector’
Shortly after, the BJP’s manifesto echoed this commitment, pledging to implement ‘One Nation, One Student ID’ alongside plans to strengthen prestigious educational institutions like IITs, IIMs and AIIMS through increased funding, capacity building and dedicated research grants.
In her 2024-25 Budget speech, Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman highlighted the establishment of seven new IITs, 16 IIITs, 3,000 ITIs, 390 universities, 15 AIIMS and seven IIMs between 2014 and 2024.
However, despite these promises, critics argue that the government’s investment in education remains stagnant at around 2.8-3 per cent of GDP, far below 6 per cent recommended by the Kothari Commission in 1967. The National Education Policy 2020 aims for a 10 per cent allocation within 10 years, but progress has been slow.
“Like its predecessor governments, the BJP government has not stepped up the pedal on public spending on education. It is nowhere near that 6 per cent of the GDP mark. There is a concerted push towards privatisation of education sector so that it goes out of reach of masses, and curriculum is saffronised,” Bikash Bhattacharyya, CPI (M)’s Rajya Sabha MP, told businessline.
Status report
The Annual Status of Education Report by Pratham Education Foundation, said over half of class V children in primary schools of rural India can’t read class II texts or manage simple mathematics. Among teens in the 14-18 age group, over 25 per cent cannot read a class II level textbook fluently in their regional language.
According to India Employment Report 2024 released by the International Labour Organisation (ILO) and the Institute of Human Development (IHD), India’s youth account for almost 83 per cent of the unemployed workforce. And the share of youngsters with secondary or higher education in unemployed youth almost doubled from 35.2 per cent in 2000 to 65.7 per cent in 2022.
“There have been some gaps between promises and their delivery. But, reforms have been initiated. The introduction of NEP, the largest reform ever, is a key step,” an official said.
NEP 2020
The NEP mandates a shift from traditional learning (systems) to experiential learning, compulsory vocational education, exam reforms to test children’s conceptual comprehension, creativity and critical thinking capabilities rather than memory, and promotion of new digital technologies usage in school education.
The NCERT also released a National Curriculum Framework for School Education 2023. It proposes school-leaving class X and class XII board exams be held twice a year (so that students have enough time and opportunity to perform well). Twice-a-year board exams will be rolled out in 2025-26.
According to Aman Singh, Co-Founder, GradRight, the NEP & Setting Up and Operation of Campuses of Foreign Higher Educational Institutions in India Regulations, 2023 offer unique and unprecedented opportunity.
“Given that education is on the ‘Concurrent List’, the success of these policies and regulations will depend on how closely the government at the Centre and State can work together in implementing these new ideas,” he said. However, the ambitious overhaul of school education faces fierce backlash. There are controversies over textbook revisions and allegations of ideological bias in curriculum development.
Higher Education
In the higher education sector, measures like introduction of the four-year undergraduate programme; a national ABC (academic bank of credits) digital repository to facilitate certified multiple exit and re-entry options; and notification of regulations permitting foreign universities to establish brick-n-mortar campuses in India show promise. “But there is a problem. Most foreign universities operate on a for-profit basis, where as in India, the pitch or policy framework is inclined towards a not-for-profit basis. This discourages foreign universities,” said an educationist.
Also, other challenges such as teacher vacancies, brain drain, and the gap between Indian and global educational standards persist.
Budget realities
Fiscal constraints too cast a long shadow. Allocation for education for FY25 is 7 per cent lower than the revised estimates for FY24. The sector is earmarked ₹1.2 lakh crore against revised estimates of ₹1.29 lakh crore, the biggest allocation ever.
The Department of School Education will receive ₹73,000 crore and the allocation is ₹47,619.77 crore for higher education. The higher education sector sees a 16 per cent cut this year, though the allocation for school education has increased.
Also read:Financial literacy must begin at school
Funding for UGC has been brought down to ₹2,500 crore. However, the grants for Central universities saw an increase of over ₹4,000 crore with ₹15,928 crore allocated for 2024-25.
Overall, while there have been initiatives and reforms, critics argue that meaningful action and increased investments are needed to address the challenges facing the education system.
Working on a trading desk is perhaps the closest an office job can get to a sport. Focus and reflexes matter. On the other side of every trill of the phone or ding from a computer is a client who wants to trade. If ignored, they will hang up and call a competitor. Everyone is sweating, owing to the heat wafting up from stacks of computers whirring at capacity. On a busy day, it is impossible to leave the desk—making the job a feat of endurance. Just as sports teams use code to communicate their tactics, so do traders: “cable, a yard, mine, Geneva,” translates to “Brevan Howard, a hedge fund, is buying £1bn and selling dollars.” Mistakes cause swearing, shouting and sometimes the smashing of equipment.
Or at least that is how it was a couple of decades ago, in the good old days. Following the global financial crisis of 2007-09, life sapped from the trading floor. Stringent new rules curbed profits. High-frequency traders ate banks’ lunches, especially in stockmarkets. For its part, the global economy was in a stupor, having been tranquillised by low interest rates. Markets moved linearly, with equities drifting up and bond yields slipping down. There were fireworks—the Brexit vote or the election of Donald Trump—but they were rare. This placid world provided investors with little reason to trade in and out of positions. Revenues were slim; returns sagged. Drama on trading floors featured lay-offs, rather than market moves.
The Nintendo Switch and the upgraded OLED Switch have been Nintendo’s most cutting-edge consoles for the past few years. However, this could all change soon. Nintendo has confirmed that the Switch 2 will be hitting the market sometime in the next year. So, if you’re looking to upgrade and you need to get rid of your current Nintendo Switch, selling it for a bit of extra money could be a good option.
No matter the reason you’re moving on from your Nintendo Switch, you always want to make sure your device has been factory reset and all your personal information has been wiped from it before you hand it off to a new owner.
Factory-resetting your console has many benefits, but the primary one is that returning your device to its original default settings protects any sensitive personal information that could be left on the system. Even though many people don’t store as much private information on their gaming consoles as they might on their phone or computer, completing a factory reset is a good practice to safeguard against potential privacy breaches.
For more, here’s what we know about the Switch 2’s rumored joycons and the best Nintendo Switch deals.
Before you reset…
Nintendo offers a couple of tips and suggestions that you should keep in mind before you reset. First, the company advises that resetting your Nintendo Switch should take about 5 minutes for consoles that are running system OS version 10.0.0 or higher.
Additionally, the company outlines what data will be lost if you factory reset your Switch. This list is pretty straightforward, and includes save data, screenshots and user information that’s been stored on the device.
If you want to erase only specific pieces of data, you can use Nintendo’s Data Management settings to pick and choose what gets deleted while not having to fully reset your device.
Note that your Switch must be connected to the internet while you’re factory-resetting or initializing your device. Your Nintendo accounts will be unlinked during the reset process.
How to reset your Switch
Resetting your Switch is simple. All you have to do is go to System Settings on the main menu, scroll down to System and select it. Then scroll down to the bottom of the menu and select Formatting Options. It’s important to note that, if you have Parental Controls active on your Switch, you’ll be prompted to enter your Parental Control PIN after selecting Formatting Options.
After you’ve entered Formatting Options, you need to select Restore Factory Settings to factory-reset your Switch. Read through the information that’s presented to you on the screen and click Next. Finally, select Restore Factory Settings to complete the process.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
Please enter a valid email address.
An orangutan in a protected Indonesian rainforest site who sustained a facial wound treated the injury himself, according to a study published in the journal Scientific Reports earlier this month.
The male primate chewed the leaves of a plant known for its anti-inflammatory, antibacterial and pain-relieving properties — then applied a paste he made from the chewed leaves to his facial wound, according to the study.
The researchers — from the Max Planck Institute of Animal Behavior in Germany and Universitas Nasional in Indonesia — observed the orangutan, named Rakus, over the course of several weeks in the summer of 2022.
GORILLA, JUST 4 MONTHS OLD, DELIGHTS ZOO VISITORS WITH FUNNY FACES: ‘VERY HAPPY’
His wound closed within five days, he noted.
Less than a month later, it appeared to be fully healed with a barely visible scar, according to the published report.
An orangutan that sustained a facial wound, shown on the left, treated it himself, according to a study published in the journal Scientific Reports earlier this month. In the image on the right, his scar is just barely noticeable.(Armas Fitra & Safruddin & TNGL & KLHK & MPI & UNAS & YEL)
This is the first observed case of active wound treatment with a “known biologically active plant substance” applied by a male Sumatran orangutan in the wild.
“He began chewing the leaves without swallowing them and using his fingers to apply the plant juice from his mouth directly onto his facial wound,” the researchers noted in their published study.
“This behavior was repeated several times.”
‘KITTENS’ DROPPED OFF AT ARIZONA HUMANE SOCIETY TURNED OUT TO BE SOMETHING ELSE
“Rakus then smeared the entire wound with the plant pulp until the red flesh was fully covered with the green leaf material. He then continued feeding on this plant,” they continued.
The orangutan was observed at the Suaq Balimbing research site in Indonesia.
It is a rainforest area that is home to approximately 150 critically endangered Sumatran orangutans, according to a news release.
“The behavior of the Sumatran flanged male orangutan reported here appeared to be intentional,” the researchers wrote.
“The entire process took a considerable amount of time.”
The study authors said the animal’s facial wound likely occurred during a fight with a neighboring male.
TIKTOK TRENDING QUESTION ABOUT ‘BEING STUCK IN A FOREST’ WITH ‘A MAN OR A BEAR’ YIELDS STRATEGIC TIPS
Isabelle Laumer, a primatologist and cognitive biologist at the Max Planck Institute of Animal Behavior in Germany — one of the lead study authors — said in an email to Fox News Digital that the primate used a climbing plant called Fibraurea tinctoria.
The plant is known for its analgesic effects and is used in traditional medicine to treat conditions such as malaria.`
When asked how Rakus knew to use that plant to treat his own wound, Laumer replied, “It is possible that wound treatment with Fibraurea tinctoria emerges through accidental individual innovation.”
She added, “Individuals may accidentally touch their wounds while feeding on Fibraurea tinctoria and thus unintentionally apply the plant’s juice to their wounds … As Fibraurea tinctoria has potent analgesic effects, Rakus may have felt an immediate pain release, causing him to repeat the behavior several times and subsequently apply solid plant matter.”
UTAH CAT ACCIDENTALLY SHIPPED IN AN AMAZON RETURN BOX, FOUND 650 MILES FROM HOME BY WAREHOUSE WORKER
Rakus was not born at the research site, Laumer said.
Male orangutans typically disperse over wide distances when they reach puberty to establish a new home in another area, the expert noted.
“It’s possible that orangutans at his native area showed the behavior,” Laumer said.
Dr. Isabelle Laumer, a primatologist and cognitive biologist at the Max Planck Institute of Animal Behavior in Germany, was one of the lead study authors.(Alice Auersperg)
Similar types of self-treatment have been reported in the past with other primates.
Great apes have reportedly ingested certain plants to treat parasite infections and rubbed plant material on their skin to treat sore muscles, the researchers noted.
“Maybe we can learn something about human medicine from them.”
A group of chimpanzees in Gabon was also observed applying insects to wounds, although “the efficiency of this behavior is still unknown,” according to a news release.
These types of observations could help humans with treating potential health conditions, the researchers said.
The study authors said Rakus’ facial wound likely occurred during an altercation with a neighboring male. (Saidi Agam & TNGL & KLHK & MPI & UNAS & YEL)
“So far, I have heard several reports that people have actually learned about the medicinal properties of plants through observing animals,” Laumer told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Dr. Robin Sturtz, a veterinarian who was not involved in the study, commented on the findings.
“It’s great that they caught these images,” she told Fox News Digital, but noted that the published report is observational.
The primate used a climbing plant called Fibraurea tinctoria, the researchers said, to help a facial wound to heal.(Saidi Agam & TNGL & KLHK & MPI & UNAS & YEL)
“We need to see if it’s repeated in this or another animal,” Sturtz told Fox News Digital.
“They are incredibly smart, though, and do learn quickly,” she added. “Maybe we can learn something about human medicine from them.”
Caroline Schuppli, one of the co-authors of the published study, noted in a news release that forms of active wound treatment are not limited to humans.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“[They] can also be found in both African and Asian great apes,” she stated.
“It is possible that there exists a common underlying mechanism for the recognition and application of substances with medical or functional properties to wounds, and that our last common ancestor already showed similar forms of ointment behavior.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Struggling to fall asleep every day? We wait to hit the bed right after a hectic day in the hope of just dozing away to dreams. Instead, we lie awake in our bed with eyes wide open just waiting for sleep to come by. Insomnia is a more common problem than we know. Many people suffer from sleep disorders like sleep apnea or insomnia, which leads to other health-related issues. A sleep-deprived body cannot function properly and the lack of focus caused by a drowsy mind leads to failure in carrying out day-to-day work. Some people spend the night tossing and turning in their beds, while others may not get as much as a shut-eye.
There are plenty of foods that can help you catch up on your sleep. But dietitians also suggest not eating anything right before sleep time. So, there is a string of beverages that you can have at bedtime, which can induce sleep in an equally effective way.
Here’s a list of some drinks that can help you get a good night’s sleep –
1. Warm Milk
According to Ayurveda Expert Dr Ashutosh Gautam, “From an Ayurvedic perspective, warm milk may come to great help in getting sound sleep.” The dearth of calcium in the body is one of the major reasons for insomnia. Milk is swarmed with calcium and also contains a compound called serotonin, which brings peace and relaxation to the mind.
Also Read:Honey With Warm Milk: A Toxic Combination?
2. Coconut Water
An analysis carried out in the year 2006 in the journal ‘Medical Hypothesis’ suggests that lack of magnesium can lead to depression and anxiety. Coconut water, which contains magnesium and potassium in abundance, calms down the mind.
3. Banana Shake
Banana shake offers many health benefits. Photo Credit: iStock
Bananas have abounding magnesium, and potassium as well as tryptophan, an amino acid that produces a sleep-inducing compound, serotonin. Blend banana and milk, add sugar or honey to it and have this delicious drink to put yourself in a good mood and eventually in a sweet sleep.
4. Almond And Saffron Milk
Almond milk contains all vital nutrients that are known to alleviate stress and tension. Add a few strands of saffron to cold or warm almond milk. It will enhance the nerve-regulating properties of the milk.
5. Chamomile Tea
Chamomile naturally contains a sedative element called flavonoid apigenin that puts the mind at ease and rows it away to deep sleep.
Also Read: 13 Benefit Of Chamomile Tea For Skin, Hair And Overall Health
Bear in mind that caffeinated drinks, alcohol and sugary drinks may spike up energy levels making it difficult to fall asleep. Steer clear of those and try the above-mentioned drinks to recharge your body during a peaceful sleep.
Disclaimer: This content including advice provides generic information only. It is in no way a substitute for qualified medical opinion. Always consult a specialist or your own doctor for more information. NDTV does not claim responsibility for this information.
Call it the millennial mother midlife crisis, or M.M.M.C. The hallmark of an M.M.M.C. isn’t going off the grid, à la Rachel Fleishman, the strung-out mother in the novel (and hit streaming TV series) “Fleishman Is in Trouble,” or meeting up with other moms to release primal screams.
After all, rage and angst are out, and wellness, equanimity and mental health are in. For lots of moms, the M.M.M.C. is about maintaining a chipper facade, the appearance of having it together while quietly imploding. If the M.M.M.C. had a mascot, it would be a swan, an animal gliding easily on the surface while paddling furiously beneath the water.
Jean M. Twenge, the author of “Generations: The Real Differences Between Gen Z, Millennials, Gen X, Boomers and Silents — and What They Mean for America’s Future,” said there was more of a bait-and-switch for millennial mothers than for Gen X mothers.
“Women are graduating at much higher rates, young women are accomplishing so many things, and then who is the one who still has to work when they aren’t feeling well during their first trimester?” said Dr. Twenge, 52, a professor of psychology at San Diego State University and the mother of three preteen and teenage children. “There is still this gender expectation.”
This is just one of the stinging realizations that can plant the seeds for an M.M.M.C. While millennial women might have expected a more equitable home life, they still, in most cases, do a larger share of the domestic work and household worrying — What camp will the kids go to this summer? Do we need dish soap? — than men.
The expectations for modern parenting have grown alongside the pressure on women to have careers, Dr. Twenge said, making the standards for achievement in every arena feel stratospheric for millennial moms.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Hi, I’m Dr. Karyn! Read my introduction to learn more about me and meet my five hilarious cats: Clutch, Cyril, Alex, Zelda, and Zazzles.
As you may be aware, I am originally from Australia, but have been living in the UK for just over a decade. Growing up in Australia, I always had cats, and when I was young, those cats always lived mostly outdoors. By the mid 1990s, it was becoming more and more evident just how devastating an impact cats were having on Australian wildlife. Cats were first introduced in the early 1800’s, into an ecosystem that did not previously contain a predator of their caliber. The feral cat population is estimated to fluctuate between one and four million, and kills around six million native animals per day, threatening the survival of over 100 animal species. And we’re not just talking about stray cats here; these are wild, compact killing machines.
By the time I was in my late teens, letting your cat roam outside, particularly at night, had become highly frowned upon, and there is legislation regarding cat curfews being implemented in most states of Australia. So for me, keeping my cats safely indoors became normal practice; I invested in an outdoor cat enclosure to allow my cats to safely have a taste of the great outdoors, protecting them from the hazards of life in suburban Queensland, whilst keeping the wildlife safe. My two cats grew up knowing that a harness and lead were just a normal part of going exploring, and it was easy to find a wide range of equipment and accessories to accommodate their restricted outdoor excursions.
My homemade catio: not a bad setup!
When I moved to the UK, I was therefore a bit taken aback when I was informed by many cat owners that keeping cats indoors was considered “cruel.” In England, cats have been part of the ecosystem for at least a millennia, if not longer, so the issues faced in Australia do not apply. Still, the number of injuries from dog attacks, cat fights, and road traffic accidents I saw in practice, not to mention the number of cats that don’t survive being hit by a car, was enough to convince me that an outdoor lifestyle in built up areas was not the safest option for my feline family members. When it comes to looking after cats, a large part of that responsibility is keeping them safe. A cat might want to go running to the field they can see from the window, but they are likely unaware of the busy roads, large dogs, and multitude of cats that stand between it and them.
In veterinary practice, I see many cats suffering from stress-induced Feline Lower Urinary Tract Disease (FLUTD), and I believe that feline population density is largely to blame. In crowded suburbs, you often have dozens of households with cats, all occupying a pretty small area, meaning there is a lot of competition for territory. This invariably leads to fighting and stress.
So despite it being unpopular in this country, I have elected to keep my five felines safely indoors, but that doesn’t mean that they don’t get to go outside…
Most cat lovers will be aware of the importance of environmental enrichment; providing scratching posts, cat trees etc to allow cats to jump, climb, and observe from on high, and there are plenty of those in my home. What was more difficult to find, however, were cat enclosures. Although there are plenty of people that share my view about keeping cats safely indoors, we are a minority enough that there are few items available to buy in the UK. And so, my husband and I stopped looking to buy a cat enclosure, and built one instead.
Using panels from a chicken pen, we have built an enclosure that runs down the side of our house, making use of an area that was otherwise a waste of space. There is a large secure door at one end, but the cats’ access is through a cat door strategically tucked behind one of the lounge chairs. The comings and goings through this feline portal was of great interest to our two chihuahuas initially, but they seem to have accepted the sound of the cat flap as part of the normal soundscape of home.
Clutch making use of the cat door.
Our catio has a translucent roof that keeps the rain out but allows sunshine in. There is a scratching post, access to cat grass, and a number of bedding options. I have hung a few little planters containing some Nepeta sp. (aka Catnip plant) and some Japanese Forest Grass (Hakonechloa sp.). This is a cat-safe grass that has soft green leaves that most cats will enjoy munching on. There are lots of different grasses you can offer your cats, but make sure you know which species you are using, and don’t let them over-indulge, as too much grass can cause stomach upset.
I have strategically placed the hanging pots at heights and locations that the cats can reach but not easily sit on – I don’t want them turning them into a toilet! The addition of some stones on top of the soil also helps with this, and makes them look pretty!
Clutch loves grass.
Initially, only Clutch was brave enough to explore the outdoor sanctuary, but over time, Zelda and Cyril have become regular visitors (though I was a bit worried for a moment that Cyril would struggle to fit through the tunnel), and Alex and Zazzles are becoming more and more interested in the magic portal behind the sofa. What surprised me most is how often Clutch and Zelda would spend time in the catio during winter, seemingly unperturbed by the chilly temperatures!
Even if you can’t find the perfect cat enclosure, there are lots of different ways to make the space you have, and the equipment you can find, work for you and your home. Whether you share your home with a feline or five, keeping them safe should be your top priority. But it’s nice to know that if you keep your cat indoors, they can still enjoy a taste of the outside world.
Blackstone-sponsored Nexus Select Trust is poised to report 9 per cent growth in its net operating income (NOI) and 9-10 per cent higher distribution in FY25 as it exceeded its targets for FY24 on several parameters.
The mall-focused real estate investment trust reported NOI of ₹416.6 crore in Q4 FY24, up 13 per cent year-on-year (y-o-y) and tenant sales rose 9 per cent at ₹2800 crore on strong leasing and consumption momentum. Its distribution at ₹2.09 per unit was higher than the guidance and for the full year it was ₹7.08 per unit.
The NOI for FY24 was ₹1610 crore, in line with guidance while tenant sales rose 13 per cent on year to ₹12,000 crore.
Also read: Delta Corp to establish real estate platform partnership, shares up
The REIT leased 2.6 lakh square feet across 181 deals in the quarter and occupancy at 97.6 per cent improved 130 bps from year ago.
The trust said it is at an advanced stage to buy three grade-A malls in Hyderabad at a total enterprise value of ₹1,000 crore, adding that the malls had a stabilised NOI of ₹100 crore. The acquisition would be at 10 per cent stabilised cap rate, it said.
The funding would be done entirely through debt.
FY25 Guidance
The robust leasing and consumption trends have prompted the REIT to raise its guidance for FY25. It expects NOI at ₹1,760 crore with retail occupancy rising to over 98 per cent. Distribution per unit is expected in the range ₹8.7-8.8. These projections do not take into account the acquisition of three malls which it is very close to concluding.
R-leasing spreads however are expected to be lower this year at 20 pr cent, compared to 21 per cent that it achieved on 8 lakh square feet last year.
It leased 11 lakh square feet in FY24.
Mor than 85 new brands leased space in its malls, and they included Pret A Manger, Ancestry, Apple, and H&M Home.
Next Select Trust’s share closed 0.24 per cent lower at ₹132.90 on the BSE on Thursday.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
U NEDAVNOM TikToku videu, korisnica Mengyan Yu podijelila je svoje iskustvo s popularnim adidas Samba tenisicama. Iako izgledaju sjajno, Mengyan je primijetila da su joj uzrokovale žuljeve na peti, što je problem s kojim su se već mnogi susreli noseći ove popularne tenisice.
Neočekivano, odgovor koji je dobila od adidasovog tima za društvene medije bio je: “Morate žrtvovati udobnost radi izgleda”. Iako je očito da su možda pokušali biti duhoviti, ovaj odgovor je izazvao negativnu reakciju i eskalaciju situacije. Priznavanje negativne recenzije moglo bi se smatrati iskrenim, ali nije najbolji potez za brend koji bi trebao stavljati naglasak na udobnost svojih proizvoda, a ne odmah priznati da je njihova najpopularnija cipela izazovna za nošenje i da se uglavnom fokusira na izgled.
Adidas je izbrisao svoj komentar
Naravno, nije iznenađujuće da je ovaj odgovor brzo postao tema rasprave na drugim društvenim medijskim platformama. Na X-u su korisnici izrazili svoje mišljenje o ovom slučaju. Jedan korisnik je napisao: “Tako čudan odgovor od adidasa. Možda neće biti relevantan za tjedan dana, ali ovo je dobar podsjetnik za sve koji upravljaju društvenim medijima – ako nemate pametan odgovor, bolje je uopće ne odgovarati.”
“Ovaj odgovor ih ne predstavlja u dobrom svjetlu jer zapravo potvrđuju da su cipele neudobne, ali izgledaju dobro”, komentirao je drugi korisnik na platformi X.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Zašto su priznali da su im cipele neudobne i da za to znaju?”, upitala je treća korisnica na TikToku.
Iako je mnogo ljudi izrazilo nezadovoljstvo zbog udobnosti ovih tenisica, neki su ispod Mengyaninog videa istaknuli da osobno nisu imali nikakvih problema.
Adidas je ubrzo izbrisao svoj komentar, što pokazuje da je ponekad bolje šutjeti ako odgovor neće donijeti nikakvu korist.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
Mystik Dan, winner of the Kentucky Derby a week ago, will be entered in the 149th running of the Preakness Stakes at Pimlico Race Course in Baltimore a week from Saturday.
Kenny McPeek, the colt’s trainer, made the announcement after a week of speculation that the horse might be skipping the second leg of horse racing’s Triple Crown.
The alarm bells sounded on Sunday after Mystik Dan ate only a small portion from his feed bucket and didn’t sleep well after winning the Kentucky Derby by a nose. However, his appetite returned and he has been galloping well since then. A horse’s relationship to its food is one of the warning signs that trainers monitor to determine the health of their horse.
In this case, much ado about nothing.
McPeek had exercise rider and retired jockey Robby Albarado gallop the 3-year-old colt on Saturday morning at Churchill Downs and he came back fine. McPeek also had the horse scoped, where a tube is inserted in the horse’s nostril and then pushed down to see whether there are any respiratory issues, and that apparently came back good.
“All systems go,” McPeek told the Maryland Jockey Club. “He’ll ship out [on Sunday] morning.”
Horse Racing Nation reported that McPeek already had all the plans in place to move the horse to Baltimore.
“I’ve already kind of arranged the logistics of it all,” he told the independent racing website. “We just need to hammer it out with a couple of small details. … I have my own trucks, my own drivers, my own people. We don’t need to book them.”
The Preakness might be a better distance for Mystik Dan, who almost surrendered the lead in the stretch at Churchill Downs. The Kentucky Derby is 1 ¼ miles and the Preakness is 1 3/16 miles, about 110 yards shorter.
The draw for the Preakness Stakes will be Monday. Despite winning the Kentucky Derby, Mystik Dan is expected to be the second favorite behind Muth, the Bob Baffert-trained winner of the Arkansas Derby who was ineligible for the Derby. Mystik Dan finished third in the Arkansas Derby.
Akshay Tritiya’s registration count is projected to soar past 700, marking an 80% increase. (Representative image)
80% more property registrations than daily average in May
The Mumbai property market has observed a significant surge in property registrations, with daily numbers expected to exceed 700, surpassing the average daily rate of May 2024. This rise is largely attributed to the auspicious celebration of Akshay Tritiya, a day traditionally associated with new beginnings and purchases.
In contrast to the average daily registration of 381 properties in May 2024, Akshay Tritiya’s registration count is projected to soar past 700, marking an 80% increase.
Shishir Baijal, chairman & managing director, Knight Frank India, said, “On the day of Akshay Tritiya, buying precious items is deemed auspicious and divinely blessed. Whether it’s property purchase or other assets such as jewellery or a new car, there’s typically a notable surge in purchases on this day. Over the past two years, Mumbai’s property market has experienced remarkable growth, with strong demand trends, and days like Akshay Tritiya often serve as catalysts for further expansion.”
Millennials and GenXs Rewrite Buying Rules of Mumbai’s Real Estate
Mumbai city (area under BMC jurisdiction) records property registration of more than 11,500 units in April 2024, adding over INR 1,043 Crores (Cr) to the state exchequer. Compared to the same time previous year revenue from property registrations has risen by 16% year-on-year (YoY).
According to the assessment by Knight Frank India, the enduring confidence of homebuyers in the Mumbai market has maintained a positive outlook. This optimism has driven Mumbai’s property registrations to consistently exceed the 10,000 mark for the fourth consecutive month in 2024. Of the overall registered properties, residential units constitute 80%.
In April 2024, Mumbai experienced the second-highest number of property registrations for April in over 12 years, alongside its highest April stamp duty collection within that time frame. This surge can be attributed to increasing income levels and a positive attitude towards homeownership.
Namit Singh Sengar
Namit writes on personal finance, economy and brands. Currently contributing to News18.com as a Senior Sub Editor in the business vertical. Prior to t…Read More
Meta has launched enhanced generative AI features, such as full image and text generation, to help businesses grow. According to Meta, the goal is to help advertisers at every step of the journey. The new feature will help them in many ways, whether that’s improving ad performance by helping develop creative variations or automating certain parts of the ad creation process.
Generative AI: Image Generation
First-time businesses can create full image variations inspired by the original ad creative with text overlay capabilities, building on capabilities to generate new backgrounds around product images and expanding images to better fit multiple surfaces.
“For instance, a coffee bean business advertising a savouring cup of coffee will be able to use Meta’s generative AI to create other variations of backgrounds, including settings that embody a lush and idyllic farm, and also provide adjustments to the coffee cup to offer more creative options. This feature has already started to roll out, and in the coming months, businesses will also be able to provide text prompts to help better tailor the creative variations,” Meta explained.
In addition, businesses will now have the ability to apply text overlay to images. Lastly, image expansion, a feature that allows businesses to seamlessly adjust creative assets to fit different aspect ratios across multiple surfaces, is now available on Reels and Feed across both Instagram and Facebook and can now work seamlessly with text overlays on ads.
Generative AI: Text Generation
The text generation feature creates variations for the ad headline in addition to the primary text. Meta is currently testing the ability of the generated text to reflect the brands’ voice and tone, by highlighting key selling points based on their previous campaigns and text input.
This feature will soon be built with Meta Llama 3, the next generation of Meta’s large language models, which will enable new capabilities and enhance ad performance.
Meta has begun rolling out these updated generative AI features and aims to make them available globally by the end of the year.
There’s something particularly appealing about jetting off to a new destination under the summer (Tuscan) sun, whether it is waddling down European cobblestone sidewalks with a gelato or going to a burnout retreat somewhere scenic. As we dive into the peak summer, most travellers are either already escaping the extreme temperatures for somewhere sublime or the rest revelling in the exultant joy of travel planning when the temperatures start evening out. For the latter, we are rounding up some intriguing intel from online travel booking behemoths, predicting some of the most popular trends that dominate this summer.
With countries like Thailand and Sri Lanka extending visa-free entry and more predicted to follow, cities across Southeast Asia are attracting the most number of Indian tourists.
Accommodation: Premium homestays are on the rise
While homestays observed a big boom in 2023, according to MakeMyTrip’s Summer Travel Trends 2024 report, an average rate of Rs. 2,500 to Rs. 7,000 per night continues to comprise of around 45% of all homestay booking. While this category continues to remain a budget, and not to forget more culturally immersive, options for Indian travellers, homestays, alongside villas are recording the highest growth for properties with tariffs around & over ₹20,000 per night
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
This indicative premiumization trend is highlighted further as the highest growth is being recorded in the Rs. 10,000 to Rs. 15,000 per night tariff category.
International tourism: South Asian destinations rival some newcomers
With countries like Thailand and Sri Lanka extending visa-free entry and more predicted to follow, cities across Southeast Asia are attracting the most number of Indian tourists. Phuket, Singapore, Bali, Bangkok, and Kuala Lumpur dominated MakeMyTrip’s ‘Top 10’ (international) search and booking trend category, nodding to their supremacy. Among the newcomers, Baku (Azerbaijan), Almaty (Kazakhstan), and Nagoya (Japan) are experiencing substantial growth in search queries—which potentially can steal some of the footfall from popular cities.
Wellness: Trantra retreats, Vedic psychology and water-centric vacationing gain momentum
When planning for wellness-centric getaways during the warmer months, Booking.com revealed over a third of travellers (36%) are looking for water-centric getaways. Turning to sanctuaries rather than riverbanks for solace, 20% of travellers are curious about health retreats, with 48% exploring interest in tantra retreats, while 14% are interested in psychedelic retreats.
Domestic destination: Goa continues to impress domestic and international visitors, Srinagar and Udaipur follow
Goa’s reputation as the leader among domestic destinations in the past years is poised to remain consistent, unveiled MakeMyTrip, followed by Srinagar and Udaipur in terms of the highest growth in searches as compared from Mar-Apr 2023 to Mar-Apr 2024. While Goa ticks all the essential summer travel check boxes for Indian travellers, its international appeal for sundowners became evident from Pinterest’s summer travel report 2024 which revealed a 270% in searches for “Goa nightlife”.
Gen Z spotlight: Marking their first paycheck for international travel and budget road-tripping with friends
While cost has been a determining factor for young travellers, many of today’s Gen Z population are earmarking their first paycheck for a trip abroad. Skyscanner reveals an astonishing 81% choose to plan their first overseas adventure after landing their first job or receiving their first paycheck. Another wholesome trend that Pinterest spotted is Gen-zers inclination “to forge deeper connections with friends through intimate, budget-friendly road trips,” with searches growing for “What do bring on a road trip” (+66%), “Places to go with friends list” (+50%), “Nature with friends” (+50%) and more.
Europe on ‘them mind: EU lures Indian travellers with the possibility of obtaining a 2 to 5-year visa
With the newest potential to obtain a multi-entry Schenegan visa, EU destinations are dominating summer itineraries. According to Skyscanner, Indian Gen Z travellers are drawn to Europe’s vibrant cultures and historical landmarks, with over 40% listing it as their top destination. “Europe is a highly aspirational destination and at Thomas Cook, we have been witnessing a strong 30% uptick in demand for Summer 2024. Indians are quintessential value seekers and with just one Schengen visa, the allure of a multi-country trip is hard to refuse!,” said Rajeev Kale – President & Country Head, Holidays, MICE, Visa – Thomas Cook (India) Limited.
I’ve been spending the majority of 2024 playing through my extensive video game backlog, finally getting around to completing classics like the original Castlevania and modern blockbusters like Final Fantasy 7 Remake. However, in between visits to Midgar and the castle of Count Dracula, there’s one new release that I’ve been coming back to time and time again. In fact, I’ve spent over 50 hours on the game since picking it up in February. The game in question is Balatro, a poker-themed roguelike that was made by just one person. With a 90% Metascore, it’s also the highest-rated multiplatform game of the year so far, earning greater acclaim than big budget triple-A games like Suicide Squad, Skull and Bones, Rise of the Ronin and Princess Peach: Showtime! If you haven’t already had a chance to play Balatro, then there’s never been a better time to pick it up, because it’s currently on sale.
Indeed, from now until May 16, poker roguelike game Balatro is available for just £11.51 on Steam.
It’s fully compatible with Steam Deck, which is how I’ve been playing this hugely addictive deckbuilder.
The game sees players attempt to beat a target score by playing classic poker hands like flushes, full houses etc.
The twist, however, is that you can pick up booster cards and modifiers that can multiply your score and money earned.
This includes Joker cards with special properties. One Joker may give you an extra card at the start of the round, while another will let you discard additional cards when building your hand.
Other Joker Cards will make cards of a specific suit earn bigger scores whenever they’re played, while further cards might make face cards more valuable, or give you more money at the end of a round.
You can use your money to purchase further Joker cards (although there’s a limit to how many you can have at any one time), or buy additional cards to add to your deck, or cards that level up a certain hand in order to score more points (I typically level up the flush).
There are even boss battles where you’re faced with negative status effects that can drastically alter the effectiveness of your build.
One boss may disable all discards, another may force you to always play five cards, and another might debuff all cards of a certain suit.
There are lots of different ways to play Balatro, including a challenge mode with special win conditions and presets.
The fact that it was made by just one person is unbelievable, and proof that video games don’t always need big budgets and large development teams to succeed.
While it’s currently on sale over on Steam, the PS5, Xbox and Nintendo Switch versions don’t cost much more (less than £13), so there’s no excuse not to try this humble game of the year contender. It’s also coming to iOS and Android later this year, so you can always try it then.
At the recent CES event in Las Vegas, there were numerous new electric and hybrid vehicles. But one unique vehicle stood head and shoulders above them all, sporting an older technology built around a modern engine and all installed in an old classic.
Could this be the common sense alternative to EVs many of us ‘die-hards’ have been waiting for?
CES (Consumer Electronics Show), an event put together by the Consumer Technology Association, is a massive new tech expo featuring everything ‘cutting edge’ within the fields of electronics and software.
The show sprawls across four halls of the Las Vegas Convention Centre in the US state of Nevada, and is held in the second week of January every year.
It highlights everything from the latest medical equipment through to developments in AI, VR, AR, robotics and of course every type of electric vehicle (cars, bikes, dirt bikes, water propulsion, scooters, earth movers, drones and more).
While the show was distinctly focussed on a plethora of new electric cars, there was one small glistening ray of hope and nostalgic sanity in a display vehicle born from the collaboration between GCK and Motul!
GCK is a group of industrial companies offering technological solutions to accelerate the decarbonisation of transport while Motul is an international French company specialised in the formulation, production and distribution of high-performance motor oils with a known expertise in the area of synthetic lubricants.
Beginning with a program in 2022 to improve battery performance, the collaboration between the two saw the development of a highly specialised dielectric heat transfer fluid in which the entire battery is immersed, helping to control heat build-up caused by high-speed charging, while helping to prevent the spread of thermal runaway.
The success of this program saw the two companies look at other ways of working together and after a merger of sorts, the pair began looking at ways for Motul to assist with some of GCK’s developing engine technologies which includes hydrogen-powered engines.
To highlight the success and diverse benefits of this, a very distinct customer build featuring the collaborative technology was brought to this year’s CES.
Nestled deep within the ‘vehicle focussed’ West Hall of the CES event, was a beautifully restored 1976 banana yellow Jeep Cherokee Chief, sporting GCK’s hydrogen powered 6.2 litre V8 hydrogen internal combustion engine.
Motul’s contribution included the development of an engine lubricant able to cope with the challenges of hydrogen power, such as the sensitivity to abnormal combustions, the risk of emulsification due to the greater production of water and particulate emissions in the exhaust dependent on the specialised lubricant.
As a fully functional real-world build, this amazing remodelling will serve as a test bed for the two groups to explore the hydrogen retrofit market within the US and hopefully beyond!
From the ground up, the build has created a modern and practical platform to make the most of the powertrain while maximising the comfort, drivability and thrill.
Custom off-road solid axles front and rear are located with triangulated five-link suspension arm configurations controlled by remote reservoir King Shock coil overs and hydraulic bump stops.
The chassis was taken back to bare metal, powder coated and modified with the required suspension, engine and drivetrain mounts.
The body was sand-blasted, prepped with painstaking care and painted in a stunning canary yellow (although we also refer to it as banana yellow).
The interior has been fully re-trimmed and modernised with a full digital instrument cluster finishing off the overall feel of a modernised classic with all the bells and whistles yet still the character, pizazz and impact of a legendary off-road warrior.
Particular attention has been applied to create fuel cells also capable of dealing with the complexities of storing hydrogen. Inner steel cylinders are encased in a carbon-fibre shell to ensure the stability, integrity and protection of the fuel.
While the setup is designed specifically to highlight the technology, future applications would be far less intrusive and more homologous with the vehicle to ensure the retention of cabin space.
Technically referred to as the GCK Foenix H2 hydrogen internal combustion engine (HICE), the 6.2-litre V8 is aimed at tackling the urgent need for sustainable transportation without the ethical implications of manufacturing modern electric vehicle (EV) batteries, the excessive loads EVs will place on our insufficient electrical grids and the burden of recycling the chemicals and components of EV batteries.
These advancements are expected to reshape the future of mobility, making it more eco-friendly and efficient. It is in essence a cleaner transportation option, pioneering green solutions for the automotive industry that will pave the way for a carbon-neutral future where mobility is synonymous with sustainability.
While EVs retain the attention for carbon-neutral technology, this project squarely puts hydrogen energy back into the conversation. It’s technologically feasible, it offers the same or better environmental results as EV and it makes sense economically.
At the end of the day, you really need to ask the questions: is EV the only viable solution, is it the best solution and have we been led down the EV path as a trend more than a truly viable option?
Whatever your answers are, most automotive enthusiasts will see the value not just in the hydrogen movement but in the retention of the internal combustion engine.
No matter your language, the rumble, thrill and exhilaration of driving an actual V8-equipped vehicle with cubic inches and not Watts still holds all of its original appeal, yet it is environmentally clean and green. What a future that would be!
YOUNG JOB-SEEKERS are different from their elders. They expect employers to be cuddlier, more forgiving and more generous with perks and pay cheques. The way they go about hunting for work is also distinct. Rather than relying on family and friends, a growing number of Americans are turning to TikTok in search of advice that will help them climb those all-important first steps up the career ladder.
Scrolling through their feeds on the short-video app they might come across a creator called Lauren Spearman. Ms Spearman uploads videos about “red-flag job postings” and “unreasonable job applications”. Or they might find Kennie Bukky, who shares her “salary journey” and hot tips for pay negotiations. If they scroll down further, sooner or later they are likely to happen upon Brittany Peatsch. She went viral after posting a video account of her own experience being laid off from Cloudflare, a software company, and now creates videos offering advice to others suffering through similar ordeals.
A Binance executive from America was held hostage in Nigeria, facing a bribe demand of $150M. The officer, Tigran Gambaryan, stayed captive for 70 days and was charged with tax evasion and money laundering. His colleague escaped, but he got arrested near Prince Harry and Meghan’s tour location in Nigeria. The US State Department said that they are actively investigating Gambarayan’s case.
They are in constant communication with him, his family, and the legal time, states the spokesperson of USSD. They pledge to help him through this prolonged detention, which has caused significant domestic and international concerns.
Binance CEO Raises Concerns Over Executive’s Detention
Binance CEO, Richard Teng has voiced significant concerns about the safety and legal implications of Gambarayan’s arrest as it occurred under suspicious circumstances. Teng says Gambarayan was invited to Nigeria for a business meeting but was detained by the local authorities as soon as he arrived.
Serious questions about the safety of foreign nationals engaging in Nigerian business have sparked amid this event. It pushed for a swift diplomatic resolution to mitigate the risks that international business relations carry with them.
Also read: Binance CEO Accuses Nigeria of Bribery, Misuse of Power in Crypto Crackdown
Amidst the Gambarayan detention controversy, Binance also had to confront charges of allowing market manipulation on its exchange platform. Initially Wall Street had reported these allegations. However, Binance has strongly denied the charges, stating that the company maintains strict protocols to prevent all kinds of market abuse and was proactive in enforcing its rules.
Over the last three years, Binance has successfully terminated the accounts of nearly 355,000 users. They were collectively handling transactions worth over $2.5 trillion and violated its terms of service.
IMF Calls for Enhanced Crypto Oversight in Nigeria
In a related news, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) has advised the Nigerian authority to create the requirements for registration or licensing for the global crypto exchange platforms that operate within its territory. In fact, this recommendation has followed the 2024 Article IV consultation with Nigeria. It was focussed on strengthening the financial stability of the country. The IMF also highlighted that in order to ensure investor protection and maintain financial order, a strong regulatory framework for the crypto market is an utmost necessity.
An old saying goes that marketers only worry about two things — the logo and the Pantone color.
Well, the entry of digital technology 25 years ago certainly changed all that.
But has it gone too far?
New research indicates that in a few years, marketers will do only one thing — manage their technology. That’s right — no more ads, no more content — just 100% pushing buttons, reading dashboards, and automating everything.
Yikes! They said AI would put marketers into the matrix, but it might just be martech in general.
So, what are you supposed to do?
We asked Robert Rose, CMI’s chief strategy advisor, for his take. Watch this video or read on:
Marketers have been wrapped around the axle of marketing technology for the last two decades. More, more, and yet more technology has entered marketing operations. The average marketing department now resembles a NASA control room rather than a place to create powerful content that changes the behavior of your intended customer.
In fact, this week, Scott Brinker released his famous Marketing Technology Landscape report for 2024 (registration required). It contains over 14,000 providers — 27% more than last year’s 11,000 vendors.
The report says marketing departments use fewer apps — most average a reduction of 6% to 10%. But even with those decreases, the number of applications in use still boggles the mind. Small businesses average 162 apps, and companies with over 10,000 employees use 650 marketing technology applications in 2024.
Surprise from The CMO Survey
But The CMO Survey reveals more pointedly technology’s fundamental disruption of marketing.
The 32nd edition, released last month, looks at marketing spending, performance, leadership, and, of course, technology, especially the growth of generative AI.
Here’s what didn’t surprise me.
In most businesses, AI still isn’t a fundamental piece of martech. Only 10% of companies use large language models. Another 39% have never used these tools. The remaining half (51%) is either evaluating or piloting these tools.
Those findings reflect what I’ve observed over the last eight months or so: Most businesses don’t know how to integrate generative AI and remain in experimental mode.
This surprised me: Marketing as a percentage of the company budget is around 10%, which continues the downward trend seen over the last two years. However, the marketing budget as a percentage of revenue increased to 10.1% from 9.2% in fall 2023.
What does that mean? In most companies, marketing budgets grew more slowly than in other departments. They went up, but not as much as in other business functions.
But this really surprised me: Marketing technology now accounts for 20% of the entire marketing budget. And marketers expect that share to grow to 31% over the next five years.
Let that sink in.
Technology spending is expected to grow at a compound rate of 9%, yet budgets will grow at a compound rate of 8%.
CMOs seem to indicate that every dime (plus a few quarters) of marketing budget increases will go to marketing technology over the next five years.
Tech strategy mistake
Of course, this won’t turn out to be true. Still, the trend remains troubling.
Too often, marketing chases technology as a cure-all for a strategy. Marketing departments typically look to the newest technology to add capabilities that will become their strategic approach. They’re less likely to look at their strategic approach and then figure out if the newest technology can help them execute it.
The numbers from The CMO Survey are a clear warning sign for marketers.
But it’s not a warning to stop acquiring new technology. Marketing is changing and evolving, and technologies exist to help you scale better and work more efficiently and effectively. It’s a warning sign to reorient your marketing systems.
So, what do I mean by marketing systems?
Most marketing technology is designed for one job function in one specific part of marketing. The demand-gen team spends its time on the marketing automation system and analytics. The web team spends its time on CMS and web analytics. The email team spends its time on the email newsletter solution. The sales team spends its time on the CRM system, and on and on it goes.
Is it any wonder that when companies look at generative AI, they produce hundreds of use cases, all siloed into their siloed functional requirements?
Make this big ROI move
Take a moment to look at not what you are marketing but how you are marketing as a business. Are you all working in technology silos? Or are you collaborating across integrated processes and workflows that transcend the technology tools?
Think about it like this.
According to The CMO Survey, marketing teams use about half (56%) of the technology solutions they purchase. That means that 44% of marketing’s technology spend goes unused.
So, if you believe the finding that 20% of all marketing budgets go to technology, roughly 9% of the marketing budget is going down the proverbial toilet. What would you do with a 9% budget increase? You’d probably make good use of it.
These numbers serve as a warning — or a promise — that getting your marketing systems (operations) to collaborate is worth it.
It might just be the biggest ROI initiative you can do.
Join us for ContentTECH Summit, a free digital event on May 15-16, 2024, where industry leaders will share expertise to help you unlock the potential of content technology in your organization. Register today.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
How do you see the performance of this Government?
The Indian government was investing in schools, towards primary education, institutions of higher education, with a distinct focus on pushing ahead scientific temperament, and understanding. There was leash on private sector in some instances too. A network of well established publicly funded education institutions existed in several States, like West Bengal. It (education) was accessible to all irrespective of their economic background. But all that has changed with NEP 2020. Education is now being taken over by private sector.
Once the private players come in, it means you have to pay for your education. Basically, it is against the welfare principle of the State.
If a party or Government is serious about achieving social justice, freedom of thought, freedom of expression, then the basic requirement is spread of education. But that is not the case.
They are trying to create an area where your right to education is really curtailed.
Is the National Education Policy actually achieving its purpose?
The entire policy is designed to ensure that education goes beyond the reach of the common man. It becomes a commercial division. They are trying to spread unscientific attitude; completely opposite of what is the aim of education — to develop scientific temperament.
There has been a lot of discussion on the NCERT curriculum, and do you see any political agenda in it?
There is saffronisation of school curriculum. One example is the naming of Chandrayaan’s landing site as ‘Shiv Shakti’ by the Prime Minister. Rather than naming it after the scientists, this injects religious ardour into an achievement. Scientific thought process is being categorically replaced with politico-religious symbolism.
The Plaza Hotel has New York glamour in spades. Sitting at a corner of Central Park, it was the setting for “Home Alone 2”, a film that came out in 1992 in which a child finds himself lost in the metropolis. He takes up residence in one of the hotel’s suites, thanks to his father’s credit card, and briefly lives a life of luxury. Donald Trump, the hotel’s owner at the time, has a walk-on part, which was the outcome of a hard bargain. According to the film’s director, he demanded to appear as a condition for giving the filmmakers access to the hotel. This was not the first deal in which the venue had played a part. Seven years earlier it hosted negotiators for the Plaza Accord, which was agreed on by America, Britain, France, Japan and West Germany, and aimed for a depreciation of the dollar against the yen and the Deutschmark.
Echoes of the period can be heard today. In the mid-1980s America was booming. Ronald Reagan’s tax cuts had led to a wide fiscal deficit and the Federal Reserve had raised interest rates to bring inflation to heel. As a consequence, the dollar soared. American policymakers worried about a loss of competitiveness to an up-and-coming Asian economy (Japan then, China today). The Plaza Accord was designed to address what officials saw as the persistent mispricing of the dollar. Robert Lighthizer, Mr Trump’s trade adviser, has mulled a repeat. The accord set a precedent for “significant negotiation between America’s allies to address unfair global practices”, he wrote in “No Trade is Free”, a book published last year. Mr Trump’s team is reportedly considering options to devalue the dollar if the former president returns to office.
Nurses aren’t optimistic that this year will be any better than last year — and more than one-third of them are “extremely likely” to change jobs.
That’s according to a new survey by AMN Healthcare, a health care workforce solutions company based in Texas.
The majority of nurses (80%) said they think 2024 will be either “no better or worse” for the profession than 2023 — while 38% said it will be worse.
AMERICANS TRUST NURSES THE MOST OUT OF 23 MAJOR PROFESSIONS, NEW POLL FINDS: ‘AT THE FOREFRONT’
Only 20% said they believe this year will be better than last year.
In light of this, 35% of the nurses surveyed said it is extremely likely that they will change jobs in 2024, and the majority (55%) said it is very likely or somewhat likely.
More than one-third of the nurses who took part in a recent survey of 1,155 nurses across the U.S. are “extremely likely” to change jobs.(iStock)
The survey gathered responses from 1,155 nurses across the U.S.
“The concerns that many nurses have about their profession were not created by COVID-19 and have not gone away now that the crisis has passed,” Robin Johnson, group president of nursing solutions at AMN Healthcare, who administered the survey, told Fox News Digital.
“Many nurses still feel overworked and undercompensated. What they want to see is a change in their daily working conditions — better hours, fair compensation and more time with their patients,” she continued.
NATIONAL NURSES WEEK 2024: HOW TO CELEBRATE AND SHOW APPRECIATION TO THE NURSES IN YOUR LIFE
“This is not just a nurse morale issue. It’s a public health issue.”
A more engaged, productive nurse workforce means better care and better outcomes for the patients they serve, according to Johnson.
“While the health care industry is acutely aware of this, the survey shows that more work needs to be done.”
“The number of nurses that are currently leaving the profession is the highest level I have ever seen,” a longtime nurse told Fox News Digital.(iStock)
Gretchen Berlin, RN, senior partner at McKinsey & Company in Washington, D.C., noted that the company’s research has shown some concerning trends about nursing.
“We’ve surveyed nurses regularly over the past four years, and the data consistently shows that around 30% want to leave their roles in direct patient care,” she told Fox News Digital.
“We’ve also done additional analysis and have projected a shortage of nurses in patient care, which is also concerning.”
“This is not just a nurse morale issue. It’s a public health issue.”
Sabrina Korentager, a registered nurse and adviser to ImpediMed in Kansas, has been a nurse for 28 years.
“The number of nurses that are currently leaving the profession is the highest level I have ever seen,” she told Fox News Digital.
“Even more concerning is the level of nurses leaving the bedside for non-traditional nursing. If this trend continues, we face a significant shortage of nurses to provide care to our aging society.”
“Nurses are called on daily to perform in stressful situations that are emotional and physically demanding,” she told Fox News Digital.
Many patients are asked to work longer hours with less resources, and are asked to care for more patients than they feel they can safely accommodate, experts say.(Martin Barraud via Getty Images)
“They are asked to work longer hours with less resources for providing care. Often, nurses are asked to care for more patients than they feel they can safely [accommodate].”
Nurses are also being encouraged to obtain higher-level degrees to continue working for the same pay and same conditions, Korentager said.
LESS THAN HALF OF NURSES ARE ‘FULLY ENGAGED’ AT WORK, WHILE MANY ARE ‘UNENGAGED,’ NEW REPORT REVEALS
Other contributors to burnout and job frustration include high patient-to-nurse ratios and heavy workloads, long hours and shift work, emotional and mental stress, inadequate staffing, and a lack of autonomy and recognition. That’s according to Dr. Jane Tang, PhD, professor and dean of the Frances M. Maguire School of Nursing and Health Professions at Gwynedd Mercy University in Pennsylvania.
Pay inequity across the U.S. is also a big challenge, according to Tang.
Ensuring adequate staffing levels can reduce the workload on individual nurses — enabling them to deliver better care and alleviate stress, according to an expert in the field.(iStock)
“For example, in southern states, nurses may be paid less than nurses in California,” she told Fox News Digital.
“Without equitable pay, underserved regions and populations face heightened vulnerability.”
Violence in the workplace has also dramatically increased, Tang said.
NURSE WHO DIED BY SUICIDE INSPIRES CALLS FOR CHANGE IN HEALTH CARE SYSTEM: ‘NEED TO TAKE CARE OF EACH OTHER’
“This isn’t a popular topic to talk about, but it’s a huge threat to the nursing and health professions,” she said.
“The physical and psychological abuse nurses and health professionals endure on a daily basis is unlike [the conditions of] any other profession.”
The COVID-19 pandemic exacerbated all of these challenges, experts agreed.
What needs to change?
To alleviate the challenges nurses face, Berlin of Washington, D.C., stressed the need to help nurses manage their workloads through delegating certain tasks and offering new technologies.
“One example is implementing technology to support flexible scheduling, which can free up much-needed time for nurses on and off the job,” she told Fox News Digital.
“While it is truly a gift to be a nurse, the feeling of not having enough resources to care for your patients can be overwhelming.”
“In our analysis, we found the potential to free up to 15% of nurses’ time through these types of efforts — time that we could give back to nurses to spend on the aspects of their work that bring them the most joy and satisfaction.”
Mentoring is another way to support new nurses, multiple experts noted.
“Mentoring helps nurses navigate the emotional and stressful challenges they can experience daily.”(iStock)
“Mentoring helps nurses navigate the emotional and stressful challenges they can experience daily,” Korentager said.
“It allows nurses to have guidance and support throughout their careers, which can help with frustration and burnout while providing clarity for career progression.”
Ensuring adequate staffing levels can reduce the workload on individual nurses, enabling them to deliver better care and alleviate stress, according to Tang.
SOME NURSES EXPERIENCE VIOLENT ATTACKS AT SEATTLE CHILDREN’S HOSPITAL, SAY THEY WANT PROTECTION, SUPPORT
“Workplace safety is also paramount for the physical and mental well-being of nurses, as is offering mental health support to help nurses navigate the emotional challenges of their profession and prevent burnout,” she said.
“Recognizing and appreciating the hard work and dedication of nurses in meaningful ways further enhances morale and job satisfaction.”
Signs of positive change
Some organizations are optimistic about improvements they’re seeing in the nursing field.
Advent Health, for example, has seen a rebound in nursing staff since the COVID pandemic.
Since 2020, the Florida-based health system has seen 10,000 registered nurses hired across its Central Florida hospitals and clinical care locations since 2020, according to a press release.
“We’ve made incredible strides in fortifying our nursing workforce,” said a representative of AdventHealth.(iStock)
“We knew we needed to make recruitment and retention our organization’s top priority, and so we pledged to invest in our team members like never before and sought to inspire and mentor a new generation of nurses,” said Cathy Stankiewicz, chief nursing officer for AdventHealth’s hospitals in Orange, Osceola and Seminole counties, in the release.
She said the group has made great strides “in fortifying our nursing workforce.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
AdventHealth also said it has cut turnover in half since 2020 and reduced reliance on travel nurses by 98% since the peak of the pandemic.
“Hearing directly from RNs about their needs and working together to make meaningful changes was paramount to overcoming the challenges posed by the pandemic and nursing shortage,” said Michele Goeb-Burkett, chief nursing officer for AdventHealth’s hospitals in Flagler, Lake and Volusia counties, in the release.
The group has made great strides “in fortifying our nursing workforce.”
Overall, the experts agreed that nurses’ well-being is integral to patient care.
“While it is truly a gift to be a nurse, the feeling of not having enough resources to care for your patients can be overwhelming,” Korentager told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The continued demands to do more with less can negatively impact nurses’ career performance, health and personal life, she warned.
“This may manifest in medical errors, inattention or an overall negative attitude toward the patients. All of these can negatively affect patient outcomes and well-being.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Melissa Rudy is health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
When we think of comfort food, the first thing that comes to our mind is dal. In India, lentils play a major role in our daily diet. Not only is it easy to make, but dal is flavourful, versatile and nutritious, making it perfect to consume for all age groups. In fact, in India, the endless varieties of dals and their recipes speak volumes about the endless love for them. For me, my typical comfort food for any day of the week would be roti, sabzi, and rice, served with a hearty bowl of dal. But every now and then, I crave a twist but with the same nutrition. If you are someone who, like me, can’t get enough of dal recipes, then you have landed on the right page!
Also Read: Moong Dal Pakodi Curry – A Flavourful And Unique Twist To Your Regular Dal Recipe
Digital creator Nitya Hegde (@finefettlecookerys) shared an easy recipe for Panchmel Dal but with a twist! It has a smoky flavour to it! Intrigued?
Watch the full video of Smoked Panchmel Dal below:
How To Make Smoked Panchmel Dal | Easy Smoked Panchmel Dal Recipe
Digital creator Nitya Hegde (@finefettlecookerys) shared an easy recipe for smoked Panchmel dal on her Instagram page. To make this dal, start by taking 1/4th cup each of toor dal, masoor dal, chana dal, urad dal and green moong split dal. Wash and soak the dal, and set it aside. After a while, steam the pulses in a pressure cooker. In the meantime, finely chop some onions, ginger, tomatoes, green chillies, and garlic.
Take a pan and add a dollop of ghee along with cumin, hing, chopped ginger, garlic, and onions. Saute the ingredients until the onion becomes translucent. Now add tomatoes along with spices – turmeric, Kashmiri red chilli, garam masala, coriander powder, salt, kasuri methi, and red chilli. Mix the ingredients well before adding some water. Once the tomatoes become mushy, add the steamed pulses to the mixture. Chop some coriander leaves and add in the panchmel dal along with some ghee. Take a block of charcoal and place it in a dal pan. Top it with some ghee and cover the lid so that it releases its smoky flavour into the dal. Serve this panchmel dal with rice and enjoy!
Dal is a staple in Indian households. Image Credit: iStock
Quick And Easy Dal Recipes To Try At Home
1. Bengali-Style Chana Dal
One of the most popular breakfasts in Bengali homes, chana dal with luchi is a heavenly combination. This tasty dal includes a mix of herbs and spices like cinnamon, bay leaf, clove, cardamom, and turmeric with chana dal, and is super easy to make. Find the full recipe here.
2. Sindhi Tidli Dal
Made with chana, urad and green chilka dal, Sindhi Tidli dal is flavourful and easy to make. These three dals are blended and pressure cooked and served with a rich tadka of ghee, garlic, cumin seeds and hing. This dal pairs well with rotis and dodas. Find the full recipe here.
3. Dhuli Moong Dal
One of the most common dals found in Indian kitchens, Dhuli Moong Dal makes for an amazing meal after a long day. This dal is cooked in a mix of onions, tomatoes, cumin seeds, ghee and a number of spices. Pair it with roti and rice, and your wholesome meal is ready to dig into! Find the full recipe here.
4. Dal Fry
A staple in North Indian restaurants, dal fry is one of the most loved dal recipes. This dal is made with pantry staples and can be consumed daily. Even if you are a hardcore non-vegetarian, we are sure you won’t be able to resist this tempting dal with red, fiery tadka. Find the full recipe for Dal Fry here.
Also Read: Tired Of Eating Dal? Try These 5 Unique Moong Dal Based Recipes
When the reigning Miss USA, Noelia Voigt, announced this week she would be resigning from her position, she cited her mental health and wrote about her gratitude for the opportunity.
“As individuals, we grow through experiencing different things in life that lead us to learning more about ourselves,” she wrote on Instagram on Monday.
But an internal resignation letter by Ms. Voigt to Miss USA leadership and the Miss Universe Organization, obtained on Friday by The New York Times, presented a much darker picture.
In the eight-page letter, Ms. Voigt, who represented the state of Utah and was crowned in September, described “a toxic work environment within the Miss USA Organization that, at best, is poor management and, at worst, is bullying and harassment.” She also complained in her letter that the organization had delayed making good on her prize winnings.
The Miss USA Organization did not respond to request for comment.
Ms. Voigt’s departure has spurred at least two other resignations. UmaSofia Srivastava, Miss Teen USA, announced she was stepping down from her role on Wednesday. Arianna Lemus, who represented Colorado at Miss USA in 2023, said on Friday she was resigning in solidarity after seeing Ms. Voigt’s post.
“That was a call to help,” Ms. Lemus, 27, said in an interview.
The sudden departures have touched off wider speculation in the pageant world that crowned winners are legally barred from speaking freely about their experiences with the Miss USA Organization. Many of Ms. Voigt’s past competitors, including Ms. Lemus, shared a statement demanding that she be released from any nondisclosure agreements.
In her resignation letter, Ms. Voigt said she experienced an incident of sexual harassment when, during a Christmas parade last year in Sarasota, Fla., a driver made inappropriate comments toward her.
She said in her letter that the organization failed to support her when she reported the incident.
Ms. Voigt went on to write that serving as Miss USA took a toll on her health, adding that she now struggled with anxiety and took medication to manage her symptoms.
She said she had begun experiencing “heart palpitations, full body shakes, loss of appetite, unintentional weight loss, loss of sleep, loss of hair and more.”
Some people believed Ms. Voigt’s Instagram post announcing her resignation contained a secret message. The first letter of each of the first 11 sentences of the statement spell the phrase “I AM SILENCED,” which some have interpreted as a signal that Ms. Voigt is unable to speak openly about her experience.
Just a few days after Ms. Voigt’s announcement, Ms. Srivastava, who was crowned Miss Teen USA in 2023, also resigned from her post.
“After careful consideration, I have decided to resign as I find that my personal values no longer fully align with the direction of the organization,” Ms. Srivastava, who represented the state of New Jersey at the Miss Teen USA pageant in September, wrote on Instagram.
Her post included a quote from the German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche: “There are no beautiful surfaces without a terrible depth.”
“I know all of us who love the program want to rush out and do something,” Laylah Rose, the president and chief executive of the Miss USA Organization, wrote in an email to The Times earlier this week, regarding Ms. Voigt’s and Ms. Srivastava’s resignations. “My goal is to provide truly helpful steps we can take together.”
“Our all-encompassing goal at Miss USA is to celebrate and empower women,” Ms. Rose added, saying she was taking “these allegations seriously.”
Through a representative, both Ms. Srivastava and Ms. Voigt declined to comment, citing a nondisclosure agreement. (A copy of the 2023 Miss USA contract obtained by The New York Times appears to bar signees from disclosing any information about Miss USA while employed by the organization.)
After Ms. Voigt’s announcement, several of her fellow Miss USA 2023 competitors posted a statement on Instagram demanding that the Miss USA Organization release Ms. Voigt from any such agreement.
Juliana Morehouse, who competed at Miss USA representing Maine and lives in South Carolina, said in an interview with The Times that the letter originated in a group chat of 2023 participants who were “shocked and saddened” to hear of Ms. Voigt’s resignation. On a Zoom call, they hashed out the message they wanted to share in support of Ms. Voigt.
(Ms. Morehouse did not provide an exact figure but said the number of women who wrote and shared the letter comprised a majority of the 51 competitors at Miss USA in 2023.)
Claudia Michelle Engelhardt, who stepped down from her role as social media director for Miss USA this month, said she felt the Miss USA participants were unfairly pressured into signing their contracts.
“It was pretty much, ‘You have to sign this or you’re not going to compete,’” Ms. Engelhardt, 24, said. “You just worked your butt off to get here. You won your state. What, are you not going to go because you don’t want to sign a contract? They are basically holding you hostage, for lack of a better term, to sign this contract.”
Ms. Morehouse said she was given “a little over 24 hours” to review the contract.
“I don’t think any of us sought legal representation to review it with us,” she said in an interview with The Times. “We had never heard of such an ironclad NDA being implemented in previous years, because this was the first year of the new leadership.” (Ms. Rose became president of the organization last year.)
She emphasized that while her personal experience with Miss USA was a positive one, she hoped speaking out would ensure that was the case for all participants in the future.
Ms. Lemus, the former Miss Colorado USA, said she saw some irony in how Miss USA appeared to be operating.
“This is an organization that preaches women’s empowerment,” she said.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
It’s a noise that can’t be unheard. It will wake you up in the middle of the night and rattle your bones. Your cat is retching, and the noise is undeniable. As you race to comfort your cat and protect your carpet, you notice that the vomit is pink in color. What could have caused that? Does your cat need to be immediately seen by an emergency vet?
Occasionally, food dye or the food itself could lead to the pink coloration of vomit. However, more than likely, your cat’s vomit is pink in color due to the presence of blood somewhere in the upper gastrointestinal tract. The reasons blood may be seen in vomit are abundant, as pink vomit is more of a clinical sign of illness.
Continue reading below as we discuss some of the most common reasons pink coloration may be present in the vomit of cats.
The 10 Reasons Your Cat Is Throwing Up Pink Liquid
1. Food Coloration
Although most causes of pink-colored vomit are correlated to the presence of blood, there is an exception. Some foods colored with dye may cause vomit to appear pink. As food enters the stomach and mixes with stomach acid, the food begins breaking down. If vomiting occurs during this time, it is possible that the contents may have a pink hue present.
2. Swallowing of Blood
As mentioned previously, the ingestion of blood is the most common reason pink coloration is seen in vomit. This can occur due to swallowing blood that has come from the oral cavity, nasal cavity, and respiratory tract. Ingested blood will appear bright pink or red compared to that of digested blood occurring lower in the gastrointestinal tract, which is often described as appearing like coffee grounds.
Image Credit: Kamil Zajaczkowski, Shutterstock
3. Esophageal Trauma
Irritation of the esophagus can result in inflammation and blood. When this enters the stomach, blood can change the coloration of the gastric fluids. Esophagitis, or inflammation of the esophagus, is a common sequel to repetitive vomiting and can be seen with acid reflux. Additionally, foreign bodies lodged in the esophagus can behave similarly, leading to esophagitis.
4. Gastric Bleeding
Although stomach ulcers are more common in dogs, they can occasionally be seen in cats. Ulcerations are often very painful. Animals with stomach ulcers experience gastric bleeds. If a patient with an ulcer vomits, it is very likely blood will be seen. Ulcerations can be treated with gastroprotectants like sucralfate but can also improve with the use of omeprazole, a proton pump inhibitor.
You are free to use this image but we do require you to link back to Catster.com for credit
5. Bleeding Disorders
Although relatively uncommon, some animals may battle bleeding disorders. These can occur from secondary poisonings, immune-mediated diseases, and genetic abnormalities. Unfortunately, these can be challenging to treat and may be life-threatening.
6. Foreign Bodies
Inappropriate foreign bodies, like sewing needles, plastic, bones, and more, can become lodged in the oral cavity or throughout the digestive tract. Blood that occurs secondary to foreign body trauma may lead to pink vomit.
Image Credit: josefotograf, Shutterstock
7. Cancer and Tumors
Cancer or tumors anywhere along the upper digestive tract, including the oral cavity, could bleed or cause irritation to normal tissue. Once this blood is ingested, fluids within the stomach mix resulting in a pink coloration that can be seen in vomit.
8. Infections
Some types of bacterial, viral, fungal, and parasitic infections can lead to vomiting. This is often the result of damage to the tissue lining the gastrointestinal tract.
Image Credit: megaflopp Shutterstock
9. Shock
If your feline companion is severely ill and experiencing signs of shock, the digestive tract can suffer as a result of low blood pressure. When this happens, the lining of the digestive tract is affected and damaged. Vomiting may ensue and patients may require intravenous fluids and blood transfusions.
10. Chronic Vomiting
Disease processes causing recurrent vomiting, like kidney disease or liver disease, can be the underlying cause of pink vomitus. As previously mentioned, stomach acids can be irritating to the esophagus leading to inflammation and blood present in the vomit.
Image Credit: Kginger, Shutterstock
Signs That Your Pet May Need to See the Vet
Diagnostics
Your veterinarian will perform a physical examination on your cat to develop a better understanding of their overall condition. Then, based on the physical examination findings, your veterinarian will suggest diagnostic tests that can be performed that will better pinpoint the cause of vomiting. Common modalities used are radiographs, endoscopy, surgery, and ultrasound. Furthermore, blood work can be useful in recognizing bleeding disorders and infections.
Image Credit: Libre, Shutterstock
Treatment
Treatment of vomiting pink fluid will be heavily dependent on the underlying cause. Remember, vomiting is a sign of the problem, not the problem itself. For example, if vomiting is secondary to a foreign body, removal will be necessary. If vomiting is secondary to an ulcer, the ulcer will need resolution and the underlying cause addressed.
Symptomatic care can often be used to help reduce signs of illness and can be beneficial for a variety of disorders. Often, cats with pink-tinged vomit will benefit from off-label use of a medication like sucralfate or Carafate®. This medication helps coat areas of ulceration or irritation in the upper digestive tract.
Additionally, anti-vomit medications may be recommended depending on the suspected underlying disease process. Not every patient experiencing vomiting should be treated with anti-vomit medication. This is a treatment decision that will need to be made by your veterinarian.
Often, dietary changes may be recommended, and food may be temporarily withheld. Bland, wet diets are often preferable in animals struggling with gastrointestinal issues.
In Summary
Vomiting in cats deserves to be taken seriously. If your 4-legged companion appears in distress or if the vomiting is persistent, it is time to have them evaluated by a veterinarian. The cause of vomiting can vary, and as a result, treatment varies too. Your veterinarian will recommend different diagnostic tests and supportive interventions and will be prepared to intervene further if needed. Your cat should be closely observed following vomiting for signs of worsening in their condition. If ever in doubt, contact your veterinarian.
Blackstone-sponsored Nexus Select Trust is planning to acquire more malls in major and strategic locations across the country, as part of its overall plan to ramp up its presence not only geographically but, also in terms of area, at an average rate of 1-1.5 million square feet, annually.
Also read:Nexus Select expects to post 9% growth in net operating income in FY25
The mall-focused real estate investment trust has progressed significantly, in concluding the acquisition of three malls in Hyderabad with a total area of 1 msf. “Hopefully, if we get the government approvals, this should happen pretty soon,” Chief Executive Officer, Dalip Sehgal told businessline. This acquisition was announced last year.
“We are looking at both markets where we are present – that’s the first choice – and then somewhere we may not be represented,” Sehgal said. He pointed out that the REIT already has malls in Hyderabad and “having three more assets in Hyderabad, makes a lot of sense.”
The REIT, currently has a portfolio of 17 malls with a gross leasable area of around 10 msf across 14 cities. Sehgal said that prospective acquisitions could be in metro and non-metros. Its non-metro malls in Bhubaneswar and Mangalore, were doing “very well”, he added. The trust had turned around many of the malls in its portfolio by getting good tenants and rejigging the profile.
“I think that model of acquisition and then setting the assets right, is working and I think that’s the route by and large that we wish to grow,” said Sehgal. He added a rider that if there was a good market and “no asset in that market that can be a possible acquisition target,” then it would even look to do a couple of greenfield sites, but that would be an exception rather than the rule.
On the pace of acquisitions and yearly additions, Sehgal said that over the last seven years, it has been roughly adding around 1 to 1.5 msf a year. “Very clearly, I think that’s something that is possible going forward as well every year.” He added that it could be lumpy depending on the acquisition targets available and the time to conclude the deals.
“But, I think the key really, is that we now have a playbook that allows us to acquire and quickly stabilise the asset and then make it grow substantially more than its track record.”
In FY24, Nexus Select Trust reported net operating income at ₹1,760 crore, meeting its guidance, while tenant sales rose 13 per cent to ₹12,000 crore. In FY25, it has guided for a 9 per cent growth in NOI and 9-10 per cent higher payout.
Tenants
Both domestic and international brands, were looking for more and larger spaces, Sehgal said. “They are all increasing stores.”
Some of the existing brands are launching new formats such as Zara with Zara Home and H&M also with a home outlet.
Direct-to-consumer brands such as Nykaa and Mamaearth, were also adding more stores as they expand their omnichannel reach.
Also read:Nexus Select Trust’s Q3 net operating income up 14 per cent
While supermarkets are shrinking, other formats are taking up larger spaces, Sehgal said. Footwear stores for instance, were looking at larger stores where they can have more merchandise and have better engagement with customers.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
VEĆINA nas vjerojatno godinama koristi isti način vezivanja tenisica, ali jeste li znali da postoji jednostavan trik koji može značajno poboljšati stabilnost vaših omiljenih tenisica?
Uzmimo, na primjer, vaš omiljeni par tenisica za trčanje ili teretanu. Primijetit ćete dodatnu rupicu tik uz uobičajene rupe za vezanje. Možda ste se pitali čemu ta rupica služi. Pa, ne radi se o boljoj prozračnosti ili grešci u proizvodnji, već o nečemu što može značajno unaprijediti stabilnost vaših tenisica.
Korištenjem ove dodatne rupice i pravilnim vezanjem cipela možete postići bolje prianjanje i stabilnost cipela uz nogu. Na primjer, ako vam peta klizi dok hodate ili trčite, ove dodatne rupice mogu riješiti taj problem pružajući dodatnu potporu peti i sprječavajući nepoželjno klizanje.
Na svom TikTok profilu korisnik @danbeckeroutdoors podijelio je video u kojem objašnjava kako pravilno vezati tenisice.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ovaj način vezivanja može spriječiti pojavu žuljeva
Ovaj način vezivanja cipela ne samo da poboljšava njihovo pristajanje, već može i ublažiti neke uobičajene bolove u stopalima. Na primjer, može spriječiti trljanje ili iritaciju Ahilove tetive, što smanjuje pojavu žuljeva.
Osim toga, ovaj način vezivanja cipela može spriječiti klizanje stopala prema naprijed tijekom trčanja ili hodanja. To je posebno korisno za sportaše koji imaju problema s čekićastim prstima ili osjećajem da im se prsti “zabijaju” u prednji dio cipele.
Dakle, sljedeći put kada obujete svoje omiljene tenisice, ne zaboravite primijeniti ovaj jednostavan trik kako biste osigurali bolju stabilnost, udobnost i performanse tijekom svake aktivnosti.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
The night started with frustration at the home plate umpire.
It ended with the Dodgers being frustrated with themselves.
The team’s 2-1 loss to the San Diego Padres on Friday might not have been decided until the bottom of the ninth inning, when Luis Arráez hit a walk-off single to thrill the Padres portion of a split 43,338-person crowd.
Really, though, it was the Dodgers’ own inability at the plate that doomed them at Petco Park.
They were upset early with the large strike zone of plate umpire Mike Estabrook (who, in fairness, granted some generous calls to Dodgers pitchers, as well). They were flummoxed later by Padres starter Michael King, who dialed up 11 punchouts in a scoreless seven-inning start.
In the end, though, the Dodgers really only had themselves to blame.
Tyler Glasnow provided another strong start, giving up only one run, a Luis Campusano third-inning home run, while striking out 10 over seven innings to lower his ERA to 2.53.
Their lineup still outproduced San Diego, recording four hits and four walks to San Diego’s three hits and two walks.
Yet, in their fourth loss out of six games against the Padres this season, the Dodgers still couldn’t find a way to prevail, snapping the team’s seven-game winning streak in the first of their three games against the rival Padres this weekend.
Dodgers starting pitcher Tyler Glasnow delivers during the first inning Friday.
(Gregory Bull / Associated Press)
The Dodgers (26-14) had one chance to flip the script, when they put runners on second and third with no outs while trailing 1-0 in the eighth inning. However, they scored just once — off a Freddie Freeman sacrifice fly — and went hitless in four at-bats with runners in scoring position.
That set the stage for the ninth inning, when Campusano tagged reliever Michael Grove for a leadoff double before Arráez ended it with his walk-off single.
The game highlighted some of the depth concerns at the bottom of the Dodgers’ lineup — an area of particular intrigue at the moment as outfielder Jason Heyward nears his return from a back injury.
Heyward on Friday took live at-bats for the first time since going on the injured list a month ago. He will go through two more sessions of live BP Saturday and Monday, then begin a rehabilitation assignment next week.
That means, with his return now likely in the next couple of weeks, the Dodgers will have to start evaluating who on the current roster could make way for Heyward’s eventual return.
Andy Pages originally looked like only a temporary replacement. But he has quickly turned his two-way ticket into a one-way destination, seemingly unlikely to be sent down given his .300 batting average and .850 OPS.
Gavin Lux (.183 average) and Kiké Hernández (.211) struggled out of the gate, but have shown signs of life recently.
That leaves outfielder James Outman and utility man Chris Taylor as the two likeliest candidates, at present, to be trimmed from the roster.
Dodgers star Shohei Ohtani reacts after striking out during the first inning Friday.
(Gregory Bull / Associated Press)
Outman went hitless with a strikeout in three at-bats Friday, dropping his season batting average to .158 and keeping his strikeout rate above 30%.
Taylor, stunningly, has been even worse. He is just four for 56 with 28 strikeouts (his 41.2% K rate is the only one on the team worse than Outman), as he tries to work through a failed offseason swing change.
Despite having the second-fewest at-bats on the team, ahead of only catcher Austin Barnes, Taylor has already accumulated almost one whole win below replacement, according to Baseball Reference — one of several shocking stats that illustrate his woeful opening month.
The big difference between Taylor and Outman is their contract statuses.
Outman is a second-year player who can be optioned to the minors. Taylor has two years, including this one, and some $30 million left on the contract he signed as a free agent after his lone All-Star season in 2021.
In other words, while Outman has been marginally better than Taylor this year, he is also the easier player to move off the MLB roster — particularly for a Dodgers team with little proven position player depth in the minors.
As Dave Roberts has noted repeatedly in recent days, the club isn’t making any final decisions yet. They still have some time until Heyward returns. There are still plenty of games for roster circumstances to change.
“Like with anything, you just don’t know how it’s gonna play out,” Roberts said.
Yet, the manager added, ominously, “I think you have to look at a couple different options.”
The need to do so became clear again Friday, on one of the rare nights of late the Dodgers failed to get their bats going.
LG CineBeam Q compact projector: LG Electronics India on Tuesday announced the launch of the LG CineBeam Q (HU710PB) projector. The LG CineBeam Q is a smart portable laser projector that has been designed to fit seamlessly into any space. “It boasts a minimal and compact design, making it a stylish addition to any interior,” the company said. The projector has a 360-degree rotating handle that ensures easy transition between indoor and outdoor settings.
The projector, despite being small in size, delivers 4K UHD (3840 x 2160) picture quality, capable of casting content onto screens ranging up to 304.8 cm (120 inches).
The one feature that helps LG CineBeam Q standout from others is that it uses laser light source technology, which guarantees picture quality with a contrast ratio of 450,000:1. Additionally, the projector comes equipped with a 3-channel RGB laser system, further enhancing the vibrancy and clarity of the images projected.
“As young Indians lead dynamic lifestyles, the need for portable entertainment solutions has never been more crucial. The LG CineBeam Q perfectly aligns with this demand, offering portability without compromising on performance. Whether it’s transforming a dorm room into a personal cinema, hosting movie nights with friends, or taking outdoor gatherings to the next level, it seamlessly adapts to our on-the-go lifestyle. Its portability ensures that the magic of cinema is no longer confined within four walls. We are confident that the LG CineBeam Q will become an indispensable part of every Indian household, offering boundless entertainment possibilities for the entire family,” said Yoojae Kim, Vice President & Director, Division Leader, Business Solutions.
LG’s webOS platform provides users with access to popular streaming services, including Netflix, Disney+, Prime Video, and YouTube. Moreover, the projector allows for content sharing from smartphones and tablets through AirPlay 2 and Miracast.
In terms of functionality, the LG CineBeam Q offers features like auto screen adjustment, webOS integration and versatile connectivity options such as screen share, mirroring, Bluetooth, AirPlay, HDMI, and USB Type-C™.
LG CineBeam Q: Availability and Price
The LG CineBeam Q will be available for sale in India in mid-June with an MRP of Rs 1,65,000 with availability across retail and online platforms including LG.com and LG Pro AV store. The projector will come with a warranty of two years.
The Xbox Series X is a true gaming powerhouse, featuring super speedy processing power, cutting-edge visuals and neat features like Quick Resume, which lets players switch between games in an instant, picking up exactly where they left off. If you’ve been thinking of grabbing an Xbox Series X console, then there’s arguably never been a better time, as Argos gives customers the chance to purchase a console with an essential freebie. For a limited time only, Argos shoppers can get a free Xbox controller with the purchase of a Series X. This means you’ll have two controllers to play around with, which is perfect for local multiplayer. Likewise, with Xbox controllers requiring batteries, you’ll always have a spare should one run out of juice. The Argos website is showing that the console deal is “in demand” and “selling fast”, so you may need to hurry in order to avoid missing out on this deal. Just click the link below to make the saving.
If you do pick up a new Xbox Series X, then a controller isn’t the only essential purchase you’ll need to make.
Microsoft’s Xbox Game Pass Ultimate subscription service provides fantastic value for money, giving users access to hundreds of games for a monthly fee.
This includes brand new first-party Xbox games on the day of launch. This includes games like Gears of War, Forza Horizon, Halo and even Bethesda’s Starfield.
Subscribers can also play a ton of triple-A third-party games from the likes of Ubisoft and Electronic Arts, not to mention a wide variety of indie gems.
Just last week Microsoft added the excellent Star Wars Jedi Survivor to Xbox Game Pass Ultimate.
Taking place five years after its predecessor, Jedi Survivor sees Cal Kestis once again take on the Empire.
“This narratively driven, single-player title picks up 5 years after the events of Star Wars Jedi: Fallen Order and follows Cal’s increasingly desperate fight as the galaxy descends further into darkness,” reads the official description.
“Pushed to the edges of the galaxy by the Empire, Cal will find himself surrounded by threats new and familiar.”
Microsoft has also announced the next wave of games coming to Xbox Game Pass in May.
This includes Brothers: A Tale of Two Sons, Little Kitty, Big City, Kona II: Brume and Tomb Raider: Definitive Edition.
That’s on top of critically-acclaimed roguelike game Have a Nice Death, which joined the service earlier this week.
“In this darkly charming 2D action roguelike, play as an overworked Death, whose employees have run rampant, completely throwing off the balance of souls – and his vacation plans,” reads the official description.
“Grab your trusty scythe and show your employees who’s boss.”
Select versions of the all-electric Volvo EX30 have been hit with nominal price rises for the 2025 model year, as the first vehicles begin to touch down on Australian roads.
Overseas models pictured
The 2025 Volvo EX30 lineup continues to open at $59,990 plus on-road costs for the entry-level Single Motor Extended Plus variant, though the higher spec Single Motor Extended Ultra and Twin Performance Ultra have been hit with $1300 price rises.
No adjustments to specification have been applied to offset the costs, with Volvo Cars Australia’s justification being the increased cost of shipping.
Having initially been earmarked for a late-2023 arrival, first examples of the Volvo EX30 are arriving now in Australia, with an initial batch of around 300 units kicking off a confirmed calendar year allocation of 3900 vehicles for 2024.
Pricing
Pricing for the entry-level Plus hasn’t changed, though the Ultra variants have seen $1300 increases.
Model
$RRP
2025 Volvo EX30 Single Motor Extended Plus
$59,990
2025 Volvo EX30 Single Motor Extended Ultra
$66,290 (+$1300)
2025 Volvo EX30 Twin Performance Ultra
$71,290 (+$1300)
Prices exclude on-road costs
To see how the Volvo EX30 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
Powertrains and Efficiency
Australia gets two drivetrain variants, with the same Extended Range battery pack.
Volvo EX30 Single Motor
Electric motors
Single motor, electric
Total system power
200kW
Total system torque
343Nm
Driven wheels
Rear-wheel drive
Battery
69kWh nickel manganese cobalt
Weight
1810kg
0-100km/h (claimed)
5.3 seconds
Top speed
180km/h
Claimed range
462km (WLTP)
Energy consumption (claimed)
17.5kWh/100km
Maximum DC charging rate
153kW
Charging time (10-80 per cent)
30 minutes
Volvo EX30 Twin Performance
Electric motors
Dual motor, electric
Total system power
Front: 115kW Rear: 200kW Total: 315kW
Total system torque
Front: 200Nm Rear: 343Nm Total: 543Nm
Driven wheels
All-wheel drive
Battery
69kWh nickel manganese cobalt
Weight
1920kg
0-100km/h (claimed)
3.6 seconds
Top speed
180km/h
Claimed range
445km (WLTP)
Energy consumption (claimed)
18.0kWh/100km
Maximum DC charging rate
153kW
Charging time (10-80 per cent)
30 minutes
Dimensions
Volvo EX30
Length
4233mm
Width
1837mm
Height
1555mm
Wheelbase
2650mm
Boot capacity
Front: 7L Rear: 318L-904L
Servicing and Warranty
The Volvo range in Australia is backed by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
The battery is also backed by an eight-year warranty, and owners are treated to eight years of roadside assist.
Scheduled maintenance is required every 24 months. Service pricing is still to be confirmed.
Safety
The EX30 hasn’t been crash tested by Euro NCAP yet.
Standard safety features include:
Adaptive cruise control
Blind-spot assist
Collision avoidance mitigation
Autonomous emergency braking
Autonomous emergency steering
Vehicle, cyclist, pedestrian detection
Front cross-traffic alert
Intelligent speed assist
Intersection auto brake
Straight crossing path
Right, left turn
Lane-keep assist
Oncoming Lane Mitigation
Oncoming mitigation by braking
Parking sensors front, rear
Pilot Assist
Adaptive cruise
Lane centring assist
Rear collision warning and mitigation
Rear cross-traffic assist
Rear-view camera
Road sign information
Run-off Road Mitigation
The Ultra also receives rear low-speed auto braking.
Standard Equipment
Two trim levels are available – the Plus is only available as a Single Motor, while the Ultra offers both Single Motor and Twin Performance drivetrain options.
EX30 Plus highlights:
Charging
11kW on-board charger
Home charging cable, 7m (10A)
Climate
Air quality measurement
Remote cabin air pre-cleaning
Air quality system
Cabin filter
Heat pump
Dual-zone climate control
Driver support
Auto-dimming interior, exterior mirrors
Door opening alert
Driver alert system
LED headlights
Active high-beam
One-pedal drive
Rain-sensing wipers
Exterior
19-inch 5-spoke aero wheels
Fog lights, rear
Rear LED lights
Roof spoiler, Onyx Black
Roof top, mirror caps in Onyx Black
Summer tyres
Interior
Blue air vent decor
Ambience themes
Denim decor
Interior illumination, high level
Removable rear storage box
Sliding cupholders, storage
Sports steering wheel
Textile, Nordico upholstery
Textile interior cabin floor mats
Cargo and storage
Flat-folding two-split rear seat
Front load compartment
LED illumination, load compartment
Power outlet, load compartment
Power tailgate
Tech and sound
12.3-inch centre touchscreen
5G capability
DAB radio
Front, rear USB charge ports
Google Built-in – 5 years
Google Assistant
Google Maps
Google Play Store
Harman Kardon premium sound
Over-the-air updates
Volvo EX30 app
Wireless phone charging
EX30 Ultra adds:
Climate
Heated steering wheel
Rear privacy glass
Parking Assistance
360-degree camera, 3D view
Park Pilot Assist
Exterior
Seats
Power front seat adjustment
Heated front seats
Stay tuned for our review of the Volvo EX30 at 5:00PM Thursday, May 9.
South Korea is on the brink of a major financial development as the Democratic Party gets ready to introduce spot Bitcoin ETFs to the local market. This initiative reflects the party’s campaign promises and could radically change how cryptocurrencies are perceived and traded within the country.
Initial Moves Toward Regulatory Change
According to Blooming Beat, a local media outlet, the Democratic Party is pressing the Financial Services Commission (FSC) to reconsider the current ban on spot Bitcoin ETFs.
An official from the Democratic Party’s policy committee revealed plans to submit a formal request for an authoritative interpretation of Bitcoin spot ETFs once the 22nd National Assembly commences in June.
The Democratic Party has long advocated for integrating cryptocurrencies into mainstream financial products. A recent statement highlighted their commitment to enabling the issuance, listing, and trading of ETFs that utilize digital assets like Bitcoin as underlying assets.
Global Context and Legislative Challenges
Despite the enthusiasm surrounding Bitcoin spot ETFs, South Korean financial regulators have historically resisted their inclusion under the Capital Markets Act, which does not recognize virtual assets as valid underlying ETFs.
However, the international landscape is shifting. Following the U.S. approval of a Bitcoin spot ETF in January and the commencement of Bitcoin and Ethereum spot ETF trading in Hong Kong, there is renewed optimism that South Korea might follow suit.
The Democratic Party’s overwhelming victory in the recent general election, securing 175 of 300 seats, has strengthened confidence that their cryptocurrency-related initiatives will succeed. Still, an official noted that discussions on implementing these pledges have yet to start due to the new assembly’s pending inauguration.
The party plans to push for massive legislative changes if the FSC’s forthcoming interpretation remains unsatisfactory. Discussions are expected to start on the Second Stage Virtual Asset Act later in the year, and should those efforts falter, a proposal to amend the Capital Markets Act will be considered.
This amendment process, however, is not immediate and would involve extensive consultations and approvals, potentially delaying actionable changes by several months.
We should rename generative AI. I suggest calling it “expressional AI.”
The dictionary defines “generative” as “having the ability to produce, originate, or reproduce something.” That’s an inaccurate description of generative AI because it suggests that it originates an idea.
“Expressional” is defined as “relating to or of expression, especially in language, the face, or the arts. Expressional can also mean embodying a conception or emotion.” This definition more accurately describes what AI does. It expresses an idea based on a prompt given by someone.
That distinction is crucial now as generative AI shifts expectations of people’s value.
Don’t get buried by mediocrity
The trope of generative AI becoming some Skynet evil overlord is stale. Generative AI is more likely to bury everyone in monetized content mediocrity.
Last year, Amazon instituted a three-per-day upload limit for self-publishing after an influx of AI-generated books. Think about that. Three books a day? It doesn’t seem Amazon takes the problem seriously. What author needs a daily limit on how many books can be published on the platform?
Some experts warn AI will generate 90% of all content on the internet within a couple of years. I don’t know if that number is valid, but even 10% is concerning.
And for those in marketing and content, you couldn’t pick a worse time for technology to enable everyone to express every idea they have.
You’re already dealing with too much commoditized content crowding your audiences and filling attention spans. You’re already facing more pressure from the leaders of your organizations to produce more content that gets more attention from persuaded buyers or engaged customers.
You’re exhausted.
And now, generative AI stands ready to help people express even more words and pictures.
Leading teams, guiding clients, and working with colleagues all feel different in a world where people think AI powers everything. It’s not all doom and gloom, but it’s not all unicorns and rainbows, either. So, it’s hard to get excited about AI when it feels like homework.
Let’s be clear. Right now, AI in content and marketing is the sexiest thing that most companies are not doing. Really.
Most businesses remain in experimental mode or have formed a skunkworks team to firm up use cases and figure out what “good enough” means.
But new products still emerge. And it seems like generative AI is integrated into every content creation tool.
Sometimes, it feels wrong to use it, but it also feels like you’re falling behind if you don’t.
The quality of ideas still matters
I’ve noticed a weird trend with AI. It’s as if everybody has lowered their expectations to match the capability of the latest tool.
I recently chatted over a beer with a talented and successful screenwriter friend. He told me his writers room uses AI tools to generate new ideas for shows or episodes.
“The ideas it generates aren’t great, but it gives us a great starting point,” he said.
I’ve heard that sentiment from marketing folks as well.
I told him, “It gets you faster to all the bad ideas you would have all had in a brainstorming meeting.”
He laughed and said, “Yeah, that’s kind of it.”
Is that valuable? Maybe. In a world where time is money, getting to the bad ideas more quickly could be valuable. But a comprehensive bad-idea board doesn’t sound like a particularly compelling result.
More troubling is that some marketing and content teams don’t distinguish the bad from the good. They equate generative AI’s speed with creativity — and they see one (or more) of those ideas as being “different” (because they hadn’t iterated it yet). They act on it immediately. Put simply, they value the time to the idea more than the idea itself.
You need to do the opposite.
You get what you expect
Consider the struggle a client shared with me recently regarding a writer on his team who continually produces work that “just isn’t good enough” in the client’s view. He told me, “I’m not sure what to do.”
I asked if he’d considered raising expectations. My client seemed incredulous. “No,” he said. “I’m just trying to get him to first base. If I can get a basic piece out of him, I’ll count it as a win.”
And then came the punchline.
“So, I’ve got him using ChatGPT. I’ve been trying to manage his expectations about where he fits in.”
The term “manage expectations” has been used for decades. Over the last 25 years, every firm I’ve worked with says it focuses on managing others’ expectations about delivering great work.
I’ve rarely seen that phrase mean raising expectations about what to deliver. It usually means lowering expectations (theirs or yours).
In other words, if you think you or a team member will surpass expectations, you stay silent. Then, when it’s done, you can surprise and delight others. Or if you expect to underwhelm, you don’t say you expect great things because you’ll disappoint others if you don’t deliver.
Search Google for best practices around managing expectations, and you’ll find some variation of this advice: “Communicate your intentions clearly.”
That’s all well and good. But before you manage expectations for your team, boss, client, or customer, ask: “Am I communicating my expectations, or am I trying to lower theirs?”
My client lowered expectations for his writer by suggesting generative AI would help him produce better articles.
Greater expectations
Think about when you’re excited about an innovative idea for you or the team to accomplish. Your expectations are off-the-chart high.
But what do you do when you take the idea to management? You dampen that excitement. You manage their expectations, so you’ll be sure to meet them. Have you ever said (even to yourself), “Let’s underpromise and overdeliver?”
Exceeding expectations is a flawed way to deliver a service. It’s likely to prompt a response like the one Nigel Tufnel received in Spinal Tap when he points out that his amplifier goes to 11: “Why don’t you just make 10 louder?”
If you need to exceed expectations, someone’s expectations aren’t high enough.
Aim for the home run
A psychological phenomenon is at work. The Pygmalion effect involves setting high expectations for people to propel them to better results.
Despite the challenges you face (and maybe because of them), you must adjust expectations for your and your team’s performance. With your team, you can:
Reprioritize projects and deadlines (delegate or extend due dates as needed).
Assess the quality of your work, especially the details needed for these projects.
Balance the work across the team to account for personal stress levels.
But the one thing you shouldn’t do? Lower your expectations.
Expressional AI is probably OK
That brings me back to why I want to rename generative AI as expressional AI.
Now and for the foreseeable future, generative AI is not generating ideas. It’s not expressing the best content based on your idea. It is expressing the most probable content based on your idea.
Generative (or rather expressional) AI is OK. Occasionally, it may be good. But don’t lower your expectations by rationalizing, “This is what state-of-the-art technology gives us now.”
It may help you express the most probable ideas faster. But it won’t generate or express the best ideas for you.
Is that client struggling with an underperforming writer? I advised him not to look at AI as the answer and challenged him to set the highest expectations.
I said, “Instead of telling this writer you’re trying to get him to first base, why not tell him you expect a home run — and you need him to come up with the best ideas?
“Maybe he only gets a base hit, but at least you both know that was his best.”
Align expectations with reality so everybody aims for 10. You don’t have to hit 11. But you should achieve the highest level you can.
Next time you find yourself managing expectations, check whether you’re communicating your expectations or lowering theirs.
When you raise expectations to match your own, I expect you’ll get more of what you want.
Subscribe to workday or weekly CMI emails to get Rose-Colored Glasses in your inbox each week.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Interval, a leading personalised learning platform, has announced the launch of four innovative products as part of its expansion into the new financial year. The company with hundreds of courses in the K-12 segment is expanding its business to new vernaculars and different age segments or students and adults alike, a press release said.
Co-founded by five friends, Aslah Thadathil, Shibily Ameen, Sanafir, Najim Illyas and Ramees Ali, the company has garnered widespread acclaim from students and parents for its comprehensive range of offerings, including Individual tuition on classroom subjects, foundation courses in languages and mathematics, Montessori-based classes called Little Genie, and speaking courses for students and adults in English and Hindi.
Also read: Edtech start-up Guvi launches Large Language Models for vernacular learners
The latest additions to the portfolio will cater diverse educational needs, providing individuals with specialized training and career advancement opportunities. The 4 new courses are Jr IAS, geared towards aspiring young minds aged 10 and above; Diploma in English Speak Course; AccountEazy for those seeking to establish a solid career in accounting and Teachers Bridge Course, targeted towards graduates of Teacher Training Courses (TTC) or Bachelor of Education (B.Ed).
Interval now has over 25000 students in hundreds of courses across 30+ countries.
A major public health agency last week expanded its breast cancer screening guidelines to include younger women — but some people are concerned that one key age group has been excluded.
The U.S. Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) announced on April 30 that women between ages 40 and 74 should get mammograms every other year.
This is a significant change from previous guidelines, which said women should begin biennial mammograms at age 50, but could opt to begin as young as 40.
BREAST CANCER MAMMOGRAM SCREENINGS SHOULD START AT AGE 40 INSTEAD OF 50, SAYS HEALTH TASK FORCE
Some experts object to the fact that the agency doesn’t include official screening recommendations for women older than 74.
“The USPSTF concludes that the current evidence is insufficient to assess the balance of benefits and harms of screening mammography in women 75 years or older,” the agency stated in the guidance.
The U.S. Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) announced on April 30 that women between the ages of 40 and 74 should get mammograms every other year.(iStock)
Dr. Denise Pate, medical director with Medical Offices of Manhattan and contributor to LabFinder, voiced her disagreement with the lack of mammogram recommendations for older women.
“I think it is an antiquated view that sells short the potential of women older than 75,” she told Fox News Digital.
SOME BREAST CANCER PATIENTS COULD BE AT RISK OF ANOTHER TYPE OF CANCER, STUDY REVEALS
“The recommendations consider that the older population may be over-diagnosed, potentially with slow-growing breast cancers — but this does not take into account the increase in life expectancy for American women.”
A woman who is 75 right now has a life expectancy of 87, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
Lack of research
One of the main reasons that women over 74 were excluded is that the age group was not included in clinical trials.
“When the major randomized controlled trials were performed in the 1970s and 1980s to show how effective mammograms are, they didn’t include enough women in those age groups to confirm their necessity,” Dr. Jacqueline Holt, medical director of women’s imaging for national radiology provider RadNet in Wilmington, Delaware, told Fox News Digital.
One of the main reasons that women over age 74 were excluded is that the age group was not included in clinical trials.(iStock)
“Cancer risk doesn’t drop off at 74 — the risk increases,” she said.
“It’s misinformation that cancers grow slower in this age group and that women will die of something else first.”
Risks vs. benefits
The primary risk noted for screening older women is the potential for false positives.
“The potential harms of breast cancer screening in older women include false positive results and overdiagnosis,” said one study published in the Journal of the American Board of Family Medicine.
“Cancer risk doesn’t drop off at 74 — the risk increases.”
Among women 75 years and older, 200 out of 1,000 who are screened over a 10-year period will experience a “false alarm,” the researchers noted, “which can cause pain, anxiety and distress.”
Pate acknowledged that this risk does exist.
“Of course, with continued screening, there is the continued risk of finding breast cancer in an earlier stage or finding a suspicious image that prompts recommendations for biopsy, proving to be a false positive — and this can cause a lot of anxiety,” she said.
The risks of not screening are “leaving these women in the dark about their status,” a doctor said.(iStock)
The risks of not screening, however, are “leaving these women in the dark about their status,” the doctor said.
“As I always explain to my patients, knowledge is power,” Pate told Fox News Digital.
“I would rather choose anxiety about a biopsy that may or may not prove breast cancer versus anxiety of surgery, radiation and chemotherapy for a cancer that is found too late due to lack of screening.”
AN OVERVIEW OF BREAST CANCER, SYMPTOMS TO LOOK OUT FOR, WHEN TO START THINKING ABOUT ROUTINE SCREENINGS
Holt agrees the benefits outweigh the risks.
“The primary risk that the USTF focuses on is anxiety due to false positives or callbacks that don’t lead to a diagnosis of cancer,” she told Fox News Digital.
“The death rate has decreased by at least 40% since 1995, thanks to mammographic screenings finding the cancer earlier and better treatment.”
“The death rate has decreased by at least 40% since 1995, thanks to mammographic screenings finding the cancer earlier and better treatment,” a doctor said.(iStock)
Women do have the option to continue screening beyond the age of 74 if they choose, the doctors noted — and this should be covered by their insurance plan.
The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG), the American Cancer Society (ACS) and the National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) all recommend mammograms starting at age 40.
“Age alone should not be the basis to continue or discontinue screening.”
“Each of these three groups bases its stop age on a woman’s life expectancy and not simply on their age,” Pate noted.
The ACS has stated that women should continue receiving mammograms as long as they are in overall good health and expect to live for another 10 years or more.
More than one-quarter of cases of breast cancer are diagnosed in women 75 years and older, according to ACOG.
MISSING MAMMOGRAMS: OVER 20% OF WOMEN DON’T FOLLOW BREAST CANCER SCREENING GUIDELINES, STUDY SAYS
“Age alone should not be the basis to continue or discontinue screening,” according to a statement from ACOG.
“Beyond age 75 years, the decision to discontinue screening mammography should be based on a shared decision-making process informed by the woman’s health status and longevity.”
More than one-quarter of cases of breast cancer are diagnosed in women 75 years and older, according to the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists.(iStock)
Dr. Wanda Nicholson, chair of the USPSTF, sent a statement to Fox News Digital about the decision to omit women over age 74 in the recommendations.
“Women deserve to know what the science says about how they can best stay healthy as they age,” she said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“We looked carefully at all the available evidence about whether women who are 75 and older should be screened for breast cancer, but unfortunately, the available research was limited.”
“Women deserve to know what the science says about how they can best stay healthy as they age,” a doctor said.(iStock)
“None of the studies of breast cancer screening included women in this age group, so we are urgently calling for more evidence on this important population.”
She added, “In the meantime, we encourage women who are 75 and older to talk with a trusted health care professional about what preventive care is right for them, given their specific health circumstances.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Fox News Digital reached out to the ACOG and the ACS requesting additional comment.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Melissa Rudy is health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
With constant pollution and the sun beating down on us, maintaining clear and healthy skin can seem tricky. But external factors are not the only things that affect our skin. Our diet plays a major and important role in it too. But many times, we don’t realize what kind of foods to avoid to achieve that perfect skin glow. If we don’t keep a tab on our diet, the external, inevitable factors can just aggravate our skin conditions and worsen them. If you are someone who is struggling to maintain clear skin, then fret not! Nutritionist Deepsikha Jain (@fries.to.fit) shared a video on her Instagram page pointing out foods to avoid if you want clear skin.
Also Read: 5 Amazing Ways To Use Apple Cider Vinegar For Beautiful Skin
Watch the full video below:
Which Foods Should You Limit If You Want A Clear Skin?
Nutritionist Deepsikha Jain suggested four foods to stay away from if you want clear and glowing skin.
1. Dairy
Jain suggests avoiding dairy since it is an inflammatory food. Consuming it can cause more inflammation in your gut – which is a direct reflection of your skin.
2. Processed Foods And Snacks
To have clear skin, avoid processed foods and snacks. The nutritionist shares that processed foods have refined sugar, artificial adulterations, and also unhealthy fats that can create more inflammation in your gut and weaken it. This would directly impact your skin issues and acne.
3. Excess Refined Sugar
Nutritionist Deepsikha Jain shares that consuming refined sugar in excess can increase your insulin and your blood sugar spike. This can accelerate your skin ageing process and make you look older at an early age.
4. Fried Food
Fried food produces free radicals which have a direct impact on your skin’s ageing process. It can cause more inflammation in your gut and make your skin worse.
Spinach and other leafy greens can do wonders for your skin. Photo Credit: iStock
5 Foods To Eat For Healthy Skin
Struggling with what to eat to achieve that perfect skin radiance? Here are some suggestions to follow:
1. Citrus Fruits
Packed with the goodness of Vitamin C, citrus fruits are a must-have if you want smooth and glowing skin. This is because vitamin C helps in collagen production. Some examples of vitamin C fruits are oranges, kiwi, grapefruit, etc.
2. Walnuts
Kickstart your mornings with a handful of walnuts to achieve healthy and clear skin. Walnuts are packed with Vitamin E and help skin glow naturally.
3. Leafy Greens
Since they are rich in antioxidants, leafy greens are an amazing food option for your skin. Leafy greens can help remove free radicals from the skin and make it healthier in no time.
4. Green Tea
Not just for weight loss, but green tea is amazing for your skin too. Green tea is rich in Vitamin E and has no caffeine, which makes it a healthier beverage option for consumption.
Also Read: 5 Homemade Orange Peel Face Packs for Glowing Skin
Which other foods do you recommend for having clear skin? Let us know in the comments below!
Up the carpeted stairs, past the tuxedoed photographers, Anna Wintour stood at the top of the steps at the Metropolitan Museum of Art’s Costume Institute benefit.
“Your royal highnesses,” Baz Luhrmann, the Australian film director, said as he approached Bad Bunny, Jennifer Lopez and Chris Hemsworth, who were standing in a receiving line with Ms. Wintour. The space had been transformed by greenery, filled with string musicians and dancers, creating a “Midsummer Night’s” dreamscape just off Fifth Avenue.
“How is it out there?” Ms. Wintour said, adding, “You look incredible.”
One by one, the stratospherically famous faces that captivate imaginations worldwide walked carefully up the stairs and stopped to talk to the row of co-chairs. (Zendaya, the fifth co-chair, did not make it to the perch.)
Ms. Wintour, the global editorial director of Condé Nast and the editor in chief of Vogue, had once again convened her starry annual bash, turning a soaring temple of the arts into a looking glass on our times — one reflecting a heady swirl of celebrity, commerce, fashion, beauty, aspiration, power, intrigue and bankable influence.
Last year, the event raised about $22 million for the Costume Institute, which houses the museum’s costume collection — millions more than other major New York City galas. This year’s event was co-sponsored by Loewe and TikTok, which is currently facing a potential ban in the United States.
Welcoming a deep-pocketed tech company as a sponsor is not new for the Met Gala: Both Amazon and Instagram have bankrolled the Costume Institute exhibitions in years past. But the pairing of Vogue and TikTok, united in the race to capture our attention, suggests the video platform reshaping much of what we do and wear, also has a place in high fashion.
As Max Hollein, the director and chief executive of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, put it, “It was a kind of a natural progression to this year, from Instagram to TikTok.”
Guests were dressed in their best interpretation of the exhibition theme, “Sleeping Beauties: Reawakening Fashion,” and the dress code, “Garden of Time.”
Seth Meyers, accompanied by his wife, Alexi Ashe, said walking up the stairs this year actually felt very calming.
“We try to come in with not a lot of ego,” he said, adding that he often feels the photographers aren’t interested in him. “Even in the age of digital photos, you feel like they’re saving their film.”
Sarah Jessica Parker arrived with Andy Cohen, the Bravo host. Ms. Parker said she tried to pay close attention to the theme this year, and even read the 1962 short story that inspired it.
“I love the challenge of the theme,” she said. “I think sometimes it really eludes me, and sometimes it’s much more recognizable or I can make sense of it more quickly, but I liked the idea of paying attention.”
“Going with her is just a dream,” Mr. Cohen said. “It’s like being on a little puff of cotton candy all night. And she takes such care to do it right.”
As Ms. Parker and Mr. Cohen were making their way to the exhibition, Jeff Bezos stopped to compliment her dress, and the string of long pearls she was wearing. Standing with his fiancée, Lauren Sánchez, they recalled having met once, on a boat in Spain.
Ms. Sánchez and Mr. Bezos perused the “Sleeping Beauties” exhibition, hand in hand, stopping to look at the different displays. As she walked, her Oscar de la Renta dress made a sound on the floor that sounded a bit like squeaking ducks.
“You’re so loud,” Mr. Bezos said with a laugh.
Attendees packed into elevators and headed to the Charles Engelhard Court, where servers in white jackets with little green bows offered trays of champagne, sparkling water and cucumber margaritas.
Around the room, Matt Damon talked to Barry Diller. Ayo Edebiri chatted with Donald Glover. Kris Jenner arrived with her partner, Corey Gamble. She took a seat in a corner near a bronze sculpture. Ms. Sánchez, with a glass in hand, walked up to Ms. Jenner and gave her two kisses.
“Jeff,” Mr. Bezos said, introducing himself. “Nice to see you.”
Waiters with silver trays offered little bites of little things like tuna tartare on a rice crisp and hearts of palm with avocado purée.
Nearby, dressed in a tuxedo and sensible shoes, Stephen A. Schwarzman, the chief executive of the Blackstone investment group, sat alone on a bench, his phone’s speaker held up to his mouth.
On the other side of the room, members of the K-pop group Stray Kids picked off the appetizers as they stood together in a corner behind Lea Michele. Ms. Michele, who is pregnant, was seated at a table with Jonathan Groff.
“When I was pregnant with my son, it was 2020, and I was home wearing sweatpants and a T-shirt,” she said, “and now I’m in Rodarte at the Met. So it’s a very different pregnancy.”
Ms. Michele was particularly excited to see who was going to perform. “It’s my favorite part, obviously, as a singer,” she said. “It’s just so wonderful to get to have an incredible performer to do a private concert.”
Around 8 p.m., a door in the middle of the room opened and performers walked out to the sound of drumming, and danced throughout the space — a signal it was time for dinner.
“Let’s get going,” Mr. Luhrmann said to the crowd. “When Anna says get in, it’s time to get in.”
“I’m having the best night ever!” Ms. Sánchez said loudly. “I am having so much fun!”
Attendees were ushered off to a meal that included a medley of spring vegetables followed by a filet of beef.
Slowly, late arrivals made their way into dinner. Rachel Sennott walked in with Kylie Jenner. Kim Kardashian waved off more photos. Cardi B, surrounded by ushers carrying her dress, squeezed through two columns.
Inside, under candelabra entwined with floral arrangements, guests were seated around the Temple of Dendur, the Egyptian temple, where walls depict scenes of a king making offerings to the gods.
SVE JE POSLJEDNJIH godina poskupjelo, od namirnica do najma i cijena nekretnina. No, porast cijena prehrambenih proizvoda unatrag nekoliko godina jednostavniji je za popratiti nego porast cijena u nekoj drugoj kategoriji. Naime, rijetko se cijena jednog proizvoda razlikuje za 50% ili više ovisno o trgovini. Razlike postoje, ali gotovo nikada nisu tako značajne.
To nije slučaj kada je riječ o opremanju interijera, adaptaciji ili gradnji nekretnine. Cijena se ovdje može razlikovati od izvođača do izvođača i može biti i 50% viša, čak i u istom gradu, dok ljudi na otocima znatno više plaćaju gotovo sve kada je riječ o gradnji ili opremanju nekretnina, prije svega zbog dostupnosti izvođača kao i prijevoza materijala.
Osim toga, unatrag zadnjih petnaest, dvadeset godina promijenio se i način opremanja interijera te gradnje. Danas se više ne ugrađuju određene vrste podnih obloga poput lamel parketa, umjesto plinskih instalacija kao sustava centralnog grijanja, biraju se dizalice topline (što je potaknuto i subvencijama), a umjesto pregradnih zidova od blok opeke, danas su standard zidovi od knaufa i slično.
Iako nije jednostavno uspoređivati cijene adaptacija nekretnina i gradnje u prošlosti s onima današnjima, u ovom tekstu napravit ćemo upravo to. Na uvid smo dobili stari ugovor o izvođenju građevinsko-obrtničkih radova iz 2005., koji nam je poslužio kao polazišna točka za usporedbu s cijenama iz vremena kada je dosta toga bilo jeftinije u tom području.
Adaptacija stana od 85 m2 u 2005. u Zagrebu koštala je oko 18.500 eura
S tim ugovorom obratili smo se ljudima iz struke. Neki su nam dali procjenu koliko bi današnja cijena tih radova iznosila, dok su nam drugi pružili uvide u današnje troškovnike adaptacija i gradnje.
Prije nego što se posvetimo osvrtima ljudi iz struke, pozabavit ćemo se spomenutim stanom i adaptacijom koju je prošao 2005. godine. Radilo se o stanu u prizemlju obiteljske kuće od oko 85 kvadratnih metara koji je prenamijenjen iz skladišnog prostora u stambeni.
Osim unutarnjih radova, u sklopu adaptacije obavljeni su i neki vanjski radovi, poput izrade vanjske popločene terase, izrade i postavljanja toplinske fasade itd. Adaptacija spomenutog stana, s PDV-om od 22% i popustom od 8% za gotovinsko plaćanje, iznosila je 139.381,00 kuna (oko 18.500 eura). Doznali smo od investitora da to nije bila najpovoljnija ponuda, već neka srednja.
Navedeni iznos pokrivao je građevinske radove poput demontaže i rušenja, armiranobetonske radove, zidarske radove, pripremu podne obloge, nabavu i postavljanje parketa, keramičarske, soboslikarske i ličilačke radove te montažerske radove. Uključeni su bili i instalaterski radovi, poput vodovoda i kanalizacije, elektroinstalacija te instalacija plina i centralnog grijanja.
U tablici ispod možete vidjeti što se sve radilo po stavkama, količine kao i iznose kod svakog izvedenog rada, i pri dnu ukupan iznos. Namjerno smo u tablici istaknuli pojedinačne cijene kod svake stavke radi jednostavnije i preglednije kasnije usporedbe s današnjim cijenama.
*Cijene u ugovoru su izražene u kunama, prebacili smo ih u poseban red tablice u eure po tečaju 7.53450
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Cijene pojedinih zahvata skočile su i preko 100%
Da bismo saznali koliko bi ovi radovi koštali danas, skoro dva desetljeća kasnije, obratili smo se ljudima iz struke – dizajnerima interijera, arhitektima i trgovcima građevinskog materijala – koji su nam ustupili troškovnike adaptacija, ali i dali informacije o cijenama.
Za pojedine cijene materijala pregledali smo i stranice poput emajstor.hr i trebam.hr. Usporedbe pojedinih stavki gore spomenutog ugovora s današnjim cijenama možete vidjeti ispod. Napominjemo da se u stupcu s cijenama iz 2023. i 2024. radi o cijenama koje su trenutno aktualne na području Zagreba. S obzirom na to da se spomenuti stan nalazi u Zagrebu, te su nam cijene bile relevantne.
Kasnije, u razgovoru s ljudima iz struke, dotaknuli smo se i prosječnih cijena gradnje kuća, adaptacije nekretnina i opremanja interijera u Hrvatskoj, što možete pročitati niže u tekstu.
Usporedbom cijena stavki vidljivih u gornjoj tablici, uočljiv je značajan skok kod mnogih radova. Tako je cijena dobave i postave armature u 2024. skuplja za preko 120% u usporedbi s 2005. Betoniranje temelja nešto je manje skočilo u cijeni, pa ćete danas taj zahvat platiti oko 39% više nego 2005. Ako želite zidati blok opekom debljine 30 cm, to danas košta i 50% više nego 2005.
Oblaganje zidova keramičkim pločicama manjeg formata danas je skuplje za 120% u odnosu na 2005., a oblaganje podova oko 79% više. Nekada su izvođači nabavljali i postavljali hrastov lamel parket, koji je tada bio standard. U ugovoru koji imamo u posjedu, investitore je to koštalo oko 21 euro po kvadratu, dok bi danas za tu cijenu mogli dobiti samo postavu parketa.
Bojanje zidova i stropova također je doživjelo značajan skok u cijeni. Iako tada standard nije uključivao impregnaciju zidova prije bojanja, što je danas uobičajeno, sama cijena bojanja zidova bila je znatno povoljnija. U današnje vrijeme, isti bi zahvat koštao od 40% do preko 100% više, ovisno o izvođaču.
Daniela Božić, vlasnica tvrtke Just-Projekt koja se bavi dizajnom interijera, adaptacijama i izradom namještaja, procjenjuje, prema uvidu u troškovnik adaptacije gore spomenutog stana iz 2005. i usporedbi s trenutnim cijenama, da bi današnja ukupna cijena ovih radova bila od 35 do 40% viša.
“Zadnjih nekoliko godina je primjetan značajan porast cijena”
Maja Mihovilović, dizajnerica interijera i vlasnica studija Tu žive ljudi, koji se bavi projektiranjem i opremanjem interijera te organizacijom adaptacija i izvođenja radova po principu “ključ u ruke”, napominje da su, u usporedbi s razdobljem prije pandemije covid-19, cijene građevinskog materijala, kao i opreme za unutarnje uređenje, porasle za 50 do 100%. Također je napomenula da su “od uvođenja eura cijene porasle za oko 10 do 15%.
Arhitektica Sandra Jančić iz studija Ailour, koja se bavi interijerima, građevinskim i arhitektonskim zahvatima, u razgovoru se osvrnula na opći porast cijena. Kaže da je primjetan na globalnoj razini na svim sirovinama, pa tako i u građevinskom sektoru. “Zadnjih je godina primjetan značajan porast cijena svih roba i usluga”, naglasila je.
Dodala je da iako se cijene svake godine (ne)znatno prilagođavaju, u zadnje je dvije godine taj porast dosegao maksimum, zbog čega je tržište u strahu kratko stalo, ali je vrlo brzo iz ekonomske potrebe nastavilo cirkulirati.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Napomenula je u razgovoru da se prije hrastov parket mogao kupiti po cijeni od 50 eura, dok su sada cijene hrastovog panel parketa od 80 do 120 eura. Dotaknula se i OSB i MDF ploča, za koje kaže da su bile “sinonim za omjer cijene i izdržljivosti”. “Njihova je cijena prije 10 godina bila 50% niža”, priča nam Sandra. “Sve je poskupjelo, a osjetno cijene nekretnina koje su također porasle za 50% u posljednje dvije godine.”
Cijene projekta dizajna interijera idu od 7.5 eura po m2 naviše
S Danielom, Majom i Sandrom, osim o porastu cijena materijala u građevinskom sektoru, porazgovarali smo i o cijenama kad je riječ o gradnji kuća, opremanju interijera te adaptacijama. Osim toga, istaknule su kada preporučuju uštedu, a kada ne.
Daniela Božić otkrila nam je cijene usluga dizajna interijera u njezinoj tvrtki. Tako se one kreću od 7.5 eura po m2 pa do 20 eura po m2. Daniela ističe da cijena ovisi o potrebama i dubini razrade projekta. Ističe da su kod nekih dizajnera u zemlji cijene i više, pa tako kod nekih idu i do 50 i više eura po m2. Cijene adaptacije s materijalom se kreću od 250 do 600 eura po m2,.
Maja Mihovilović ističe nešto više cijene kada su u pitanju cijene izrade projekta za dizajniranje interijera. Kaže da se kreću od 35 do 50 eura po m2. Viša cijena uključuje kompletnu projektnu dokumentaciju i 3D vizualizacije. “Najviša cijena uključuje izradu kompletne projektne dokumentacije, sa svim podlogama i 3D vizualizaciju te troškovnik izvedbenog projekta.”
Gradnja kuće za rohbau kreće se od 400 do 600 eura po m2
I Sandra i Daniela otkrile su nam i cijene izgrađenosti kuće od temelja do rohbau stanja. Daniela kaže da niski rohbau košta oko 400 eura po m2, srednji oko 450 eura po m2, a visoki oko 600 eura po m2. “Na te cijene se još treba dodati cijena zemljišta, izrada projekta, građevinska dozvola, komunalni i vodni doprinosi, priključci”, ističe Daniela. Iste je cijene, kada je u pitanju gradnja kuće, navela i Sandra.
Daniela je dodala da u manjim gradovima cijene mogu biti niže, a da su gore navedene cijene koje je navela nekakav prosjek u našoj zemlji. Što se tiče samog opremanja interijera namještajem, rekla je da je teško odrediti točne cijene jer danas postoje velike razlike u cijenama namještaja, ali i kupovnoj moći građana.
Daniela ističe da cijena izrade namještaja ovisi o materijalu koji klijent izabere i da je cijenu teško specificirati jer je razlika u potrebi, na primjer, garderobnog ormara kod svakog drugačija, a samim time i izrada manje ili više kompleksnija.
Dodaje da mala kuhinja dužine do 2 metra može koštati tisuću eura, ali i šest tisuća eura, ovisno o materijalu, izvlačnim elementima, mehanizmima i sl. Kaže da nekakav srednji primjer opremanja trosobnog stana je oko oko 15.000 eura s aparatima, rasvjetom, namještajem i sitnim dekorom.
Poznate talijanske kuhinje su prije par godina koštale 20 tisuća eura, danas je to standardna cijena
Sandra je kao primjer porasta cijena unatrag zadnjih nekoliko godina uzela kuhinju. “Poznate talijanske i njemačke kuhinje su se prije nekoliko godina kupovale za 20.000 eura. Sada je to više-manje standardna cijena kuhinje”, ispričala nam je.
I Sandra i Daniela ističu da postoji razlika u cijeni gradnje ovisno o lokaciji u Hrvatskoj. “Gradnja u centru grada zahtijeva brzinu izvođenja i posebne uvjete, dok gradnja na periferiji grada najčešće zahtijeva infrastrukturalne pothvate, a često i geotehničke istražne radove”, ispričala nam je Sandra.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Dodaje da će biti manja cijena za izgradnju ili rekonstrukciju kuće u južnom dijelu Zagreba nego u gusto naseljenom sjeveru grada. “Gdje god je pregusto naseljeno (ili s druge strane jako rijetko naseljeno) i pristup objektima je otežan, takvi se parametri osjete u ukupnoj investiciji. Nekada se čini da su neke cijene nerealne, pa je potrebno pronaći uzrok i sukladno tome donijeti odluku o kupnji”, savjetuje.
Daniela, pak, ističe da Zagreb i priobalje imaju veću cijenu od ostalih krajeva u zemlji, dok otoci drže najvišu cijenu u izvođenju građevinskih radova.
Cijena adaptacije stanova i kuća ovisi o kompleksnosti zahvata
Što se tiče cijena adaptacije stanova i kuća, tu postoji razlika ovisno o kompleksnosti zahvata. “Kuće koje nisu redovito održavane mogu biti prepune iznenađenja i dodatnih troškova. Detaljan pregled objekta inženjera dat će uvid u kompleksnost zahvata te će ujedno procijeniti je li objekt isplativ za rekonstrukciju ili je isplativije graditi novi objekt”, ispričala nam je Sandra.
Dodala je da iako preferira rekonstrukciju, posebno ako se radi o predivnim zdanjima arhitekture iz prošlog stoljeća za koje su investitori i nekim dijelom vezani, da je neke objekte bolje ukloniti i stvoriti novi prostor za život. “Cijena rekonstrukcije često je jednaka ili nešto veća od gradnje novog objekta, ovisno, naravno, o kakvom se tipu objekta radi”, kaže Sandra.
Daniela nam je otkrila da se cijena adaptacije kuća kreće uglavnom od 200 do 600 eura po m2. “Za razliku od stana, potrebno je znati jesu li potrebni i vanjski radovi. Cijene se razlikuju od grada do grada, i dalje Zagreb, priobalje i otoci imaju najviše cijene”, kaže Daniela. Sandra je, pak, istaknula nešto više cijene kada je u pitanju adaptacija stana. Tako kaže da okvirna cijena adaptacije stana ide od oko 500 do 1000 eura po m2 za “ključ u ruke”.
Hoće li cijene materijala rasti, stagnirati ili pasti?
Zanimalo nas je hoće li cijene materijala stagnirati, rasti ili će doći do određene korekcije, odnosno pojeftinjenja. “Iskreno se nadam da će bar stagnirati. Teško da će cijena ići dolje jer uz rast cijena pratimo i trend rasta plaća, koji je u građevini najvidljiviji, a koji uvelike utječe i na cijenu izvođenja radova”, kaže Daniela.
Maja misli da će cijene stagnirati, a kaže da su neke cijene i pale. “Na primjer, cijene OSB ploča su za vrijeme korone odletjele u nebo, a onda su 2022. malo pale”, pojašnjava nam.
Sandra smatra da do značajnije korekcije cijena neće doći. “Mislim da do značajnije korekcije cijena neće doći, ako mislimo na prilagodbu na razdoblje prije. Mogu se korigirati samo prema gore, ali smatram da je sada konačno vrijeme blage stagnacije.”
Apple’s iPhone 15 Pro Max was the best-selling smartphone of the first quarter (Q1) of 2024, a new report showed on Monday.
According to Counterpoint Research, Apple and Samsung dominated the top 10 best-selling smartphones list for Q1, each grabbing five positions and leaving no spot for other brands.
“The Pro Max variant achieved the top position for the first time in Apple’s non-seasonal quarter, reflecting an increasing trend of consumer preference for high-end smartphones,” the analysts said.
“All four iPhone 15 variants and the iPhone 14 were among the top 10 bestsellers. Further, the iPhone 15 line-up secured the top three spots,” they added.
In addition, Samsung’s Galaxy S24 series secured two spots in the top 10 for Q1, with its Ultra model ranking fifth and the base variant coming in ninth.
As per the analysts, the strong performance of the S24 series can be attributed to Samsung’s early refresh of the series, and its efforts in generative AI (GenAI) technology.
“The S24 series was the first to reach the market with GenAI features and capabilities, allowing users to create unique content and experience a new level of interaction with their smartphones,” the analysts stated.
This was also the first quarter in which the top 10 smartphones were all 5G capable.
The analysts expect that the top 10 best-selling smartphones will capture a larger share of total smartphone sales in the coming time as OEMs (original equipment manufacturers) are focusing on leaner portfolios with premium features, including GenAI.
The Amazon Sale of 2024 is here to revolutionize your travel experience with unbeatable discounts of up to 83% off on a wide range of luggage essentials. Whether you’re a seasoned globetrotter, a weekend explorer, or simply in need of reliable bags for your daily commute, this sale has something for everyone. From sturdy trolleys to versatile backpacks and spacious rucksacks to stylish duffles, Amazon offers a comprehensive selection of luggage bags to cater to every journey and lifestyle. With savings this significant, now is the perfect time to upgrade your travel gear and embark on your next adventure in style. Join us as we delve into the world of discounted luggage, where quality meets affordability, and every journey begins with a great bag from the Amazon Great Summer Sale 2024.
Amazon summer sale 2024 ends tomorrow! Hurry, make the most of it and shop from the best luggage brands
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
Offers on suitcase trolleys from American Tourister, Safari, Skybags, etc
Get ready to pack and roll with style! The Amazon Summer Sale 2024 brings you irresistible offers on suitcase trolleys from renowned brands like American Tourister, Safari, Skybags, and more. American Tourister, known for its premium quality and sleek aesthetics, presents a range of suitcase trolleys designed to withstand the rigours of travel while making a statement wherever you go. Safari, with its focus on innovation and reliability, offers sturdy and spacious trolleys equipped with smart features. Meanwhile, Skybags combines style and substance with its trendy designs and lightweight construction, perfect for the fashion-conscious traveller.
Best deals on casual backpacks & daypacks you can’t miss
Prepare to elevate your everyday adventures with unbeatable deals on casual backpacks and daypacks from leading brands like American Tourister, Skybags, Safari, Gear, Fur Jaden, and more, courtesy of the Amazon Sale 2024. Whether you’re commuting to work, exploring the city, or embarking on a spontaneous hiking trip, these brands offer a diverse selection of backpacks designed to combine style, comfort, and functionality seamlessly.
Also read: Best luggage trolleys for travellers: Choose from top 10 spacious and sturdy picks
Exclusive deals on Safari trolley bags and backpacks
Unlock a world of travel possibilities with exclusive deals on Safari trolley bags and suitcase luggage, brought to you by the Amazon Sale 2024. Safari, renowned for its exceptional quality and durability, offers a wide range of trolley bags and suitcases designed to accompany you on your journeys near and far. Whether you’re planning a weekend getaway or a globe-trotting adventure, Safari’s luggage collection combines style, functionality, and reliability to meet the needs of every traveller. From sleek and compact trolley bags perfect for short trips to spacious suitcases equipped with innovative features for extended travels, Safari has you covered.
Also read: Best kids luggage bags: Top 7 picks for hassle-free travel adventures with your little ones
Check out the best-selling backpacks and rucksacks from Impulse
As a trusted brand synonymous with quality and style, Impulse offers a diverse range of backpacks and rucksacks designed to cater to every adventure and lifestyle. Whether you’re a student navigating campus life, a professional on the go, or an outdoor enthusiast seeking rugged durability, Impulse has the perfect companion for you. From sleek and versatile luggage backpacks ideal for daily commutes to spacious and ergonomic rucksacks tailored for outdoor escapades, their collection is crafted to meet the demands of modern-day explorers.
Also read: Travel with ease with our top 6 picks for the best luggage sets available online
Greatest offers on Kids’ luggage bags from Junior Joe
With a delightful array of options tailored specifically for young travellers, finding the perfect luggage companion for your child has never been easier. Explore a variety of designs, from vibrant and playful patterns to beloved characters from their favourite movies and cartoons during the Amazon Summer Sale 2024. Junior Joe offers durable and child-friendly luggage options, ensuring that your little one’s belongings stay safe and secure throughout their travels.
Check out more deals on Amazon Sale 2024
Amazon Great Summer Sale 2024: Up to 86% off on luggage bags from American Tourister, Safari and more
Amazon Great Summer Sale 2024: Handpicked deals up to 90% off on the best products that you cannot miss out this weekend!
Amazon Summer Sale 2024: Up to 60% off on grooming essentials, skincare, haircare, makeup, and perfumes
Amazon Summer Sale 2024: Grab up to 80% discount on the best inverters, top deals you can’t miss
Explore more articles on luggage bags
Best 23 kg luggage bags for travellers on the go: Top 10 options with multiple compartments
Best men’s luggage bags: Discover the top 9 picks for effortless travel, packed with style and functionality
Best cabin luggage for travellers: Your travel companion sorted, top 10 picks to consider
Best women luggage bags: Top 10 options for stylish travellers looking for an upgrade
FAQs on luggage bags
1. What are the different types of luggage bags available?
Luggage bags come in various types, including suitcases, duffel bags, backpacks, and travel totes. Each type serves different purposes and suits different travel needs.
2. How do I choose the right size luggage bag for my trip?
Consider the duration of your trip and the items you’ll need to pack. For short trips, a carry-on suitcase or a small backpack might suffice, while longer trips may require larger checked luggage. Always check the airline’s size and weight restrictions for carry-ons and checked bags.
3. What features should I look for in a quality luggage bag?
Look for features like durable materials, smooth-rolling wheels, telescopic handles, TSA-approved locks, and multiple compartments for organization. Additionally, consider factors like weight, expandability, and warranty coverage.
4. How can I keep my luggage bag secure during travel?
To enhance security, opt for luggage bags with built-in TSA-approved locks or use aftermarket luggage locks. Avoid overpacking, as overstuffed bags are more prone to damage and theft. Additionally, keep valuables and essential items in a carry-on bag for easy access during travel.
5. How can I maintain and clean my luggage bag?
Regular maintenance helps prolong the lifespan of your luggage. Clean your bag with a mild detergent and water, and avoid abrasive cleaners that may damage the material. For stains, spot clean with a gentle stain remover. Store your luggage in a cool, dry place when not in use, and avoid exposing it to extreme temperatures or moisture.
Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, with respect to the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.
The handsome, square-jawed and dark-haired actor David Coransqwet sits in a superhero costume, complete with iconic kiss curl, red boots and the emblem of the House of El emblazoned on his chest.
It’s exciting, right? Everything is present and ‘correct.’ What could fans possibly be unhappy about?
Well, this is modern-day fandom and the internet, so it turns out rather a lot. Although, all the comments mainly centre on two things – and then proceed to argue about them.
The new image was posted simultaneously by Gunn and Coranswet, and by far the most liked and replied-to public comment describes it as “trash”, before going on to list what’s wrong with it.
Gunn and his team will have been anticipating lingering resentment from Zack Snyder and Henry Cavill fans, with one simply posting: “We want Henry,” but the vitriol and mockery are rather extreme.
Furious fan jasonlaboyphotography posted: “What is this trash?! Are you kidding me?! This looks like a goddamn cosplay! Let’s not forget to mention this looks like a bootleg Henry clone! This suit is absolute trash!!!! What a massive downgrade to what Michael Wilkinson and Zack Snyder created for MOS/BVS/JL. HATE this suit!”
The post already has well over one thousand likes and climbing, which leaves it sitting at the top of the comments section.
More than one comment dismissing the look as ‘cosplay’ has prompted an equally furious response from cosplay fans who resent their world being used as an insult and byword for poor quality. One blasting back, simultaneously defending the community and insulting the film image: “I photographed some of the most skilled cosplayers around and they do a better job at custom suits than this trash.”
The other main theme of the negative comments is the way that the suit fits with the second most popular comment, from shutterswideshut, saying, “A very strange reveal image, and his suit looks baggy. Idk man.”
ponchoxl agreed: “It’s not bad but why does it look baggy/wrinkly?” to which d3sroy replied: “Do your clothes not crease? It’s realistic, no real life superhero would have a suit that doesn’t crease it’s simply physically impossible just CGI and post-production bs to create an aesthetic.”
This prompted p.exch to reply: “True, true and I’m going to take a shot in the dark assuming this is the suit his mother made.”
Which leads into a whole other theme related to the direction Gun is expected to take by setting the story with a slightly younger, leaner, more boyish Superman than seen before on the big screen.
Rather than Superman finding his suit in the Kryptonian scout ship like Clark does in the Cavill opener Man of Steel, it looks like Gunn is going back to the comic book origins where his adoptive mother Marta Kent makes it.
Fans immediately started bickering over where a farmer’s wife would get such high-tech fabric, but the comics clearly state that she uses fabric found in the ship Clark arrived in as a baby.
Everyone, of course, is entitled to their opinion but Gunn has always, ahem, stuck to his guns regarding his artistic vision. All agree that Cavill never had a proper chance to show what he could do with the role but Gunn took the very unpopular decision to wipe the slate clean just weeks after Cavill had announced he would be returning in the role.
The director then confirmed The Marvellous Mrs Maisel star Rachel Brosnaghan and Lois Lane and Nicholas Hoult as Lex Luthor. The cast so far is rounded out by Skyler Gisondo (Jimmy Olsen), Sara Sampaio (Eve Teschmacher), Edi Gathegi (Mister Terrific), Terence Rosemore (Otis), Anthony Carrigan (Metamorpho), Isabela Merced (Hawkgirl), Nathan Fillion (Guy Gardner), María Gabriela de Faría (The Engineer) and Wendell Pierce (Daily Planet editorPerry White.)
Little more is known about the plot but the film currently has a July 11, 2025, release date.
The Kia EV3 crossover – a smaller sibling to the EV5 – has been officially teased ahead of its unveiling later this month.
The small electric SUV is due to be unveiled on May 23 before overseas sales begin in the third quarter of 2024 (July to September inclusive). Australian launch timing is yet to be announced.
Like the larger EV5 and EV9, the upcoming Kia EV3 will adopt the brand’s Opposites United design language, with its headlight and tail light signature reflecting what we’ve come to expect from its electric SUV lineup.
This extends to its boxy exterior bodywork, with squared-off rear wheel arches contrasting with a smooth front end and notched tailgate.
It’s expected the production EV3 won’t deviate too much from what was previewed by the Concept EV3 last year, and spy photos have shown the electric SUV will be closer in size to a Seltos than a Sportage.
As reported last month, Kia plans to offer its upcoming EV lineup with more energy-dense, long-range nickel cobalt manganese (NCM) batteries, as well as lithium iron phosphate (LFP) packs – both of which are intended to keep costs down.
EV3 prototype
Concept EV3
While the Kia EV9 is exclusively powered by lithium-ion batteries in Australia, the smaller EV5 – which is underpinned by a different platform – uses an LFP battery pack.
There are no details on what platform the EV3 will be based on, though its size suggests it won’t offer more powerful motors or larger battery packs than the EV5.
Kia has yet to release dimensions for the production EV3, though it’s almost certain to be smaller than the 4615mm-long EV5 and could potentially be smaller than the 4420mm-long Niro.
While it could therefore become the smallest electric SUV from Kia, it won’t be the smallest EV. That title goes to the electric version of the Ray, a micro car sold in the Korean market.
MORE: Kia outlines product plans, heavy on EVs and hybrids MORE: Kia’s new Seltos-sized electric SUV spied MORE: Kia previews new electric sedan, small SUV concepts
In the realm of cryptocurrencies, fierce competition unfolds between two titans: Solana (SOL) and Ethereum (ETH), vying for the coveted top spot among altcoins. As these giants clash, a newcomer emerges, stealing the spotlight with a $10,000 competition that ignites excitement and captures the imagination of investors and enthusiasts alike. Furrever Token (FURR) enters the fray, offering not just a chance to win big but also injecting a dose of charm and delight into the crypto space. As the battle for supremacy rages on, all eyes turn to the unique allure of FURR and its promise of community, innovation, and the chance to partake in something truly special.
Navigating the Tides: Solana (SOL)’s Battle for Recovery
Solana (SOL) finds itself entrenched in a battle for recovery as it grapples with a notable downtrend since April, retracing from highs near $200 to its current price around $146.18. Despite the challenging phase, signs of a potential easing in bearish momentum emerge, with fading trading volume indicating a weakening selling activity. This decline often precedes a reversal, signalling a possible shift in market sentiment. SOL’s struggle to maintain downward momentum hints at a forthcoming reversal, especially as it tests significant support around the $130 mark. Holding above this level could mark the formation of a higher low, a bullish signal for investors.
However, formidable challenges lie ahead, with the 26-day EMA and trend line resistance acting as strong barriers. Overcoming these technical obstacles is crucial for a convincing bullish reversal. Immediate support after $130 lies around $140, coinciding with the 100-day EMA, presenting another critical level to bolster SOL’s price if the current support holds. Looking forward, SOL’s ability to sustain above these support levels and breach key resistances will determine its trajectory, with a successful breach potentially catalyzing renewed interest and a recovery phase.
Ethereum (ETH) Whales Started Moving Amidst the Recent Surge
Ethereum (ETH) maintains its stability with a current price around $3,137.08, mirroring yesterday’s figures. Amidst this stability, Ethereum experiences a surge in new wallet creations, with a staggering 267,000 contemporary wallets recorded. This influx signals renewed interest and participation in the Ethereum ecosystem, reflecting its enduring appeal. However, amidst this excitement, an intriguing development emerges as a dormant Ethereum ICO participant resurfaces after 8.8 years, transferring 1,960 ETH valued at $5.87 million.
Further analysis reveals intriguing activities involving addresses suspected to be linked to the Ethereum Foundation. Notably, a suspected Foundation address has been observed selling ETH for DAI via the Cow Protocol, underscoring the dynamic nature of Ethereum’s ecosystem. These developments serve as reminders of Ethereum’s vibrant and ever-changing landscape, capturing the attention of market participants and analysts alike.
Dive into the World of Furrever Token (FURR): Unleashing the Power of Cuteness in Crypto!
Furrever Token (FURR) brings a fresh and charming perspective to the crypto world, infusing it with the irresistible appeal of adorable kitties. Unlike conventional projects, FURR offers users an engaging and delightful experience centred around cute cat-themed content. Its mission is to foster a warm and friendly crypto ecosystem where users can find joy and camaraderie while transacting in the crypto space.
Furrever Token aims to create a user-friendly platform filled with adorable cat imagery to enhance project growth and enjoyment. Through cute cat-themed stickers, emojis, and visuals, FURR turns everyday interactions into heartwarming experiences. The project also focuses on community engagement, encouraging users to participate in challenges and growth initiatives to express their love for all things cute.
Furrever Token (FURR) operates on the BNB-20 blockchain with a total supply of around 9 billion tokens. During the presale, 65% of tokens were available, showcasing strong community interest. Another 25% is allocated for decentralized exchanges (DEXs), ensuring liquidity. The team holds 10% of tokens with a one-year lockup, highlighting their commitment to the project’s longevity.
Furrever Token has raised over $1 million in two months and is on stage 8 of its presale, with a total of 10 stages planned. Priced at $0.000648, FURR offers up to 15X returns, attracting investors seeking a blend of fun and financial potential. With a smart contract audit by Securi Lab and active community engagement on platforms like Telegram, FURR prioritizes transparency and security.
The Furrever Token $10,000 Frenzy Bonanza Competition is an electrifying event that has captured the attention of crypto enthusiasts worldwide. With a total prize pool of $10,000 worth of FURR tokens up for grabs, participants are eagerly diving into the competition on the Gleam platform. This exhilarating contest spans seven days, during which contestants can accumulate points by completing various tasks. The more tasks completed, the greater the chance of being selected as one of the three lucky winners.
With prizes ranging from $5,000 for first place to $2,000 for third place, excitement is running high as participants vie for their spot as Bonanza Champions. As the clock ticks down, anticipation is building, and the Furrever community is buzzing with enthusiasm as competitors race to secure their spot atop the leaderboard. Hurry, with only three days left to join, the competition is heating up, and the chance to claim a share of the $10,000 prize pool is slipping away fast!
Vice President Jagdeep Dhankhar said India has been the hub of knowledge and continuous strides in the education sector are taking the country closer to achieving the goal of ‘Viksit Bharat’ by 2047.
Also read: Time to embrace ‘Economic Nationalism’, VP Jagdeep Dhankhar tells Corporate India
Dhankhar was addressing the 62nd Foundation Day ceremony of the School of Open Learning (SOL) here.
Lauding the SOL, Dhankhar said it has provided education to people across socio-economic barriers and age groups, helped close the education gap, and provided easy access to all quarters of society.
“Today’s theme, ‘Role of Education in the Creation of Viksit Bharat’ underscores the pivotal role open learning has played in fostering the development of our nation,” he said.
Also read: From India Shining to Viksit Bharat: How has Brand India evolved over the years
This liberalisation of education by the SOL has contributed significantly to building a developed India and the country’s rise as a knowledge superpower globally, he added.
Dhankhar also said that in the last decade, issues of corruption and lopsided law and order have been abolished and there is a positive outlook among people towards the country’s rising reputation.
The event was also attended by Delhi University Vice Chancellor Yogesh Singh and SOL Director Payal Mago.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
Please enter a valid email address.
As cholera continues to surge — and as vaccines remain in short supply — experts are warning about the global risk.
Cholera is a bacterial disease typically spread by food and water, leading to severe diarrhea and dehydration. It has been on the rise around the world since 2021.
Each year, there are some 1.3 to 4 million cases of cholera worldwide, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). Approximately 21,000 to 143,000 deaths occur as a result.
HIGH LEVELS OF RESISTANT BACTERIA FOUND IN UNCOOKED MEATS AND RAW DOG FOOD: ‘RED FLAG’
Around 473,000 cases were reported to WHO in 2022, which was twice as many cases as the prior year.
Reported cases for 2023 are expected to exceed 700,000.
As cholera continues to surge — and as vaccines remain in short supply — experts are warning about the global risk.(iStock)
“It is concerning to see an increase in the number of cholera cases worldwide, with the majority of the cases in Asia, Africa and Latin America,” Dr. Renuga Vivekanandan, M.D., assistant dean and professor at the Creighton University School of Medicine in Omaha, Nebraska, told Fox News Digital.
The countries most affected include the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ethiopia, Haiti, Somalia, Sudan, Syria, Zambia and Zimbabwe, according to UNICEF.
The disease can spread quickly in locations where there is insufficient treatment of drinking water and sewage.
Although cholera cases were prevalent in the U.S. in the 1800s, water treatment systems have largely eliminated the disease, per the CDC.
In rare cases, people in the U.S. have contracted the disease from consuming raw or undercooked shellfish from the Gulf of Mexico, the agency stated on its website.
AMID BIRD FLU SPREAD, EXPERTS REVEAL IF IT’S SAFE TO DRINK MILK: ‘INDIRECT CONCERN’
“In the U.S., the cases have remained very small and are usually from travel exposure,” Vivekanandan noted.
Why the spike in global cases?
Cholera is typically spread when someone drinks water or eats food that is contaminated with the bacterium Vibrio cholerae, according to the CDC.
The disease can spread quickly in locations where there is insufficient treatment of drinking water and sewage, the agency warned.
Cholera has been on the rise around the world since 2021, according to health officials.(iStock)
It is not typically transmitted from person to person.
UNICEF noted in a statement that the rise in cholera is driven by “persistent gaps in access to safe water and sanitation.”
“In the U.S., the cases have remained very small and are usually from travel exposure.”
“I think the cases might be increasing due to climate change, displacements of homes due to disasters, and not having good sanitary conditions, such as poor water sources,” Vivekanandan told Fox News Digital.
Symptoms of cholera
Around 10% of the people who are infected with cholera will develop severe symptoms, including watery diarrhea, vomiting and leg cramps, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
Advanced symptoms include shock and dehydration.
Without treatment, the disease can be fatal.
Around 10% of those who are infected with cholera will develop severe symptoms including watery diarrhea, vomiting and leg cramps, according to the CDC.(iStock)
“Dehydration is the biggest concern with cholera, and rehydration is the most important component of treatment,” said Vivekanandan.
“Most patients with cholera will have mild diarrhea, but 10% will have severe diarrhea and will need rehydration and treatment with antibiotics.”
WITH WHOOPING COUGH CASES ON THE RISE, DO YOU NEED A BOOSTER VACCINE?
Some groups are more susceptible to the disease, according to the CDC.
“Individuals with achlorhydria (the absence of hydrochloric acid in digestive stomach juices), blood type O, chronic medical conditions, and those without ready access to rehydration therapy and medical services are more likely to have severe disease from cholera and suffer poor outcomes,” the agency noted.
Treatment and prevention
The most effective treatment for cholera is “immediate replacement of the fluid and salts lost through diarrhea,” the CDC stated.
This is achieved by giving patients a mixture of sugar and salts mixed with 1 liter of water.
In some severe cases, the patient may require intravenous (IV) fluids.
There is a “severe gap” in the number of available vaccine doses compared to the level of current need, said UNICEF.(iStock)
Some patients also receive antibiotics to make symptoms less severe.
“Persons who develop severe diarrhea and vomiting in countries where cholera occurs should seek medical attention promptly,” per the CDC.
There is a single-dose vaccine for cholera, called Vaxchora (lyophilized CVD 103-HgR).
CDC WARNS OF INVASIVE BACTERIAL OUTBREAK AMID SPIKE IN CASES AND FATALITY RATES: ‘RARE BUT SEVERE’
Those who are between the ages of 2 and 64 and who are traveling to “an area of active cholera transmission” are eligible to receive it.
There are three other cholera vaccines, but they are not available in the U.S.
What to know about vaccine shortage
There is a “severe gap” in the number of available vaccine doses compared to the level of current need, said UNICEF on its website.
“Between 2021 and 2023, more doses were requested for outbreak response than the entire previous decade,” UNICEF noted.
In rare cases, people in the U.S. have contracted the disease from consuming raw or undercooked shellfish from the Gulf of Mexico, the CDC stated on its website.(iStock)
While cholera vaccines used to be administered in two doses, the International Coordinating Group (ICG) changed the recommendation to a single dose in Oct. 2022 due to the ongoing shortage.
Vivekanandan called the vaccine shortage “very concerning.”
NEW ANTIBIOTIC KILLS DEADLY, DRUG-RESISTANT BACTERIA IN ‘SCIENTIFIC BREAKTHROUGH’
“This is a serious infection, and we must invest financial and other resources to reduce the worldwide burden,” he told Fox News Digital.
“International resources need to be committed, and partnerships with pharmaceutical companies need to happen to help produce more vaccines.”
“This is a serious infection, and we must invest financial and other resources to reduce the worldwide burden.”
Vivekanandan also urged people who are traveling from the U.S. to other countries to review the CDC’s travel guidance and get any required vaccines.
“I would also recommend that people follow good travel medicine guidance, such as drinking bottled water, eating well-cooked food and making sure to have good hand hygiene,” he added.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“As the WHO has stated, we need to have multi-pronged approaches, with a combination of surveillance, water, sanitation and hygiene, social mobilization, treatment, and oral cholera vaccines available for communities at high risk.”
The disease can spread quickly in locations where there is insufficient treatment of drinking water and sewage.(iStock)
On the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) website, Vaxchora is listed as a “resolved shortage.”
The FDA noted that Emergent Travel Health, manufacturer of the vaccine, announced in May 2021 the temporary discontinuation and distribution of Vaxchora, “due to a significant reduction of international travel caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The shortage is listed as having been resolved in May 2023.
Fox News Digital reached out to WHO, the FDA and Emergent requesting comment.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Hyderabad’s popular Karachi Bakery, which has been there since the 1950s, recently came under the radar after the Food Safety Commissioner for Telangana raided one of its outlets at Moazzam Jahi Market area and claimed to find expired products. The Food Safety officials visited the popular Bilal Ice Cream parlour at the same location and found issues with the items being sold there. They further took to the social media handle X (formerly Twitter) to share the information with the public.
According to the post on X, the Karachi Bakery outlet had expired stocks of rusks, biscuits, candy, chocolate cakes, toast, and buns “worth Rs. 5,200”. The Food Safety Commissioner informed that those food products were discarded immediately. That’s not all. The authority also complained of “use by dates not displayed on pastries and cakes, thereby violating the FSSAI regulations.” Moreover, they also found multiple unlabelled products, which was against the FSSAI Act.
* Expired stocks of Rusks, biscuits, candy, chocolate cakes, toasts, and buns worth Rs 5,200 were discarded * Use by dates not displayed on pastries and cakes, thereby violating the FSSAI regulations * Multiple unlabelled products found violating FSSAI Act
In another post, the food authority informed that the Bilal Ice Cream outlet and its manufacturing unit were found operating without any valid license. Alongside, there were water bottles of fake brands sold at the outlet. “Notice issued and action will be taken,” informs the food safety officials.
Task force has conducted inspections at Moazzam Jahi Market area recently.
Bilal Ice Cream * The outlet and their manufacturing unit have been found operating without any valid license/registration * Fake brand water bottles found * Notice issued and action will be taken
Besides, the Commissioner of Food Safety, Telangana, has been conducting raids in various other areas of Hyderabad including outlets at Himayat Nagar, Sarath City Mall, and Banjara Hills to name a few. The authority has been updating it all on social media, informing that they are taking necessary actions against the restaurants that are found not following the FSSAI regulations for food safety.
Condé Nast and the union representing employees of Vogue and other publications owned by the company reached a tentative agreement early Monday on a long-in-the-works contract. The deal happened about 12 hours before the first guests were set to arrive at the Metropolitan Museum of Art for the Met Gala, and after unionized employees had threatened to disrupt the event over the pace of contract negotiations.
Representatives for Condé Nast declined to comment for this article beyond sharing a message release the company sent after bargaining negotiations ended around 3 a.m. “On behalf of the management bargaining committee and leaders throughout the business, we are pleased to come to tentatively agreed terms on a contract with the union,” it read.
Mark Alan Burger, a unit chair for the Condé Nast Union, said in a news release sent on Monday that reaching a tentative agreement was a result of members’ commitment to do whatever it took to get a contract, “including walking off the job ahead of the Met Gala.”
Leading up to the event, which is co-hosted by Ms. Wintour and costs $75,000 per person, the Condé Nast Union pledged to continue to take action as needed to bring the publisher to the bargaining table. In a post on X, the union warned on Saturday night that management could “meet us at the table or meet us at the Met on Monday.”
The tentative agreement came after over a year of bargaining for union members to create their first contract. In addition to establishing just cause as the basis for firing employees, the agreement includes wage increases, additional parental leave and hybrid work protections for the approximately 540 members of the Condé Nast Union, which represents employees from titles including Vanity Fair, GQ and Architectural Digest, in addition to Vogue staff members. (The New Yorker, Pitchfork and Ars Technica maintain their own unions and contracts.)
On Wednesday members of the Condé Nast Union, which held a one-day work stoppage in January, participated in a May Day rally at Condé Nast’s headquarters at One World Trade Center in Manhattan. Later that week, staff members also covered Ms. Wintour’s neighborhood in fliers reading “Anna Wears Prada, Workers Get Nada,” taping them to lampposts and slipping them under windshield wipers.
Mr. Burger, who works as a social media manager at Vanity Fair, on Thursday said such actions were organized with the hope that “we can get a contract together and that everyone can attend and watch and work in that gala as they normally would.”
“Everyone at Condé Nast really, really loves their job — it’s a workplace unlike any other,” Mr. Burger said. “It’s a huge achievement to be involved in conversations that are shaping and influencing culture.”
“Obviously, ‘The Devil Wears Prada’ is a huge cultural touchstone for us, especially,” he added. “The idea that 100 girls would kill for this job — those days are over.”
Myhibbin is reportedly the first FDA-approved liquid formulation of mycophenolate, a key immunosuppressant used to prevent organ rejection in transplant recipients.
Hi, I’m Christopher! Read my introduction to learn more about me and my silly Russian Blue cat, Olga.
When Olga was a kitten, she wasn’t as finicky and always ran to the kitchen when she smelled my cooking. I gave her dry food every day and wet food a few times a week, and I made the mistake of replicating my previous cat’s diet. Free feeding isn’t recommended for most pets, but my Siamese cat never became overweight when allowed to graze all day on kibble.
Free-Feeding Frenzy
I shouldn’t have free-fed Olga; her head was much larger than her body when she was young, and her belly was starting to catch up. When my veterinarian said she was a little heavy for a kitten, I changed her diet and only gave her dry food in the morning and wet food in the evening.
It took several months, and by the time she entered adulthood, she no longer had a bulging belly. She loves wet food but only eats formulas with chicken or turkey. I discovered early on that seafood and beef weren’t kind to her gut, and until recently, she liked dry food.
Keep your feet away. This ottoman belongs to me!
Kibble Conundrum
She stopped eating her kibble, and when I tried to introduce new brands gradually, she ate them for a few days until they made her vomit. I’ve tried limited-ingredient diets and too many brands to remember, but nothing seems to agree with her stomach. She only tolerates wet food, and I no longer give her treats.
I don’t know why, but she eats more when I’m in the same room. If I go outside to fill up the birdfeeders after leaving a bowl of food for her in the morning, she waits at the window until I return and then runs back to her bowl to eat.
She doesn’t like to eat alone, and sometimes, she leaves most of her food uneaten and walks away. If I call her back and tap on her bowl, she returns to her food and devours it. Some dogs and cats become irritated or aggressive if you stand too close to them or pet them on the back when they’re eating, but Olga prefers it. She eats all her food now, but I still have to encourage her.
I’ll spot you 10, but you still owe me for losing last week.
Picky and Proud
Living with a picky cat is annoying, but Olga is healthy. She doesn’t bother me when I’m eating and doesn’t consume foreign objects, plants, or toxic chemicals. Being selective and indecisive may be an advantage for her. Since she has such a sensitive stomach, she may be less likely to eat something harmful.
That’s not a statement from someone with veterinary expertise, but it applies to my stubborn cat. Before dinner, she stares at me and whines if I look at her. She acts like a starving animal and tries to intimidate me by slamming the closet door or knocking my pen off my desk.
Her begging is relentless, but as hungry as she appears, she doesn’t eat all her food unless I join her in the kitchen. Olga is a freak of nature, but she’s a good cat.
He endured jokes about his divorce, his business decisions, his love life, his multiple retirements, his former teammates, his ex-wife, his healthy lifestyle and much more — all with a smile on his face.
And that was just in the first 20 minutes of “The Roast of Tom Brady” at the Kia Forum that was streamed live on Netflix.
One gag, however, apparently crossed the line as far as Brady was concerned — and the seven-time Super Bowl champion wasn’t even the butt of that particular joke. The target was New England Patriots owner Robert Kraft, the man who signed Brady’s paychecks for the first 20 years of his 23-year NFL career.
After host Kevin Hart opened the show with a blistering monologue — “Why didn’t we go to the Crypto.com Arena downtown? Well, the reason why we didn’t go there is because we didn’t want to remind Tom’s fans of how much money he owes them” — comedian and celebrity roast staple Jeff Ross kept the hits coming. He talked about how Brady was drafted in the sixth round with the 199th pick of the 2000 NFL draft “when Bill Belichick’s dog stepped on the keyboard by accident.”
“So Tom became a Patriot,” Ross said, “moved up to New England and on the first day of training camp, that scrawny rookie famously walked into the owner Robert Kraft’s office and said, ‘I’m the best decision your organization has ever made. Would you like a massage?’”
The joke was a reference to Kraft being arrested in 2019 on charges of soliciting sex from a prostitute during an encounter at a Florida day spa. Kraft pleaded not guilty, and the charges were dropped the following year after his lawyers prevented video and audio footage from being used as evidence in court.
As the crowd laughed and Ross blew a kiss in Kraft’s direction, Brady could be seen shifting in his seat behind and to the right of the comedian. The camera cut to a close shot of Ross, who said “I love Robert Kraft.”
Brady then approached Ross. The NFL’s all-time leader in passing yards and touchdown passes had a bit of a smile on his face, but his tone was dead serious when he leaned in and said to Ross, “Don’t say that s— again.”
As Brady returned to his seat, Ross laughed, put his hands up and said, “OK, OK!” He pointed in Kraft’s direction and said, “He’s having fun, look at him.” As Ross added some sincere words of praise for Kraft, the Patriots owner was shown smiling in the crowd.
Brady didn’t appear to hold a grudge and could be seen laughing during the rest of Ross’ set. The two men embraced and spoke after Ross’ performance — a scene Hart mocked by implying Ross was kissing up to the GOAT. “I heard you over there,” Hart said. “‘Tom, you all right? Yeah? Your hair’s so straight.’”
Brady absorbed many more barbs throughout the evening without feeling the need to step in again.
iQOO Z9x launch date in India: iQOO has officially confirmed the launch date of its next smartphone – iQOO Z9x – in India. According to iQoo India CEO Nipun Marya, the launch is scheduled for May 16.
“Ready, set, #iQOOZ9x. Fully loaded for a full day of action!#FullDayFullyLoaded,” Marya said while sharing an image of the smartphone on microblogging site X, formerly Twitter.
iQOO Z9x 5G Expected Features
The iQOO Z9x 5G is expected to be powered by Qualcomm Snapdragon 6 Gen 1 chipset. Reports suggest this smartphone will be available in three RAM and storage variants in India.
In terms of display, the smartphone is expected to come with a 6.72-inch FullHD+ display. While the display will support a refresh rate of up to 120Hz, the peak brightness offered by the device is 1,000 nits. This means users are expected to have a smooth visual experience and good outdoor visibility.
In terms of camera, the iQOO Z9x 5G is expected to feature a dual rear camera setup comprising a 50MP main sensor. It may be accompanied by a 2MP depth lens. For selfies, the smartphone is expected to have an 8MP camera on the front.
One of the key highlights of the device is going to be its battery as reports suggest that the smartphone may come with a 6,000mAh battery. Moreover, the device will support 44W fast charging.
Among other features could be an IP64 rating for dust and water resistance. It may have a side-mounted fingerprint sensor, Bluetooth 5.1, a 3.5mm audio jack and stereo speakers.
iQOO Z9x 5G Availability and Price (Expected)
The device is expected to be available in three RAM and storage variants – 8GB + 128GB, 8GB + 256GB and 12GB + 256GB. They are expected to be priced at Rs 13,499, 14,499 and 16,499.
Indonesia will permanently relocate the entire population of an island in North Sulawesi province because a volcano is threatening their safety.
Evacuees board an Indonesian naval vessel on Tagulandang Island in Sitaro, North Sulawesi, as Mount Ruang volcano spews smoke in the background. Eruptions at a remote Indonesian volcano forced more than half a dozen airports to close with ash spreading as far as Malaysia, officials said, while authorities rushed to evacuate thousands due to tsunami fears. (Photo by Ronny Adolof BUOL / AFP)
Mount Ruang erupted spectacularly last month and has been spewing ash that forced nearby airports to close and flights to be cancelled.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
Ruang Island’s population of around 10,000 people is being moved to Bolaang Mongondow on the island of North Sulawesi about 40 kilometers away, Tempo newspaper reported, citing Minister of Public Works and Housing Basuki Hadimuljono. This was agreed upon following a Cabinet meeting with President Joko Widodo.
Simple, permanent homes will be built in the Bolaang Mongondow area for the resettled people, said Coordinating Human Development Minister Muhadjir Effendy on Friday as reported by Tempo.
After the evacuation the government intends to designate Ruang island as a conservation site.
Authorities have issued a state of emergency until May 14, warning of a potential tsunami should parts of the volcano collapse due to the eruptions.
Indonesia, with a population of over 270 million people, sits on the “Ring of Fire” — a series of seismic fault lines around the Pacific Ocean — and has more than 100 active volcanoes spread out across thousands of islands including popular tourist destinations.
In 2017 some 40,000 people were evacuated from villages around Mount Agung in Bali when the volcano erupted, causing a temporary slump in tourism and around $1 billion in losses.
This story has been published from a wire agency feed without modifications to the text. Only the headline has been changed.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Indonesia to relocate entire island population amid volcanic eruption threat
Back in 2019, Disney had seven $1 billion movies and yet not a single one of the studio’s blockbusters managed to cross that golden line last year.
This is the first time since 2014 (not including the pandemic years of 2020 and 2021) that this happened to the Mouse House.
And now the net loss of Disney’s four biggest box office bombs of 2023 have been calculated with a grand total of -$628 million down the drain in the studio’s 100th anniversary year. This comes after they lost over $300 million in 2022 on two “woke” kids movies.
Disney’s Marvel Studios released three MCU movies this year with Ant-Man and the Wasp: Quantumania making a profit of around $30 million and Guardians of the Galaxy Vol 3 one of around $124 million.
However, considering Marvel’s previous billion-dollar successes in recent years, these aren’t particularly celebratory for the franchise. And then there was The Marvels, which was a box office disaster in the latter half of the year.
Brie Larson’s Captain Marvel 2, The Marvels made just over $206 million and became the lowest-grossing movie in the MCU’s 16 year history.
As a result, the blockbuster made a loss of $237 million worldwide despite mixed reviews, according to Deadline.
Next up is Harrison Ford’s Indiana Jones and the Dial of Destiny which, despite initial rumours of being $300 million in the negative, still had an enormous net loss of $143 million.
Meanwhile, Disney’s 100th anniversary animated film Wish was $131 million in the negative, alongside Haunted Mansion’s $117 million net loss.
Poor reviews combined with the opportunity to wait to see these movies on Disney+ during a cost of living crisis will no doubt have contributed to the studio’s hundreds of millions of dollars lost in 2023.
Nevertheless, Disney boss Bob Iger will presumably be feeling more confident for the 2024 slate turning the studio’s fortunes around with the likes of Inside Out 2, Deadpool and Wolverine, Moana 2 and Mufasa: The Lion King being potential $1 billion box office contenders.
There’s an old wives’ tale in parts of Australia that it’s illegal to use cruise control if you’re an L-plater.
Learner drivers should learn all the functions of their vehicle
It mightn’t be advisable, but it’s not illegal for an L-plater to use cruise control
As long as the driver is obeying all the other rules, it’s fine
There’s no legal suggestion that is the case. In fact, when it comes to driver safety and the safety of all road users, it could be seen as a good thing for learners to use cruise control.
Cruise control was designed essentially to make longer distance driving less fatiguing, with the upside being that a motorist would be able to get out at their destination without having broken any laws for speeding, and with a relaxed air about them because they wouldn’t have had to do any needless work with their right foot.
In modern cars, though, cruise control systems vary greatly, and with the ongoing push for even-more autonomous vehicles that can accelerate, brake, steer, park and – if you believe Elon Musk – drive themselves entirely, the argument could be made that L-platers aren’t learning to drive, rather than to co-pilot a vehicle.
If you’re not aware, there are different types of cruise control. Here’s a layman’s rundown.
The most common and most basic type will allow you to set a speed at which you want to travel, and the car will maintain that pace (within reason).
A more advanced type of cruise control is adaptive or radar-based cruise control, which allows a driver to set a distance that they’d like to maintain between their own car and the car ahead. If the vehicle in front slows down or brakes heavily, the following car should essentially mimic the motions of the lead car.
Now, there are differences between adaptive cruise control systems, including that some have what is known as ‘traffic jam’ or ‘stop-and-go’ technology, which will essentially allow the car to come to a complete stop and then restart without any intervention from the driver.
Other versions require the driver to hit a button on the steering wheel or tap the accelerator to recommence at the original set speed (though, in traffic, the car will still judge what speed it should drive based on the pace of the vehicles ahead).
And there is yet another type of adaptive cruise control that will – rather unnervingly – cut out when the speed dips to a certain point. There’s nothing quite like finding yourself driving along a multi-lane road and relying on the car to maintain your speed and distance, only for it to decide that it doesn’t operate at speeds lower than 30km/h, as has happened to me before.
Other cruise control systems can even adapt their speed to the speed limit signs, simply by hitting a button on the steering wheel. And there are even some that will automatically adjust to the signposted speed limit for you, without an intervention (this is typically known as Intelligent Cruise Control).
And there are newer cars with cruise control systems that are linked to mapping data, and will alter the speed of the car based on where the map thinks you are.
I’ve had one of those fail, too – driving at the 80km/h speed limit in a tunnel in Sydney, the luxury car I was in decided to think it was driving on the surface streets above, slamming on the brakes as the car “thought” it was in a 40km/h school zone.
Further, some new vehicles may have unrefined “smart” cruise control systems that will slow the car down for corners or bends in the road, even if the signposted suggested speed limit is higher than the speed you’ve set.
And these apparently high-tech systems can still get it wrong. I’ve been in cars that have indicated a speed limit on the driver info screen of 110km/h, yet the actual limit on the residential street I was driving was 50km/h.
On the plus side for modern cruise control systems, many now offer a speed limiter that will allow the driver to set a speed that they don’t want to exceed. For L-platers and P-platers alike, that could be a terrific bit of tech to ensure they do not fall foul of the law.
Indeed, there are some scenarios that peak bodies suggest drivers shouldn’t use cruise control. The Royal Automobile Association of South Australia suggests that best practice would be to NOT use cruise control when the speed limit is 60km/h or under, when negotiating bends, or when you’re sleepy.
So, no, it’s not illegal for a learner driver to use cruise control. But it will be up to that L-plater, and the person sitting alongside them – be that a parent, sibling, relative, or driving instructor – to ensure that it’s used correctly, safely and smartly.
Not intended as legal advice. Check with the relevant roads authority in your state or territory.
MORE: What are the speed limits for L-platers? MORE: What are the speed limits for P-platers?
According to reports from RootData, Crypto Venture Capital Fundraising has exceeded $1 billion for the second month. The last month of April saw $1.02 billion in inflows into the industry across 161 investment rounds, after March’s impressive $1.09 billion across 186 rounds.
This consistency in funding represents the first time since October-November 2022 that the crypto sector has achieved over $1 billion in venture capital in two consecutive months.
Key Fundraisings in April
Ever since 2022’s October-November, this is the first time the crypto industry has hit over $1 billion in venture capital for 2 consecutive months. We can’t let go unnoticed the several high-profile fundraisings that in April contributed to this billion-dollar milestone.
A major deal that made headlines was that one of the world’s largest asset managers and leading Bitcoin ETF issuers, BlackRock, invested $47 million in Securitize. This company specializes in real-world asset tokenization.
Another major deal that caught everyone’s attention was the $225 million raised by the new Layer-1 blockchain, Monad, often called a “Solana killer.” Heavyweights like Paradigm and Coinbase Ventures backed Monad’s investment.
Another noteworthy investment in April was the $80 million deal between Auradine, a blockchain infrastructure startup, and a substantial $100 million for Berachain, another mentionable Layer-1 blockchain built on Cosmos.
Who Secured 1st, 2nd, and 3rd?
While blockchain infrastructure firms topped the list for contributing to the enormous growth of venture capital funding, attracting an enormous $1.7 billion in 2024 so far, DeFi followed up closely as well.
Decentralized finance protocols secured the second position for contributing to venture crypto capitalist funds, raising an appreciable $626 million.
However, DAO aka Decentralized Autonomous Organizations most likely appear to be struggling as this sector has been able to secure only $3 million in funding crypto so far in 2024.
VC Funding in the First Quarter of 2024
This major boom in crypto venture capital fundraising coincides with the hopes and ambitions of major VC firms like Pantera Capital and Paradigm, who have reportedly been seeking substantial fundraising for new cryptocurrency projects. Pantera Capital’s aim of securing a $1 billion fund raise, if successful, will make it the largest in the industry since May 2022 when a16z raised a record $4.5 billion.
Remarkably, despite bringing in $7.2 billion for ventures in different fields including AI and gaming, a16z decided to leave its crypto-focused fund.
The first quarter of 2024 has broken the two-year downtrend of VC funding in the crypto space, experiencing a notable surge and securing $3.67 billion in 2024 to date. When compared to Q4, 2023, the total of the amount invested and the number of projects receiving funds, saw significant increases than the past year.
Breaking it down, data suggests that a 38% rise compared to 2023, was experienced in funds invested during the quarter. Additionally, there was a 49% increase in the number of projects securing funding, reaching levels not seen since Q4 2021.
Just under $1.9 billion was secured by Web3 startups in funding across 346 deals in the first quarter, which is still a remarkable 58% increase from the previous quarter.
Crypto funds can potentially hit $500 billion to $650 billion in VC funding within the next five years, reports from analysts at Bernstein Research suggest, which is a considerable leap from the current valuation of approximately $50 billion.
All in all…
Since 2014, the crypto venture capital funding has witnessed an enormous $100 billion, funding across 5,195 funding rounds. This year, the crypto industry is expected to surpass 2023’s $9.3 billion funding milestone, as it has already secured over $3.67 billion across 604 funding rounds in 2024 so far.
Indian Institute of Technology Madras (IIT Madras) and Sambalpur University in Odisha will collaborate on research and academics. The two institutions will also work towards the exchange of students and faculty, academic and scholarly information besides materials and publications. An MoU towards this collaboration was signed at the IIT Madras Campus on Saturday.
Also read:IIT Madras launches Research Foundation to drive its global aspirations
V. Kamakoti, Director, IIT Madras, said, “It is extremely important that all Higher Educational Institutions must develop very strong collaborations between themselves and share their best practice. This is one more step that IIT Madras and Sambalpur University has taken together to realise the objectives of Viksit Bharat.”
Basant Kumar Mohanty, Director, SUIIT, Sambalpur University, said, “Signing the MoU with IIT Madras certainly be a milestone for Sambalpur University Institute of Information Technology (SUIIT). This MoU will help SUIIT to work closely with the faculty group of IIT Madras for curriculum development, student exchange programmes through credit transfer, skill development programs, joint research and collaboration on the emerging areas of AI, cyber security, chip design and green technology.
The collaboration also paves the way for sponsorship of cooperative seminars, workshops and other academic meetings. Faculty from both institutions will collaborate in the supervision of exchange students and in joint research in disciplines of mutual interest, says a release.
Need the answers for the May 6 New York Times Connections puzzle? To me, Wordle is more of a vocabulary test, but Connections is more of a brainteaser. You’re given 16 words and asked to put them into four groups that are somehow connected. Sometimes they’re obvious, but game editor Wyna Liu knows how to trick you by using words that can fit into more than one group.
How to play Connections
Playing is easy. Winning is hard. Look at the 16 words and mentally assign them to related groups of four. Click on the four words you think go together. The groups are coded by color, though you don’t know what goes where until you see the answers. The yellow group is the easiest, then green, then blue, and purple is the toughest. Look at the words carefully, and think about related terms. Sometimes the connection has to do with just a part of the word. Once, four words were grouped because each started with the name of a rock band, including “Rushmore” and “Journeyman.”
Read more: NYT Connections Could Be the New Wordle: Our Hints and Tips
Hints for today’s Connections groups
Here are four hints for the groupings in today’s Connections puzzle, ranked from the easiest, yellow group to the tough (and sometimes bizarre) purple group.
Yellow group hint: Put together.
Green group hint: Annoyance.
Blue group hint: Ways to indicate amounts.
Purple group hint: Certain cards in a fortune-telling deck.
Answers for today’s Connections groups
Yellow group: Connect.
Green group: Nuisance.
Blue group: Quantity words.
Purple group: Tarot cards with the.
Read more: Wordle Cheat Sheet: Here Are the Most Popular Letters Used in English Words
What are today’s Connections answers?
The yellow words in today’s Connections
The theme is connect. The four words are couple, join, link and tie.
The green words in today’s Connections
The theme is nuisance. The four words are bother, handful, pain and pest.
The blue words in today’s Connections
The theme is quantity words. The four words are few, many, several and some.
The purple words in today’s Connections
The theme is tarot cards with the. The four words are fool, lovers, magician and tower.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
Please enter a valid email address.
A 10-year-old girl in Pennsylvania is in dire need of a bone marrow transplant — and her mother is on a mission to find the perfect match.
Lani Walter suffers from a disease called DOCK8 deficiency (dedicator of cytokinesis 8 deficiency), an immunodeficiency syndrome that can cause recurrent, life-threatening infections.
DOCK8 is very rare, with only 250 people worldwide currently diagnosed, statistics show. The only cure for DOCK8 is a bone marrow transplant — also known as a hematopoietic stem cell transplant (HSCT).
YOUNG GIRL SURVIVES CANCER THANKS TO LITTLE SISTER’S LIFESAVING DONATION: ‘A PERFECT MATCH’
Ashleigh Walter, a kindergarten teacher, is pleading for people to join the bone marrow/blood stem cell registry to help her daughter find a donor by summer.
“Time is of the essence,” she told Fox News Digital.
Search for answers
Walter’s daughter was diagnosed with DOCK8 when she was 7½ years old, the culmination of a long series of symptoms and illnesses.
Lani Walter, 10, is in dire need of a bone marrow transplant — and her mother is on a desperate mission to find the perfect match.(Ashleigh Walter)
“Lani’s health issues started at just a couple of months old,” Walter told Fox News Digital during an interview. “As a baby, she had full-body eczema from head to toe and continuous ear infections.”
At 11 months old, she was diagnosed with severe allergies to eggs, milk, peanuts, tree nuts and many other foods. She’s also experienced continuous skin infections and staph infections.
In Jan. 2021, the family was invited to a clinic at the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia (CHOP), where Walter’s daughter was able to see specialists from immunology, allergy and dermatology together in one appointment.
NEW JERSEY WOMAN RECOVERING AFTER RECEIVING SUCCESSFUL PIG KIDNEY TRANSPLANT
“They all came together to try and figure out what might be going on,” Walter said. “Each of the specialties ran their own special bloodwork to see what was going on with Lani.”
The results showed some abnormalities in the immune system, and doctors recommended doing genetic testing.
Lani Walter, pictured, has suffered from health issues since birth. She was diagnosed with a DOCK8 deficiency when she was 7 years old. The only known cure is a bone marrow transplant. (Ashleigh Walter)
A few months later, the family received the news that Walter’s daughter has two variants of the DOCK8 gene.
“If you have issues on both sides of the gene, that’s when you present with the disorder,” Walter said. “Testing showed that both my husband and I are recessive carriers to the DOCK8 variant, which we passed down to Lani.”
She added, “So that was when we found out that all of the health issues Lani has experienced throughout her entire life were not unrelated.”
“All of the health issues Lani has experienced throughout her entire life were not unrelated.”
Dr. Marc Siegel, clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Medical Center and a Fox News medical contributor, was not involved in Lani Walter’s care but commented on the condition.
“DOCK 8 is a rare immune condition where the bone marrow doesn’t make enough immune cells and the immune cells that are made have trouble penetrating into dense tissue, like skin,” he told Fox News Digital.
After the diagnosis, Walter’s daughter was invited to visit the National Institute of Health in Maryland, where researchers are studying DOCK8 deficiency.
Lani Walter, left, is pictured with her mother, older sister and father. If she does not find a 100% perfect bone marrow match, her mom, Ashleigh Walter, who is a 50% match, will donate.(Ashleigh Walter)
“We go there about every six months to see how Lani is doing, and what they recommend as she gets older,” Walter said.
The symptoms of DOCK8 deficiency tend to get more severe as the child grows into late adolescence and early adulthood, doctors have said.
Some of the biggest concerns are respiratory difficulties and a higher risk of various cancers, along with the ongoing risk of infections.
FOUR TEXAS RESIDENTS FOREVER CONNECTED BY TWO KIDNEY DONATIONS IN DIFFERENT CITIES: ‘SUPERBLY TIMED’
To help manage her condition, Walter’s daughter has been getting weekly intravenous immune globulin (IVIG) infusions, which add human antibodies to help fight off infections.
She also takes daily antibiotics to help prevent pneumonia, uses an inhaler to help her respiratory system and takes other medications to treat different illnesses she experiences as a result of her DOCK8 deficiency.
Lani Walter’s hobbies include swimming, crafting, bike-riding, and spending time with her friends and pets.(Ashleigh Walter)
“That’s probably one of the least favorite parts of her day, when I tell her that she needs to take her medicine,” Walter said.
Since the only cure for her condition is a bone marrow transplant, “her doctors recommend that Lani has [the] transplant to help cure the DOCK8 before she gets older.”
What to know about bone marrow transplants
Dr. Brett Osborn, a Florida neurologist and longevity expert at Senolytix, described HSCT as a “transformative reset button” for patients suffering from DOCK8 deficiency.
Osborn is not involved in Lani Walter’s care.
“Imagine your immune system as a computer plagued by a virus,” he told Fox News Digital.
“HSCT can mean a dramatic shift toward immunologic normalcy, providing a new lease on life.”
“HSCT removes the compromised ‘software’ and installs new, functional cells. For individuals with DOCK8 deficiency — who typically face frequent infections, severe allergies and increased cancer risk — HSCT can mean a dramatic shift toward immunologic normalcy, providing a new lease on life.”
Siegel also emphasized the procedure’s importance, calling it a “crucial life-saving procedure.”
Dr. Marc Siegel, left, and Dr. Brett Osborn, right, both weighed in on the importance of a diverse bone marrow registry.(Dr. Marc Siegel/Dr. Brett Osborn)
The average wait for a transplant is about three months, according to Siegel.
“They are very expensive — about $190,000,” he said. “Insurance generally covers the procedure, but not the cost of finding a donor.”
There is around a 25% chance that a sibling will be a match. In Lani Walter’s case, her 14-year-old sister was not a match.
PENNSYLVANIA MOTHER AND SON BOTH BORN WITH RARE GENETIC DISEASE: ‘CLOSER BECAUSE OF THIS’
“The overall chance of finding a match in the world is 1/3 to 2/3,” Siegel said.
The National Marrow Donor Program (NMDP) maintains a registry of people who are willing to donate. The Walter family found a 90% match on the registry, but the optimal situation would be to find a 100% match.
“There’s much less risk with the bone marrow transplant if you can find that perfect match,” Walter told Fox News Digital.
‘Time is of the essence’
Lani Walter’s doctors recommend that she receives the donation before she starts middle school. Next year, she will start fifth grade.
“Ideally, we would do it before Lani sees significant issues with other organs in her body,” said Ashleigh Walter.
“Joining the bone marrow registry could be your most profound gift.”
If the family does not find a perfect match, Walter said she will donate to her daughter, as parents are always half-matches.
“Obviously, we would still love for her to be able to find a full match on the donor registry, which is much less of a risk,” she said. “But if that’s not possible, we can move forward with a half match.”
Lani Walter’s doctors are recommending she receive the bone marrow donation before she starts middle school. Next year, she will start fifth grade.(Ashleigh Walter)
With partial matches, there is a higher risk of “graft versus host disease,” which is a complication that occurs when donor bone marrow or stem cells attack the recipient.
“It can cause different issues throughout the body, similar to an organ transplant rejection,” Walter said.
If her daughter receives a successful bone marrow transplant, Walter said — she will be cured of DOCK8.
PENNSYLVANIA PARENTS HONOR THEIR DAUGHTER WHO DIED OF A RARE GENETIC DISEASE: ‘SWEETEST GIRL IN THE WORLD’
“She won’t have an immune deficiency anymore,” she said. “She’ll adopt the immune system of the donor, and we won’t have to worry about any of those increased risks at all.”
Walter is hopeful that her daughter — whom she describes as “a little kid at heart” — will soon be healthy and able to return to the activities she loves, including swimming.
If her daughter receives a successful bone marrow transplant, Ashleigh Walter said, she will be cured of DOCK8. Walter is hopeful that her daughter will soon be healthy and able to return to the activities she loves(Ashleigh Walter)
“Lani has been on a swim team since kindergarten, and this will be her first summer not doing it,” Walter said.
She also enjoys bike-riding, crafting, and spending time with her friends and pets.
A call to register
There are millions of potential donors on the bone marrow registry — with more than 300,000 Americans joining just last year — but Walter noted that the likelihood of someone finding a perfect match is very low.
“The more people who join the registry, the more likely that a perfect match will be there for you,” she said.
THE GIRL WHO CAN’T SMILE: HOW A RARE DISORDER BECAME A YOUNG WOMAN’S ‘GREATEST GIFT’
As a neurosurgical trauma surgeon, Osborn of Florida said he can attest to the dire need for blood and bone marrow donors.
“There is a critical shortage of both,” he said. “In emergency and surgical settings, the availability of blood products can be the difference between life and death.”
People can join the bone marrow registry by visiting the NMDP’s website to order a test kit. “It’s a really simple cheek swab kit that they’ll send to your house and then you send it back,” Walter said.(iStock)
It’s “vital” to have diversity in the bone marrow registry, Osborn noted.
“A closely matched donor reduces complications and improves outcomes,” he said.
“This emphasizes why everyone should consider joining the registry. We can all manufacture these potentially life-saving blood products, and by donating, we fulfill a crucial societal need.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
While some have the misconception that donation is difficult, Osborn said that’s not the case.
“Donating bone marrow is a low-risk, outpatient procedure associated with only minor discomfort. It’s a great way to pay it forward.”
“In emergency and surgical settings, the availability of blood products can be the difference between life and death.”
People can join the bone marrow registry by visiting the NMDP’s website to order a test kit.
“It’s a really simple cheek swab kit that they’ll send to your house and then you send it back,” Walter said. “You don’t have to pay any money for anything.”
“The more people that join, the more people who can find their perfect match.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“For conditions like DOCK8 deficiency, a bone marrow transplant can offer a chance at a healthier life,” Osborn added.
“Joining the bone marrow registry could be your most profound gift, potentially saving a life with your healthy cells.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
One of the most popular desserts, chocolate mousse is rich, delectable, and velvety. It can be made with simple pantry ingredients and is loved by kids and adults alike. The best part about chocolate mousse is that it is extremely versatile, so you can easily add ingredients of your choice. To make this dessert, you only need chocolate, eggs, cream, and a bit of sugar, and a perfect guide! Wondering why your homemade chocolate mousse does not taste bakery-style? Then fret not! Read on to learn 5 tips to make the perfect chocolate mousse at home.
Also Read: This 4-Ingredient Oats Chocolate Mousse Is The Sweet Treat You Deserve Today
Use high-quality chocolate while making your chocolate mousse. Photo Credit: Pexels
5 Tips To Make Perfect Chocolate Mousse At Home
1. Choose Quality Ingredients
Have you seen how the patisserie-made chocolate mousse tastes so much better than the homemade ones? It’s because of the quality of chocolate used in the dessert. While making chocolate mousse at home, start by choosing high-quality chocolate with at least 60 per cent cocoa solids for a rich flavour. Also, use fresh eggs and high-fat cream for the best taste and texture.
2. Melt Chocolate Gently
The process of melting chocolate demands patience and finesse. Avoid the temptation to use high heat to melt the chocolate which can make it seize or even result in burning. Instead, use a gentle melting method. Heat the chocolate in small intervals if you are using an appliance. Or break the chocolate into pieces and melt it in a glass bowl over a pan of boiling water. This method will preserve the chocolate’s flavour and ensure a velvety finish to your mousse.
3. Incorporate Air
The key to getting light and airy mousse is by incorporating air into the mixture. Whip the cream and egg whites separately until they form stiff peaks and then gently fold them into the melted chocolate. Make sure to use a gentle hand while folding the ingredients otherwise, it will deflate the air bubbles.
Let the ingredients of the chocolate mousse set before you serve it. Photo Credit: Pexels
4. Chill Properly
Once you are done making your delectable chocolate mousse, resist the urge to dig into it immediately. Allow the mousse to chill in the fridge for at least a few hours, or best, overnight. Chilling helps the mousse set properly and enhances its overall flavour. While refrigerating, cover the mousse with plastic wrap or place it in an airtight container to prevent absorbing any odours from the fridge.
5. Garnish
When serving chocolate mousse, consider presentation. You can either spoon the mousse into individual serving dishes or pipe it into elegant glasses for a more refined presentation. Don’t forget to garnish your creamy mousse with chocolate shavings, cocoa powder, whipped cream, or fresh berries to add visual appeal and complementary flavours to your dessert.
Also Read: This 10-Min Chocolate Dessert Is Perfect For Sudden Sugar Cravings
Can you suggest some other tips to consider while making chocolate mousse at home? Let us know in the comments below!
On Monday night, the Metropolitan Museum of Art will play host to one of the biggest fund-raising events and starriest parties of the year: the annual Costume Institute Benefit or, as it’s been known for years, the Met Gala.
The event, which raises millions of dollars for the museum’s self-funding fashion wing, has become known for its audacious red carpet, with a highly exclusive guest list handpicked by Anna Wintour, the longtime Vogue editor and Condé Nast executive.
But this year’s event has been unusually shadowed by drama. The union representing employees of Condé Nast publications including Bon Appétit, GQ, Vanity Fair and Vogue escalated the stakes in its long-running contract negotiations on Saturday, telling the company in a video posted on X that if management didn’t meet the union at the bargaining table,its members would “meet you at the Met,” setting up the possibility of a picket line during Vogue’s biggest night. A representative from the New York Police Department said that there were no street closures planned and that the police would have “an adequate security deployment.”
Under Ms. Wintour’s leadership, the Met Gala has increasingly opened its arms to tech leaders — and its palms to their sponsorship — including Jeff Bezos and Tim Cook in past galas. This year, Shou Chew, the chief executive of TikTok, the primary sponsor of the Costume Institute’s exhibition this spring, was named an honorary chair of the gala. In the weeks since that announcement, Mr. Chew has been summoned to appear before a congressional committee,and the company’s Chinese owner has been told that TikTok will be banned in the United States if it is not sold within nine months.
But fashion is the main event here, with previous dress codes playing it straight or challenging guests to think outside the box. Ahead of the Costume Institute’s spring 2019 show, “Camp: Notes on Fashion,” gala invitees were asked to dress with an air of “studied triviality.” The spring 2022 dress code, “gilded glamour,” had little to do with the corresponding exhibition, while the next year’s dress code — “in honor of Karl” (Lagerfeld, of course) — was a perfect match for the 2023 exhibition, dedicated to that designer’s 65-year career.
The dress code for the gala on Monday night is “Garden of Time,” an apparent reference to a 1962 short story by the British writer J.G. Ballard in which aristocrats living in a walled estate are menaced by the advance of a violent rabble. But the theme also nods to the subject of the spring exhibition, titled “Sleeping Beauties: Reawakening Fashion.”
The show will feature some 250 objects on view from the Costume Institute’s permanent collection, including garments too fragile to be traditionally displayed.
Andrew Bolton, the Costume Institute’s curator, wrote in an essay about the exhibition, “The extreme fragility of these garments precludes them from being dressed on a mannequin, so in the exhibition they are displayed flat in glass cases to prevent further deterioration.”
Godrej Properties reported a 14 per cent increase in its net profit in the fourth quarter of FY24. The company’s revenue from operations fell 13.4 per cent.
The real estate developer reported a net profit of ₹471 crore on revenue of ₹1,426 crore.
Real estate companies recognise revenue when the projects are delivered. It delivered 6 million square feet across six cities in the quarter.
The adjusted EBITDA at ₹717 crore saw a decline of 2 per cent.
In terms of bookings, it was one of the best quarters with booking value more than doubling to ₹9,519 crore and the area sold up 56 per cent at 8.2 million square feet. Eight new projects and phases were launched during the quarter across five cities.
In FY25, the company expects bookings of over ₹27,000 crore, up from the ₹22,527 crore bookings achieved last year, on the back of more launches and sustenance sales.
Also read: Godrej family splits group amicably, Adi-Nadir to control listed entities
“Godrej Properties delivered a robust and well-rounded performance in FY24 registering its best-ever bookings, cash collections, earnings, and deliveries as well as a strong year for business development,” Executive Chairperson Pirojsha Godrej said.
The company had a strong launch pipeline that would enable it to meet its stated targets in the current fiscal year, he added.
Sales and collections
In Q4, the company sold 5,331 homes. The momentum was driven by demand in some key new project launches, with the Mumbai Metropolitan Region seeing highest ever quarterly sales at ₹4022 crore. Godrej Reserve in MMR fetched bookings of ₹2,693 crore, and Godrej Zenith in the National Capital Region got bookings worth ₹3,008 crore.
The company’s bookings in NCR in FY24 grew 180 per cent to ₹10,016 crore and in MMR it was up 114 per cent at ₹6,545 crore.
In FY24, four projects, including Godrej Aristocrat (launched in Q3) and Godrej Tropical Isle (launched in Q2) achieved over ₹2,000 crore booking value. In the yea,r it also added 10 new projects with an estimated revenue potential of ₹21,225 crore, 42 per cent above its guidance.
In the quarter under review, cash collections were at ₹4,693 crore, while it was ₹11,436 crore for FY24, leading to net operating cash flow growth of 16 per cent year-on-year to ₹2,607 crore in Q4 and 23 per cent year-on-year to ₹4,334 crore in FY24.
Godrej Properties’ share price closed 1.31 per cent, or ₹33.30 higher at ₹2566.10 on the BSE on Friday.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
NIKE je nedavno predstavio novu boju modela Flyknit Haven pod nazivom “Light Bone/Sail”. Ovaj model, koji je prvi put predstavljen ranije ove godine, ističe se brojnim detaljima.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Njegov gornji dio s teksturiranim dizajnom, koji podsjeća na oblake, dolazi u neutralnoj sivoj nijansi “Light Bone”, a Flyknit materijal, karakterističan za Nikeove tenisice, osigurava lagan i prozračan dizajn, pružajući udobnost tijekom nošenja. Neravni međupotplat također stvara efekt oblaka.
Ovi modeli već su dostupni u nekoliko različitih boja, a očekuje se da će nova boja biti dostupna na Nikeovoj službenoj web stranici i kod odabranih prodavača početkom lipnja. Cijena ovih modela kreće se od 120 eura, što ukazuje da će i nova boja biti dostupna po sličnoj cijeni.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
Microsoft is investing USD 2.2 billion over the next four years in Malaysia’s new cloud and artificial intelligence infrastructure as well as partnering with the government to establish a national AI centre, its CEO Satya Nadella said on Thursday. It marks Microsoft’s single largest investment in Malaysia, as the tech giant seeks to bolster support for AI development in the region and worldwide.
“We are committed to supporting Malaysia’s AI transformation and ensure it benefits all Malaysians,” he said. “Our investments in digital infrastructure and skilling will help Malaysian businesses, communities and developers apply the latest technology to drive inclusive economic growth and innovation across the country.” Nadella on Tuesday also announced a USD 1.7 billion investment in cloud and AI services in Indonesia during his visit there as part of his Southeast Asia tour.
On Wednesday, he said Microsoft will build its first regional data centre in Thailand. In April, the tech giant similarly unveiled a USD 2.9 billion investment in Japan and USD 1.5 billion in G42, an AI firm in Abu Dhabi. Microsoft also pledged to provide AI training for 2.5 million people in Malaysia, Indonesia, the Philippines, Thailand and Vietnam by 2025.
Nadella earlier met Prime Minister Anwar Ibrahim, who said the investment will be the key support pillar for the government’s goal to enhance AI capacity in Malaysia.
The new investment will include AI training for another 300,000 people, the establishment of a national AI centre of excellence, enhancing the nation’s cybersecurity capabilities and supporting the growth of Malaysia’s developer community, Anwar said on Facebook.Microsoft runs one of the world’s largest cloud computing operations and has taken a leap into artificial intelligence through its partnership with OpenAI, developers of ChatGPT.
Since then, Microsoft has integrated an AI assistant into its Microsoft Edge browser, named Copilot, helping lift its profits by 20 per cent in the first quarter. Microsoft sees Southeast Asia, with its population of over 600 million people, as a growing market and potential location for more AI product development.
A study held by global consulting firm Kearney said AI could contribute nearly USD 1 trillion to Southeast Asia’s GDP by 2030. Indonesia is expected to capture USD 366 billion of the total and Malaysia USD 115 billion.
Microsoft said in a statement that the investment in Malaysia will build on its 2021 program to support inclusive economic growth. It said the proposed national AI centre will drive AI adoption across key industries and public sector, while ensuring AI governance and regulatory compliance.
“Together with Microsoft, we look forward to creating more opportunities for our (small and medium-sized enterprises) and better paying jobs for our people as we ride the AI revolution to fast-track Malaysia’s digitally empowered growth journey,” Trade Minister Zafrul Aziz said in the statement.
In a cave in Mexico’s Riviera Maya, where nature has sculpted a subterranean landscape of stunning beauty, thick steel columns supporting a controversial new tourist railway intrude into a delicate ecosystem. The Yucatan Peninsula boasts an estimated 2,400 of these caverns and sinkholes, which are known as cenotes and are a major attraction for tourists who swim and snorkel in the crystal clear waters that fill some of them.
It is the “nightmare” of environmentalists in Mexico: the construction of the Mayan Train, the tourist megaproject of outgoing president Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador, threatens the cenotes, the pre-Hispanic underground wells that abound in the Yucatan Peninsula. (Photo by CARL DE SOUZA / AFP)
Campaigners warn that the unique geological system is under threat from the Maya Train, one of outgoing President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador’s flagship infrastructure projects. “It’s our worst nightmare. We’ve seen a large drill entering and breaking the ceiling of the cave” as well as its ancient stalactites, biologist and speleologist Roberto Rojo told AFP, surveying the damage.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
In March, Rojo’s group Selvame del Tren (Save Me From the Train) filmed a huge drill piercing a hole into a cavern for one of the pillars supporting a railway viaduct. Rojo calculates that the Maya Train, which partially opened in December, will need up to 17,000 columns along its 1,500-kilometer (930-mile) loop around southeastern Mexico. Work on the project has continued despite a court-ordered suspension pending environmental studies.
The original plan was to build part of the railway — which the government says will bring prosperity to one of the country’s poorest regions — next to a major highway. But according to environmentalists, the government moved the section into the jungle to avoid a conflict with hoteliers who feared traffic delays during construction. They accuse Lopez Obrador of rushing to finish the railway before he leaves office in October.
‘Ecocide’
Activists have branded the construction work “ecocide.” They say the project lacks the proper environmental impact studies, has razed 8.7 million trees and has irreversibly damaged the underground ecosystem. Lopez Obrador calls the members of Salvame del Tren “pseudo-environmentalists” and accuses them of profiting from the “alleged defense of nature.”
The construction work, deemed of “national security” importance, is protected by the National Guard. Reaching one of the affected cenotes is no easy task. It involves driving several kilometers from the resort city of Playa del Carmen, then continuing the journey — almost impossible without a guide — on foot, using a machete to cut through the undergrowth.
Once inside the cave, a helmet with a flashlight is essential. The cavern is adorned by thousands of stalactites and stalagmites, some ancient and several meters high, others newly formed and measuring just a few centimeters.
Clean-up promised
Despite Lopez Obrador’s assurances, concrete has leaked out of the steel columns and contaminated the cenote water, according to environmentalists. Worryingly, the well is a source of water for human consumption and eventually reaches the offshore Mesoamerican Reef — the second largest in the world, Rojo said. “Plants, animals and ourselves depend on this, which is one of the last healthy aquifers we have in Mexico,” he said.
Lopez Obrador said three weeks ago that there has only been one accidental concrete spillage and that it was being remedied. But inside the affected cenote, a clean-up has not yet happened. Other columns show signs of leaks and rust. Drills continue to bore holes into the fragile ground. The newspaper El Universal reported Friday that the environmental protection agency PROFEPA had documented five spillages linked to the railway construction.
‘A balance’
The government says that for the five completed sections of the train, nine protected natural areas have been created, totaling 1.34 million hectares (3.3 million acres). Most of it corresponds to the Bajos del Norte National Park, an underwater reserve in the Gulf of Mexico.
The government also created a protected area in the southeastern state of Campeche that it says will be the second-largest rainforest reserve in the world, after the Brazilian Amazon. In Playa del Carmen, tourists blissfully unaware of the environmental fears arrived recently at a modern Maya Train station that had been inaugurated two months ago.
About a hundred people were waiting for the train, which has a capacity of 2,210 passengers, according to the defense ministry, which manages the project. Environmental damage is part of the project’s “yin and yang,” said Jaime Vazquez, a tour operator arriving at the station. “On the one hand there is an effect, of course, but on the other hand you benefit humans. So it’s a balance,” the 40-year-old said.
Priscilla and Elvis cut the cake at their wedding 1967 (Image: GETTY)
Elvis Presley said the two magical and binding traditional words to Priscilla at a wedding that seemed like a fairytale from the pictures beamed around the world.
The reality was a rapid eight-minute ceremony attended by only 14 guests (leaving many close friends furious) followed by a far more lengthy press conference. The couple had famously met when Priscilla Beaulieu was just 14 and began living together when she was only 15, eventually marrying on May 1, 1967, when she was 21.
She had made no secret of her desire to make their relationship official, while The King had frequently flirted with the idea of wedlock (including with some of his movie co-stars) but had always remained rather gun-shy of the actual act.
One trusted staff member who had been very close to Elvis’ mother revealed that she found him crying in despair at home before the wedding.
Don’t miss… ‘Elvis was great in bed but I had to teach him one major thing’, says famous ex [LATEST]
Alberta Holman, Elvis’s housekeeper and cook, had been with the family for many years and he had affectionately nicknamed her Alberta VO5 after the popular hair product brand, Alberto VO5.
After Gladys’ death, Alberta would prepare Elvis’s favourite comfort meal of bacon, hash browns, and black-eyed peas whenever he needed it. According to the biography Down at the End of Lonely Street: The Life and Death of Elvis Presley by Peter Harry Brown and Pat H. Broeske, Alberta found Elvis in great distress.
When Alberta asked why he didn’t simply call off the wedding if it was causing him such pain, Elvis allegedly responded, “I don’t have a choice.”
But why couldn’t Elvis, a famous, wealthy and adored star have done whatever he wanted? We know Priscilla wasn’t yet pregnant as she has repeatedly confirmed over the years that they did not have pre-marital sex.
Don’t miss… Elvis and Ann-Margret affair ‘When he thrust his pelvis, mine slammed forward’ [LATEST]
Elvis’ maid Alberta at Graceland (Image: (Image: FB))
There was certainly talk that Priscilla’s father, upset by many years of his daughter living with Elvis with no guaranteed security and the worry of future shame and embarrassment, threatened to prosecute him for taking a minor across state lines in the early days of their relationship.
Elvis had travelled with Priscilla to Los Angeles and Las Vegas when she was only 15, a decision that flouted the clear agreement with her parents that stated she would remain in Memphis, living separately from Elvis and continuing her school education.
Other rumours suggest that it was Priscilla who pressured the King into marriage by threatening to expose damaging details of their relationship to the media, especially concerning its beginnings when she was merely 14 and 15.
However, she has repeatedly refuted these claims and pointed to another major influence.
Elvis and Priscilla leave on their honeymoon (Image: (Image: GETTY))
Priscilla shed some light on the controversy while speaking to Barbara Walters: “I think the pressure was on somewhat. We’d been together six years, the relationship was going well. The suggestion I think came from Colonel Parker (Elvis’ manager) ‘Either you should get married or go on. If you’re not getting married, then what are you doing?'”.
The wedding was followed by a swift press conference and a lavish $10,000 breakfast reception, attended by friends, family, and business associates from Elvis’ film and record companies MGM, RCA, and the William Morris Agency.
Some of Elvis’ closest friends were not invited to the actual wedding ceremony, including Red West, who had been with the star from the very beginning, and had asked Elvis to be his Best Man. West was so furious he quit working for Elvis.
After the reception, Elvis and Priscilla jetted off on a private plane for a brief three-day honeymoon in Palm Springs.
Elvis and Priscilla with baby Lisa Marie (Image: (Image: GETTY))
But why was Elvis so troubled at the thought of marrying the woman he had been with for seven years?
Numerous commentators have highlighted the icon’s obsession with virginity. He insisted Priscilla remain a virgin for those seven years and their sexual relations never progressed beyond foreplay. He also had a fixation on cuddling and playing games with teenage girls.
Priscilla herself was not pleased when she immediately fell pregnant, fearing it would disrupt the way Elvis saw her – and she was right. He stopped coming to her bed altogether and they even briefly separated during the pregnancy.
In the interview with Barbara Walters, Priscilla revealed: “Elvis had a hard time dealing with me being a mother and the little girl that I was to him. I didn’t know it then, but that’s what I realised in later years – that he was a father to me.”
Elvis had not wanted their relationship to change. The birth of Lisa Marie on April 1, 1968, marked the beginning of the end. After living increasingly apart, they separated in February 1972.
The LDV T60 ute has received a substantial upgrade, bringing with it a new, more high-tech interior, different suspension and, at long last, autonomous emergency braking.
Called the 2024 LDV T60 Max Plus, the overhauled ute slots in above the existing T60 Max range.
It’s priced from $45,990 drive-away for Australian Business Number (ABN) holders in manual guise, with the auto costing an extra $2000. LDV is also offering a Mega Tub version, priced at $49,490 drive-away for ABN holders.
Under the skin it retains the same 2.0-litre four-cylinder bi-turbo diesel as T60 Max models, producing 160kW of power and 500Nm of torque, though LDV says it has remapped the engine software “to ensure a more linear delivery of that power”.
The leaf spring rear suspension of the T60 Max has been swapped out for a multi-link setup which LDV says results in greater control, a more comfortable ride, as well as higher payload and ground clearance figures.
Payload is 800kg in the T60 Max Plus Mega Tub, 840kg in the T60 Max Plus manual and 830kg in the T60 Max Plus auto. That’s up from Luxe and Mega Tub versions of the regular T60 Max, where it’s between 730kg and 750kg. Ground clearance is up 5mm to 220mm.
Electric power steering is also new to the T60 line, with selectable Standard and Sport modes, as is an electric park brake.
The T60 Max Plus heralds the long-awaited arrival of autonomous emergency braking (AEB) in LDV’s ute range, leaving Mahindra as the only brand to not offer this feature in this segment.
However, the manual model misses out on AEB, as well as adaptive cruise control and lane-keep assist. All three are standard on automatic models.
Inside, there’s a 12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment system – up from the 10.25-inch unit in the T60 Max, and now with Android Auto – plus a 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster.
These sit within the same assembly for a wraparound look, and the infotainment uses a new operating system.
LDV hasn’t simply stuck in a larger screen, however, with the interior receiving a substantially new look. There’s a new, more driver-focused dashboard and, in auto models, a column-mounted shifter.
This has allowed LDV to angle the centre console upwards in auto models, with a wireless charging pad on top and a new storage cavity underneath. LDV hasn’t released images of the T60 Max Plus manual’s interior.
There are three USB ports up front, while LDV promises a quieter interior thanks to additional soundproofing between the engine and the bulkhead.
The T60 Max Plus range builds on the T60 Max Luxe in terms of standard equipment, which means inclusions like leather upholstery, heated front seats, and a surround-view camera.
Joining the equipment list are features like a lockable tailgate and power-folding, heated exterior mirrors.
Externally, it’s distinguished from carryover T60 Max models with gloss black trim on parts like the grille, door handles and exterior mirrors.
“The Aussie ute market is a key battleground for OEMs as the vehicles have to be truly multi-purpose, bridging the gap between work necessity and lifestyle choice,” says LDV Australia general manager Dinesh Chinnappa.
“We’ve listened to feedback from the market and worked closely with our colleagues in China to ensure the T60 range remains competitive.
“T60 Max Plus is a new model that has key technical, specification and safety updates to complement its position as one of the most powerful four-cylinder utes you can buy.”
Pricing
Model
Price
2024 LDV T60 Max Plus manual
$45,990
2024 LDV T60 Max Plus auto
$47,990
2024 LDV T60 Max Plus Mega Tub auto
$49,490
All prices are drive-away, for ABN holders.
Drivetrains
LDV T60 Max Plus
Engine
2.0-litre 4cyl bi-turbo diesel
Power
160kW
Torque
500Nm
Transmission
6-speed manual or 8-speed auto
Driven wheels
Part-time four-wheel drive with selectable low-range gearing
Efficiency
Model
Fuel consumption (combined cycle)
T60 Max Plus manual
9.3L/100km
T60 Max Plus auto
8.9L/100km
T60 Max Plus Mega Tub auto
8.9L/100km
The T60 Max Plus meets Euro 5 emissions standards and has a 73L fuel tank.
Dimensions
T60 Max Plus
T60 Max Plus Mega Tub
Length
5395mm
5710mm
Width
1900mm (2145mm incl. mirrors)
1900mm (2145mm incl. mirrors)
Height
1819mm
1819mm
Wheelbase
3175mm
3490mm
Tub width
1510mm
1510mm
Tub length (at floor)
1525mm
1840mm
Tub width (between arches)
1131mm
1131mm
Approach angle
27 degrees
27 degrees
Departure angle
24 degrees
24 degrees
Breakover angle
19 degrees
19 degrees
Ground clearance
220mm
220mm
Gross combined mass
6050kg
6050kg
Kerb weight
2210-2220kg
2250kg
Payload
840kg (manual), 830kg (auto)
800kg
Unbraked and braked towing capacity figures are 750kg and 3000kg respectively across the T60 Max Plus range, like the T60 Max.
Servicing and Warranty
The LDV T60 Max Plus is backed by a seven-year, 200,000km warranty.
Safety
The LDV T60 range has a five-star safety rating from ANCAP, based on testing conducted in 2017. This rating will expire at the end of this year.
Standard safety equipment includes:
6 airbags – front, front-side and curtain
Surround-view camera
Front and rear parking sensors
Auto models add:
Adaptive cruise control
Autonomous emergency braking
Lane-keep assist
The AEB works at speeds above 8km/h, while adaptive cruise works at speeds between 8-130km/h and lane-keep assist works above 60km/h.
Standard Equipment
As noted above, the equipment list varies somewhat between manual and automatic models.
The T60 Max Plus manual comes standard with the following:
BIG TECH wants more computing power. A lot more. According to their latest quarterly reports, Alphabet (Google’s corporate parent), Amazon and Microsoft—the world’s cloud-computing giants—collectively invested $40bn between January and March, most of it in data centres equipped to deal with growing artificial-intelligence (AI) workloads. Last month Meta, which does not have a cloud business but does run a data-hungry social-media empire, said its capital expenditure could reach $40bn this year as a result of AI-related projects. That is not far off the $50bn that Saudi Aramco, an oil colossus, is planning to splurge. Microsoft is likely to spend more.
The comparison with the famously capex-happy energy industry is apt not just because of the sums involved. AI needs vast amounts of processing power. And that processing power needs vast amounts of electricity. On May 2nd Bob Blue, chief executive of Dominion Energy, one of America’s biggest utilities, said that data-centre developers now regularly ask him for “several gigawatts” (GW). Dominion’s total installed capacity is 34GW.
In the wake of a challenging week for the cryptocurrency market, several prominent coins, including Ethereum (ETH) and Solana (SOL), are signalling a potential recovery, showing resilience with two consecutive days of surges. As investor sentiment gradually improves, ETH and SOL have emerged as frontrunners in reclaiming lost ground, bolstering hopes of a broader market rebound. Amidst this backdrop, Furrever Token (FURR) stands out, celebrating its remarkable presale success with a captivating $10,000 competition, showcasing its growing prominence and community engagement in the crypto sphere.
Solana (SOL) Shows Signs of Recovery Amidst Bullish Rebound
Solana (SOL) has demonstrated resilience in recent trading, with its price at $147.36, up by 7.5% from yesterday. After a failed attempt to sustain levels above $200, SOL experienced a significant downturn, followed by a strong rebound, hinting at a potential bullish pattern formation. Despite the ongoing downtrend, SOL’s recent price action suggests reduced selling pressure and renewed investor interest. Technical indicators, such as the Gaussian channel turning bearish and the RSI rising, indicate a possible period of sideways consolidation before a potential rise towards $200. Confirmation of a bullish reversal awaits as SOL approaches key resistance levels, emphasizing the importance of monitoring market sentiment and technical signals for further insights.
Ethereum (ETH)’s Regulatory Hurdles and Market Dynamics: Insights for Investors
Ethereum (ETH) stands at $3,158.07, marking a 6% increase from yesterday, prompting a closer look at its evolving landscape. Despite its prominence with a $373 billion market cap, ETH faces challenges in launching ETFs. Bloomberg’s James Seyffart doubts the approval of spot Ethereum ETFs in 2024, citing regulatory caution. The SEC’s stance remains unclear, with the decision on Van Ecks’ application awaited on May 23. Seyffart suggests potential strategies, anticipating the SEC’s cautious approach amidst weak market correlations. Ethereum’s price trajectory has seen fluctuations, currently oscillating within a ranging channel. Bullish signals hint at a possible test of new highs, with resistance at $3,356 and ongoing consolidation reflecting in the Bollinger Bands. As Ethereum navigates regulatory hurdles, its future remains pivotal, impacting broader adoption and integration of Ethereum-based financial products, with analysts foreseeing a potential ETH 3X Surge.
Furrever Token (FURR) Surpasses $1 Million in Presale Funding: Embracing Growth and Community Engagement
The success of Furrever Token‘s presale, which amassed over $1 million in funding within just two months, speaks volumes about the project’s traction and investor confidence. This rapid growth underscores not only the widespread appeal of FURR but also the growing appetite for projects that prioritize user experience and community engagement. With 65% of tokens available during the presale and a prudent allocation for team tokens, locked for a year to reassure investors of the project’s long-term viability, Furrever Token has demonstrated a commitment to transparency and sustainability. Currently, FURR’s current price stands at $0.000648, reflecting its growing prominence in the cryptocurrency market.
The success of Furrever Token’s presale, which amassed over $1 million in funding within just two months, speaks volumes about the project’s traction and investor confidence. This rapid growth underscores not only the widespread appeal of FURR but also the growing appetite for projects that prioritize user experience and community engagement. With 65% of tokens available during the presale and a prudent allocation for team tokens, locked for a year to reassure investors of the project’s long-term viability, Furrever Token has demonstrated a commitment to transparency and sustainability.
The recent announcement of the Furrever Token $10,000 Frenzy Bonanza Competitionhas injected a new wave of excitement into the project. This exhilarating competition invites participants to vie for the chance to claim a share of $10,000 worth of $FURR tokens. Hosted on the Gleam platform, the competition offers a diverse array of tasks, each contributing to the accumulation of points. The more tasks completed, the greater the opportunity to be randomly selected as one of the three fortunate winners.
With prizes ranging from $5,000 to $2,000 worth of $FURR, participants are incentivized to engage actively with the FURR community and spread the joy of cuteness. By fostering community interaction and incentivizing participation, Furrever Token not only elevates its visibility but also fortifies its ecosystem, paving the path for sustained growth and success. Ready, Set, Purr-chase! Let the Bonanza Competition begin! May the fluffiest members emerge victorious in this thrilling contest!
In conclusion, Furrever Token’s rapid rise to prominence in the cryptocurrency space is a testament to its innovative vision, strong community ethos, and unwavering commitment to delivering a unique and enjoyable experience for users. As the project continues to evolve and expand its reach, it is poised to make a lasting impact, capturing the hearts of investors and cat lovers alike while carving out its niche in the ever-growing crypto landscape.
Fox News Digital publishes a range of health and wellness pieces all week long to keep you in the know.
Health coverage includes articles on new medications, mental health challenges, groundbreaking resources, personal medical stories and more.
In case you missed them as the weekend winds down and you gear up for a week ahead, here are few of our biggest health stories from this week.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
These are just a few of what’s new, of course.
See a full list of recent health pieces at http://www.foxnews/health.
1. Anger can spike heart attack risk
Feeling angry for as little as eight minutes a day could raise your chances of experiencing a cardiac event, according to a study published in the Journal of the American Heart Association. A cardiologist shares 7 strategies to cope with anger and reduce the risk. Click here to get the story.
Feeling angry for as little as eight minutes a day could raise your chances of experiencing a cardiac event, according to a new study.(iStock)
2. Eating this fruit could reduce diabetes risk
Regularly consuming avocados could be helpful when it comes to avoiding diabetes, according to a study published in the Journal of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics. Nutritionists weigh in. Click here to get the story.
Diabetes-reducing effects were observed in female study participants — but the same benefits were not found in men, per this research.(iStock)
3. High E. coli found in raw meats and dog food
Researchers discovered high levels of antibiotic-resistant E. coli in samples of raw beef, chicken, pork and lamb sold at grocery stores and pet stores. Experts indicate whether people should be concerned. Click here to get the story.
“E. coli is an intestinal bacterium that may propagate in cows and chickens used for meat, especially when they are raised in squalor or close together.”(iStock)
4. Texas cats die after drinking bird flu-contaminated milk
A group of cats who were given raw milk from diseased cows died between March 19 and March 20, according to a CDC report. Experts discuss how this highlights the importance of safe practices. Click here to get the story.
A cluster of cats on a Texas dairy farm (not pictured) died after drinking raw milk from dairy cows affected by bird flu, according to a CDC report.(iStock)
5. Caregiver stress can be reduced
Caring for an aging parent and a child at the same time can bring plenty of extra challenges. Experts share stress-reducing strategies for members of the “sandwich generation.” Click here to get the story.
For members of the so-called “sandwich generation,” doing double-duty caregiving can take a toll, experts say.(iStock)
6. Mammogram guidance is updated
Women should get mammograms every other year starting at age 40, according to updated recommendations from the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF). The previous guidance said women should begin biennial mammograms at age 50. Click here to get the story.
Breast cancer is the second leading cause of cancer death in women, according to the American Cancer Society.(iStock)
7. Common nutrient can boost cancer immunity
Eating a diet rich in one vitamin has been shown to improve responses to immunotherapy and reduce tumor growth. Nutritionists explain the benefits. Click here to get the story.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
8. Earbuds could be a health hazard
“Noise-canceling earbuds may bring welcome silence, but they might also mask vital sounds that could save your life,” an expert warns. Here’s how to use the technology safely. Click here to get the story.
Each week, Fox News Digital publishes a range of health and wellness pieces to keep you in the know — eight key stories are highlighted in this article. (iStock)
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Melissa Rudy is health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Summer is here and Mumbaikars are bracing themselves for a sweltering season ahead. The good news? There are a lot of fun – and importantly – indoor experiences you can enjoy this month. Foodies, head to one of the many new restaurants that have opened their doors in recent times. To make your planning easier, we’ve come up with a quick reference list of the top places in the city you need to try. Whether you’re looking for a fine dining option or a cool hangout spot, we have got you covered! Check out the list below.
Also Read: 7 New Restaurants In Mumbai To Try In February 2024
10 New Mumbai Restaurants To Visit In April-May 2024:
1. La Mar, Worli
La Mar at NSCI Worli is one of the hottest new openings this season. Conceptualised by celebrated restaurateur Zorawar Kalra and High Bliss Hospitality, this “super restaurant” spans 18,000 square feet and is divided into three distinct sections. Guests can feast on delectable Mediterranean and European fare, paired with refreshing drinks and cocktails. Don’t forget to take in the breathtaking views and enjoy the visually aesthetic ambience of this expansive space. Where: La Mar Bar & Kitchen, NSCI, Worli, V Patel Road & Lala Lajpatrai Marg Worli, Mumbai.
2. Arggo’s, Khar
Photo Credit: Arggo’s
Whether you’re in the mood for brunch, cocktails or simply good food, Arggo’s offers a unique option. This new restaurant and bar prides itself on its plant-forward menu. Expect mock meat delicacies such as Not Dynamite Shrimp, Not Chicken wings and Not Pepperoni, along with other global treats. Highlights from the drinks menu include playful concoctions like Purple Charlie, Coffee Umami and Bourbon Pop. Indoor as well as outdoor seating is available. Where: Arggo’s, Kings Palace Hotel 538, Linking Road, Khar West, Mumbai.
3. Sorozai
Photo Credit: Sorozai
Sorozai is a new Goan restaurant in Mumbai you need to check out. Embark on a culinary escapade with lip-smacking delicacies and drinks that pay homage to the regional flavours of the state. The name is derived from the Konkani words for ‘Soro’ (Alcohol) and ‘Zai’ (Would you like?). The restaurant thus invites you to leave your worries behind and savour the taste of Goan hospitality. Where: Sorozai, Shop no.1, Aaram Nagar Part – 1 Seven Bunglows, JP Rd, Versova, Andheri West, Mumbai.
4. Mayouchi, Powai
Photo Credit: Mayouchi
Mayouchi, the Asian restaurant and bar at The Westin Mumbai Powai Lake, has been fully revamped. It has a stunning new look and a tempting new menu. The latter is curated by Chef Chef Golpin Sianipar. Diners can sample exquisite Asian food as they are treated to an awe-inspiring view of the lake in the heart of the city. This is another perfect choice for a sunset date or a gathering against a scenic backdrop. Where: Mayouchi, The Westin Mumbai Powai Lake, Plot No 2 & 3B, Saki Vihar Rd, near Chinmayand Ashram, Mumbai.
5. Jaan, Fort
Photo Credit: Jaan
After receiving critical acclaim in Dubai, Jaan has now opened a flagship outlet in the heart of South Mumbai, Kala Ghoda. The restaurant is helmed by Chef Farrokh Khambata. The name has been derived from the Hindi, Urdu, and Persian words for “life” or “soul,” Jaan is a testament to Chef Khambata’s visionary approach. The menu promises a feast fit for royalty, reflecting the culinary grandeur of bygone eras. Diners can taste rare kebabs, rich kormas, biryanis, decadent meethas, and much more. Where: 30K, Dubash Marg, Kala Ghoda, Fort, Mumbai.
6. SunBun
Photo Credit: SunBun
SunBun offers foodies in Mumbai a unique opportunity to enjoy Lebanese delights with a touch of desi flavours. The eponymous treat consists of a type of Lebanese bread called Kaakeh filled with herbs, falafel, vegetables, hummus and tasty sauces. Apart from traditional stuffing options, don’t miss SunBun Chili Potato, SunBun Tandoori and Pizza SunBun. The establishment also serves delicious salads and meal boxes. At present, SunBun has two dine-in outlets in Mumbai and a cloud kitchen in Andheri East. Where: Powai Outlet: Shop 6, Ground Floor, Fiji Building, GL Compound, Near Hiranandani Hospital, Powai, Mumbai. Versova Outlet: 4RJ7+W2R, Versova Darya Darshan CHS., Andheri West, opp. Aaram Nagar-2, Mumbai.
7. Burma Burma, Goregaon
Photo Credit: Vinayak Grover
Burma Burma has a chic new outlet in the city suburbs and is now open at Oberoi Mall in Goregaon. Indulge in Burmese favourites, spanning street food and heirloom recipes, crafted in the restaurant’s signature style. The 94-seater space is a great spot for a family meal or a foodie date. Where: Burma Burma, Unit S-33A, 2nd Floor, Oberoi Mall, Yashodham, Goregaon, Mumbai.
8. Mool: Kaapi Bar & Bakes, Fort
Photo Credit: Mool
Mool: Kitchen & Bar has launched Mool: Kaapi Bar & Bakes, promising a feast for lovers of coffee and baked goods. From the timeless Filter Kaapi to inventive blends such as Kaapicano and Vietnamese Kaapi, there are several delightful beverages to choose from. One can also enjoy coffee and non-coffee-based cocktails and cocktail desserts. The cafe offers a melange of flavours from around the country, through an all-day menu available from 10 am to 10 pm daily. The food menu includes savory treats like puffs, sandwiches, and kheema pao, as well as ice creams and desserts. Where: Mool: Kaapi Bar & Bakes, 1st Floor, Unit No. 30, Ground Floor, Rajabahadur Mansion, 28, Mumbai Samachar Marg, Kala Ghoda, Fort, Mumbai.
9. Prive by FAME, Powai
Photo Credit: Prive by FAME
Privé by Fame, which is a part of the Beatle Hotel, is a newly opened opulent speakeasy you need to check out. The experience is defined by mood lighting, limited seating, minimalist cooking, jazz music, butler service and a focus on clean ingredients. The restaurant and bar promises an exclusive treat through elevated food and alcohol pairings curated by seasoned culinary experts and a chef’s table which features an exclusive tasting menu, on invitation only. Where: JMJ House, above The Beatle Hotel, Orchard Ave, Hiranandani Gardens, Powai.
10. Sadak Chaap, Chowpatty
Photo Credit: Sadak Chaap
Sadak Chaap has opened a new outlet in South Mumbai and is ready to entice foodies with its North Indian delights. The menu has a mouthwatering selection of starters like Haryali Chaap, the fiery Brra Chaap, and the ever-popular Crispy Chaap Fingers. There are also delicious mains like Chaap Tikka Biryani, Chaap Lababdar, Dal Makhani, Chole Kulche, Soya Keema Pav and others. Where: 29/A, Jethabhai Govindji Building, Dr A R Rangnekar Marg, Chowpatty, Grand Road, Greater Mumbai Ward- D, Greater Mumbai.
Also Read: 7 New Restaurants In Mumbai To Visit In March 2024
